OpenText Exstream DXF Reference Guide
OpenText Exstream DXF Reference Guide
DXF Reference
OpenText™ Exstream
DXF Reference
Rev.: 24 July 2018
This documentation has been created for software version 16.4 Update 1.
It is also valid for subsequent software versions as long as no new document version is shipped with the product or is
published at [Link]
Copyright Warning
© Copyright 2018 Open Text. All rights reserved. OpenText is a trademark or registered trademark of Open Text. The
list of trademarks is not exhaustive of other trademarks. Registered trademarks, product names, company names,
brands and service names mentioned herein are property of Open Text or other respective owners.
Disclaimer
No Warranties and Limitation of Liability.
Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the features and techniques presented in this publication.
However, Open Text Corporation and its affiliates accept no responsibility and offer no warranty whether expressed or
implied, for the accuracy of this publication.
Warning: This software is protected by copyright law and international treaties.
Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this program, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal
penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.
Contents
Chapter 1: Introduction to DXF 8
1.1 Uses of DXF 9
1.1.1 Importing Designs and Content Into Exstream at Design Time 9
1.1.2 Importing Designs and Content Into Exstream at Run Time 10
1.1.3 Reusing Content from Exstream with Other Systems 11
1.2 Using DXF in the Lifecycle of Designs and Content 11
1.3 Is DXF the Right Tool for Your Integration Goals? 13
You can use this guide as a reference to help you do the following:
l Use DXF in creating your own custom tools to convert other formats.
DXF uses XML to describe importable Exstream designs and content. You can use DXF as an
intermediate language to integrate almost any type of content with Exstream so that you can
use existing content from your other systems in your customer communications. You can
rapidly migrate existing designs and content into Exstream, or you can integrate data from other
systems with Exstream in real time. For example, suppose you have an existing web interface
to enter customer information, and the entered information is stored in a non-Exstream format.
You want to create forms using the customer information and print them in a high-volume print
production process. However, because the structure of the forms varies from customer to
customer, you cannot use a fixed template. You can easily integrate the existing data with
Exstream Design and Production to create the forms by transforming the existing format to DXF
and importing the DXF into your Exstream Design and Production application. The application
can then use the forms just as it could if they were originally created in Exstream. This example
illustrates how using DXF to import designs lets you take advantage of the power of Exstream
even when there are constraints that don't allow a traditional template or fixed design.
You can also use DXF as an intermediate language to reuse content from Exstream in your
other systems. For example, you can convert the customer forms you create in Exstream into
DXF so that the forms can be displayed directly in an existing web application designed to
display XML-based forms.
Although you can import formatted text and images into Exstream using other formats (such as
RTF, DOCX, and tagged text), DXF provides more flexibility for importing and reusing content
because you can define objects that make up an Exstream Design and Production application
(such as documents, pages, messages, campaigns, rules, and variables), as well as Designer
objects (such as shapes and charts). DXF content that is ready to be imported can have a
clearly defined structure to fit readily into an Exstream application, and you can then use and
edit the imported objects as if they were originally created in Exstream Design and Production.
Similarly, when you export DXF content from Exstream for use in another system, you can store
it with the same clearly defined structure so that it can be re-imported into Exstream after
changes are made in an external system.
After you develop and set up the necessary programs or transformations, these tasks can be
done on demand by users or as an automatic part of your production process so that Exstream
is fully integrated with your existing systems.
To help you determine whether DXF is the right tool to use for your particular needs in
exchanging content and designs, see “Is DXF the Right Tool for Your Integration Goals?” on
page 13.
l “Is DXF the Right Tool for Your Integration Goals?” on page 13
l “Importing Designs and Content Into Exstream at Run Time” on the next page
After you develop and configure an external converter and configure the associated application
in Exstream Design and Production, conversion tasks can be done on demand by users or as an
automatic part of your production process so that Exstream is fully integrated with your existing
systems. When you import a DXF file into a design, the DXF file is imported as Library and
design objects, which are editable just like other Library or design objects created directly in
Design Manager or Designer.
You can create DXF from complete designs that you might import as pages or documents, or
from smaller pieces of content that you might import as paragraphs or other Library components.
For example, suppose a marketing group in your organization maintains marketing messages
and stores them in XML for use in existing systems, and you want to personalize messages for
each customer. You can use an Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformations (XSLT) file to
transform the messages to DXF. Then, you can import the messages directly into Design
Manager for use in the customer communications that you manage with Exstream, and the
messages can be personalized using variables, just as they could be if they were created
directly in Exstream.
All DXF elements listed in this guide are supported when importing DXF at design time.
For more information about importing designs into Exstream using the Exstream converters, see
Importing Designs in the Exstream Design and Production documentation.
For general information about importing content into Exstream at design time, see Importing
External Content in the Exstream Design and Production documentation.
To import DXF at run time, you must have licensed the Dynamic Content Import module. You
can use either a placeholder variable (for most applications) or a formatted text variable (when
using Live documents) to perform the run-time import.
Keep in mind that certain limitations apply to some objects when importing DXF at run time.
For more information about how specific objects are supported when importing DXF at run time,
see “Considerations for Importing DXF at Run Time” on page 55
For more information about placeholder variables or general information about importing content
into Exstream at run time, see Importing External Content in the Exstream Design and
Production documentation.
For more information about formatted text variables, see Designing for LiveEditor in the
Exstream Design and Production documentation.
You can also "round-trip" content exported from Exstream, processing it with another system
and subsequently importing it back into in Exstream at either design time or run time.
The XML files you create with the XML (composed) output driver include all the page layout,
formatting, and all objects sent to the print stream (for example, images and pages).
l Produce output that can be imported into QuarkXpress (through a QuarkXTension plug-in).
To use XML (composed) output, you must have licensed the XML (Composed) Output module.
XML (composed) output supports a subset of DXF elements. If you export DXF from Exstream
and subsequently import it back into Exstream after processing with an external application,
then all features supported by XML (composed) output will be retained in the imported objects.
For more information about the DXF elements supported by XML (composed) output, see
“Features Supported for XML (Composed) Output and DXF Exported from Design Manager” on
page 51.
For more information about producing XML (composed) output from Exstream, see Creating
Output in the Exstream Design and Production documentation.
External software or databases Other software or databases in your system are the initial source of designs or content that
you import into Exstream by using DXF. Alternatively, DXF itself might be stored and modified
by an external system.
At the other end of the cycle, DXF content that is produced as output from an Exstream
Design and Production application can be used directly in any XML-based external systems,
or it can be transformed or converted for use in systems that require other file formats.
Built-in converters The Exstream converters for PDF, InDesign, Metacode, Quark, and OGL (each available as
a separate module) translate designs in those formats to DXF for importing into Exstream.
The converters produce DXF files that you can modify and then import into Exstream
separately at design time.
For more information about importing designs into Exstream using the built-in converters,
see Importing Designs in the Exstream Design and Production documentation.
External custom converter or If you maintain or create content or designs outside of Exstream, or if you have existing
transformation designs that you want to maintain in Exstream in the future, you can develop your own
external application to convert any other document or design format to DXF for importing into
Exstream at either design time or run time.
Built-in DOCX transformation When importing designs or content in DOCX format, Exstream uses a built-in XSL
transformation ([Link]) to transform the DOCX content to DXF for importing. In
this case, the DXF file is temporarily created during the process of importing the DOCX
content at run time.
For more information about importing DOCX files, see Importing External Content in the
Exstream Design and Production documentation.
DXF file Using a converter or transformation produces a DXF file that can be imported into Exstream.
The DXF file can be fine-tuned before design-time import if desired. However, when
importing DOCX at run time, the transformation is executed during the import process.
Alternatively, you might store DXF directly in an external system for modification outside of
Exstream and subsequent importing directly into Exstream at either design time or run time.
Exstream Design and Production After you have a DXF file, you can import it directly into any Exstream Design and Production
application at either design time (using the Import DXF function in Design Manager) or run
time (using a DXF placeholder variable), depending on the content in the DXF file and your
business processes.
For more information about importing content into Exstream, see Importing External Content
in the Exstream Design and Production documentation.
Exstream Live You can also import a DXF file into LiveEditor using a formatted text variable for use in a Live
application.
For more information about importing formatted text in a Live application, see Designing for
LiveEditor in the Exstream Design and Production documentation.
XML (composed) output You can produce DXF output from an Exstream Design and Production application using the
XML (composed) output driver. The XML files you create with the XML (composed) output
driver include all the page layout, formatting, and all objects sent to the print stream (for
example, images and pages).
You can use this content directly in any XML-based external system, or the XML (composed)
output can be transformed or converted for use in systems that require other file formats.
For more information about producing XML (composed) output from Exstream, see Creating
Output in the Exstream Design and Production documentation.
Use DXF for your designs and content when any of the following conditions apply:
l Elements from a design or content imported at design time must be stored individually in the
Exstream design database.
l Designs or content have dynamic elements that must be changed at run time.
l A method you might otherwise use for run-time import is not supported in your environment.
While DXF provides flexibility to work with external designs and systems, it might require time
and effort to develop the solution you need to complete your integration, and an alternative
solution might already be available. Before developing a comprehensive DXF solution, consider
the following alternatives:
l You are importing a design at design time. Import the design using the PDF Converter module.
l You want to modify the design in Exstream Design and For more information about importing designs into Exstream using the
Production at design time or run time. PDF converter, see Importing Designs in the Exstream Design and
Production documentation.
l The design consists of a least one page.
l You can produce high-fidelity PDFs from your original
design application or convert to high-fidelity PDFs from the
original format using another method.
l You are importing a design or content at run time. Use a placeholder variable of a type that matches the design or content
you want to import.
l The design or content is static: that is, it does not require
changes throughout its use in your Exstream Design and For more information about using placeholder variables, see Importing
Production application. External Content in the Exstream Design and Production documentation.
You are using a PDF form that itself is static, but the data on the Use a PDF XML Forms Architecture form and a PDF form data file.
form might be pre-filled or changed by customers.
For more information about setting up data files to pre-fill and mine PDF
forms, see Using Data to Drive an Application in the Exstream Design and
Production documentation.
l “Creating a Sample DXF File to Help You Understand How an Existing Design is
Constructed” on page 17
The Exstream Object and Content Document Type Definition (DTD) defines the structure of
DXF. This DTD file, [Link], is located in the Exstream installation
folder.
A DXF file can represent one of the following Exstream Design and Production objects using the
corresponding root node:
To represent this item in Exstream Design and Production Use this element as the root
node of your DXF file
Page dlg:page
Document dlg:document
Paragraph dlg:paragraph
To represent this item in Exstream Design and Production Use this element as the root
node of your DXF file
Section dlg:section
Component dlg:library-component
Application dlg:application
For more information about using formatted text variables, see Designing for LiveEditor in the
Exstream Design and Production documentation.
When constructing DXF, it's helpful to understand the following general concepts:
l Elements can be nested in DXF to represent the hierarchy in the Library in Design Manager.
However, whereas nested objects are referenced in the Library, elements can be either
referenced or fully contained in the hierarchy of a DXF file. For example, a completed
application in Exstream Design and Production must contain a reference to at least one
document stored under the Documents heading in the Library. In DXF, the
dlg:application element can contain either a dlg:document element that describes
the actual document, or a dlg:document-reference element to provide a reference to a
document. This document could be either a dlg:document element located elsewhere in
the DXF, or a document object already stored in Exstream Design and Production.
l The name, description, and folder of each Library object is defined by a child dlg:basic
element.
l You can use components the same way in DXF as you do in Design Manager. After you
define a component using the dlg:library-component element, you can use the
dlg:library-component-ref element to reference that component.
l When you use DXF to import external designs, one DXF file can represent multiple pages in
a single design. The DXF file maintains information about each page so that when you import
the DXF file, each page from the design becomes a page object in the design database.
l DXF can contain binary information to represent images in JPEG or B&W TIFF
(uncompressed or CCITT Group 4 compressed) format, using the dlg:binary element.
Use the import-type attribute of the dlg:image element to specify the format of an
included image.
Keep in mind that not all DXF that is valid according to the Exstream Object and Content DTD
will function as expected when imported into Exstream Design and Production. For best results,
follow these best practices when developing custom DXF:
l Review the properties that apply to each Library or design object in Design Manager or
Designer.
l Whenever possible, export sample DXF for an object that is similar to the object you are
constructing in DXF.
For more information about creating a sample DXF file, see “Creating a Sample DXF File to
Help You Understand How an Existing Design is Constructed” on the next page.
l Thoroughly test any custom DXF using a test database that does not contain production
data or objects.
For a full description of the Document Object Model of DXF, see “DXF Document Object Model”
on page 21.
l Although most design objects are supported in DXF, certain objects with limited support
might not be exported fully.
l Some objects that are not part of the physical design, such as design groups, are not
supported in DXF and are therefore not exported.
l If you plan to import the sample DXF back into the design environment, you should first
make sure that the DXF contains all the expected objects and properties before overwriting
existing objects.
l If attributes in the exported DXF reference objects in the Library, the DXF can be imported
only into the same database in order for those for references to stay intact. Importing DXF
that contains such references into a different database at design time might create new
objects where referenced objects are missing, and the objects imported from the DXF might
need modification to function as expected. DXF that contains such references cannot be
imported into a different database at run time.
1. In Design Manager, in the Library, right-click a Library object that you want to export to
DXF.
components in Exstream Design and Production. The data types used within DXF are suited to
the role of DXF in describing content and designs.
The reference section for each element specifies the data type for the value of each attribute.
Coordinate Specifies a location or size The x-coordinate and units, followed by a space and the y-coordinate and units
using the format x y
Example:
(Abbreviation: Coord)
<dlg:paper-type size="210mm 297mm"/>
Enumerated Specifies a selection from a A text string that represents one of the available options. Available options for
specific set of options enumerated data are determined by the Exstream Object and Content DTD and are
(Abbreviation: Enum) listed in this guide for each attribute that uses enumerated data.
Example:
<dlg:barcode barcode-type="code128"
orientation="portrait">
…
</dlg:barcode>
<dlg:barcode barcode-type="upc"
orientation="landscape">
…
</dlg:barcode>
Integer Specifies a whole number Any integer value without thousands separators
less than 2,000,000,000
Example:
(Abbreviation: Int)
<dlg:table-of-contents num-levels="3">
…
</dlg:table-of-contents>
Number Specifies a whole number Any decimal value without thousands separators, and optionally with the units that apply
or decimal (a number can
Examples:
include units)
(Abbreviation: Num) <dlg:paper-type weight="0.150" … />
Reference Specifies a reference to A reference in the format type|oid|name, where type is the object type, oid is
another existing object. The the internal object ID, and name is the name to use for the object after it is referenced.
referenced object can be The referenced object can be an existing Library object, or an object defined elsewhere
defined within the DXF, or it in the DXF.
can exist in the Library in
which the DXF will be
Note: For attributes that reference variables, in cases in which you would select
imported or from which the
(No Variable) in a Select Variable dialog box in Designer, you can reference a
DXF has been exported.
null variable with the setting Variable|0|.
(Abbreviation: Ref)
Example:
<dlg:document-reference
document-ref="Document|0|TopDown-1" />
Rect Specifies the coordinates of The following coordinates, including units, listed in the specified order, and separated by
a rectangular area spaces:
l y-coordinate of the top of the area
l x-coordinate of the left side of the area
l y-coordinate of the bottom of the area
l x-coordinate of the right side of the area
Example:
<dlg:page-frame rect="6in 3.625in 9.5in 8.125in" … />
The elements in the dlg namespace are unique to DXF and describe objects that are unique in
Exstream.
In some cases, elements in both namespaces might be used to define one object or part of the
document. For example, tables are defined using the dlg:table element, and rows and
columns within a table are defined using the fo:table-column and fo:table-row
elements.
For more information about individual elements, see “DXF Element Reference” on page 59.
Elements in both namespaces are listed together since they are used together to define
Exstream designs and content. The namespace is listed for each element.
If you want to use different fonts in an Exstream design from those used in the format from
which the DXF was converted, and you want to control the fonts substituted, you must either
manually edit the converted DXF, or include font substitution functionality in your custom
conversion tool. Such font substitution functionality is used in the PDF Converter module.
For more information about importing designs into Exstream using the existing converters, see
Importing Designs in the Exstream Design and Production documentation.
Using the same fonts as those in the original format provides the best fidelity in the converted
and imported design. Keep in mind, however, that font metrics for the same font might differ
slightly between computers or environments.
Also keep in mind that because DXF only describes the fonts used in a design and does not
replicate the embedded fonts, the licensing for fonts embedded in the format from which the
DXF was converted does not apply to the design in Exstream. You must therefore make sure
you have the appropriate licenses for fonts on the computer used for completing the design in
Exstream.
DXF supports all the standard predefined character entities used in XML:
Additionally, DXF supports numeric character references using hexadecimal syntax, such as

 (carriage return),   (non-breaking space), or ­ (soft hyphen). Supported
characters depend on the encoding of the file and the encodings supported by the environment in
which the DXF is used.
The following two sections contain a series of diagrams that show different parts of the DXF
structure:
l “Root-Level Structures” on the next page—Each of these diagrams contains one of the
allowed root elements in DXF as the root node and is expanded to show available child
nodes. Some child nodes that are used in multiple locations in the overall structure, or that
are too large to show in the diagram, are not expanded; these nodes are expanded in
separate diagrams in “Reused and Large Structures ” on page 28.
l “Reused and Large Structures ” on page 28—Each of these diagrams contains a node that is
collapsed in one or more of the diagrams in “Root-Level Structures” on the next page, or in
another diagram in this section. That element is shown as the root node, expanded to show
the available child nodes. Keep in mind that each root node shown in this section is not a root
element in DXF but is used in multiple locations in the overall structure, or simply has a
structure too large to display in the higher-level structures in which it appears.
Some elements that have children and that are used in multiple locations in DXF are not
expanded in the diagrams in this section. For expanded diagrams of those elements, see
“Reused and Large Structures ” on page 28.
Elements that are children of the dlg:object and dlg:objects elements are not expanded
in the diagrams in this section. For expanded diagrams of those elements, see “Structures
Within the dlg:object and dlg:objects Elements ” on page 35.
For more information about different ways you can use DXF, see “Uses of DXF” on page 9.
l “Features Supported for XML (Composed) Output and DXF Exported from Design Manager”
on page 51
The following tables list the Library and design objects that are represented in DXF, along with
the related elements for each object.
For an overview of the elements available in DXF, see “DXF Document Object Model” on
page 21.
variables, but since data is substituted for those variables during production, XML (composed)
output never contains variables.) The DXF files you create with the XML (composed) output
driver include all the page layout, formatting, and all objects sent to the print stream (for
example, images and pages), but not all DXF features are used.
For more information about exporting DXF from Design Manager, see “Creating a Sample DXF
File to Help You Understand How an Existing Design is Constructed” on page 17.
For more information about using the XML (composed) output driver, see Creating Output in the
Exstream Design and Production documentation.
dlg:document xmlns:dlg
xmlns:fo
fo:flow display-align
margin-bottom
margin-left
margin-right
margin-top
fo:inline font-style
font-size
font-weight
text-decoration
dlg:page xmlns:dlg
xmlns:fo
dlg:paper-type color
size
dlg:shape brush
closed
pen
pen-color
pen-style
pen-width
points
shape
dlg:tab-ruler id
dlg:tab-stop tab-align
tab-char
tab-indent
dlg:table pen
pen-color
pen-style
pen-width
shadow
shadow-color
fo:table-column border-left-color
border-left-style
border-left-width
border-right-color
border-right-style
border-right-width
column-number
column-width
fo:table-row border-bottom-color
border-bottom-style
border-bottom-width
border-top-color
border-top-style
border-top-width
dlg:text brush
pen
pen-color
pen-style
pen-width
shadow
shadow-color
dlg:wrapper-coordinate value
For more information about importing content into a design at run time, see Importing External
Content in the Exstream Design and Production documentation.
l Rotated objects (including any design object that has any value other than 0 specified for the
current-angle attribute) are not supported.
l If you are importing DXF content that contains images at run time, then the images must be
in JPEG or B&W TIFF (uncompressed or CCITT Group 4 compressed) format. Use the
import-type attribute of the dlg:image element to specify the format of an included
image.
l Importing DXF content at run time is not supported on the z/OS platform.
dlg:application This element is not supported at run time. Application-level elements must be imported at design time.
dlg:binary The included image data must be in JPEG or B&W TIFF (uncompressed or CCITT Group 4 compressed) format.
Use the import-type attribute of the parent dlg:image element to specify the format of the included image.
dlg:document You can use a placeholder document to import a DXF file in which this element is the root node, but any
application-level elements, such as dlg:message and dlg:campaign, must be imported separately at
design time. You cannot use an inline placeholder variable to import the dlg:document at run time.
dlg:dxf-text You can use an inline placeholder variable to import a DXF file in which this element is the root node, and any child
elements are also imported into the application at run time. You cannot use a placeholder document to import the
dlg:dxf-text at run time.
dlg:image Images included in DXF imported at run time must be in JPEG or B&W TIFF (uncompressed or CCITT Group 4
compressed) format. Use the import-type attribute to specify the format of the included image.
dlg:library- This element must be a child element of another supported element for import at run time. A DXF file in which this
component element is the root node cannot be imported at run time.
dlg:library- This element is not supported because the engine does not read the file in order to find the referenced library
component-ref component.
dlg:page You can use a placeholder document to import a DXF file in which this element is the root node. You cannot use an
inline placeholder variable to import the dlg:page at run time.
dlg:paragraph You can use an inline placeholder variable to import a DXF file in which this element is the root node, and any child
elements are also imported into the application at run time. You cannot use a placeholder document to import the
dlg:paragraph at run time.
dlg:section You can use an inline placeholder variable to import a DXF file in which this element is the root node, and any child
elements are also imported into the application at run time. You cannot use a placeholder document to import the
dlg:section at run time.
l Certain features within each design format might not be supported by the corresponding
converter. Objects not supported by the converter or by the Exstream Design and Production
environment are converted differently depending on the converter you are using. If
necessary, you can remove or change unsupported features and objects in your original
design to maximize compatibility with DXF and Exstream.
l Some converters handle specific objects in such a way that they do not appear exactly the
same as the original after they have been converted and imported. You can make minor
adjustments to these objects in the DXF file before import or in Designer after import so that
they appear as they did before the conversion.
l One DXF file is created per legacy file, even if the legacy design has multiple pages.
For more information about converting existing designs and the features supported in each
design format, see Importing Designs in the Exstream Design and Production documentation.
l Variables used to import DXF content into a Live document cannot be pre-populated during
the initial engine run to create the DLF file. They can be populated only in LiveEditor.
l When you export DXF from a Live document using a formatted text variable, revision
tracking and commenting are not included.
l To import DXF content into a Live document using a formatted text variable, you must use a
reference file or an initialization file.
l To export DXF content from a Live document using a formatted text variable, you must use a
report file or a reference file.
For more information about creating Live documents and using formatted text variables, see
Designing for LiveEditor in the Exstream Design and Production documentation.
Only limited information about the role of any Exstream Design and Production objects that are
defined by each element is included in this chapter. For more information about how particular
Library or design objects are used in an application or design, see the related guide in the table
below.
In the attribute tables in the following sections, attributes are assumed to be optional, unless the
descriptions specify that they are required.
This chapter is divided into the following sections according to element types:
“Structural Elements” on page 61 Contains elements that relate to the structure Designing Customer Communications in the
of a design, such as applications, documents, Exstream Design and Production documentation
pages, and paragraphs
“Design Elements ” on page 106 Contains elements that represent content in a Designing Customer Communications in the
design, such as text, images, shapes, buttons, Exstream Design and Production documentation
tables, charts, and flow elements
“Live Elements” on page 408 Contains elements that represent objects Designing for LiveEditor in the Exstream Design and
used in a Live document, such as buttons Production documentation
and images in an image selector
“Reference Elements” on page 466 Contains elements that define reference Designing Customer Communications in the
features, such as tables of contents, indexes, Exstream Design and Production documentation
cross-references, hyperlinks, and footnotes
“Marketing Elements” on page 509 Contains the elements that define campaigns Managing Marketing Messages in the Exstream
and messages Design and Production documentation
“Variable Elements” on page 542 Contains elements that define variables Using Data to Drive an Application in the Exstream
Design and Production documentation
“Logic Elements” on page 581 Contains elements that define rules, Using Logic to Drive an Application in the Exstream
formulas, and library functions Design and Production documentation
“Multiple-Channel Delivery Elements” Contains elements that define barcodes and Creating Output in the Exstream Design and
on page 586 other multiple-channel delivery features Production documentation
For an alphabetical listing of all elements, see the index of this guide.
This chapter also contains a section, “Shared Attributes” on page 621, that lists groups of
attributes that are used with multiple elements. Each DXF element that uses one of these
groups of attributes contains a cross-reference to the section for the appropriate group.
Some attributes are specified by the Exstream Object and Content DTD but are not currently
used in DXF. The description "not used" appears for these attributes.
For more information about the design objects that are represented by elements in this section,
see Designing Customer Communications in the Exstream Design and Production
documentation.
Parents
None; dlg:application is always a root element.
Attributes
Attribute Data type Description
Structure
Example
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="Windows-1252" standalone="no"?>
<!DOCTYPE dlg:application SYSTEM "[Link]">
<dlg:application
xmlns:dlg="[Link]
xmlns:fo="[Link]
xmlns:dxf="[Link]
<dlg:basic>
<dlg:name>App with Two Doc Refs</dlg:name>
</dlg:basic>
<dlg:document-reference document-ref="Document 0 TopDown-1"/>
<dlg:document-reference document-ref="Document 0 TopDown-2"/>
</dlg:application>
Parents
dlg:section
Attribute
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
Structure
Parents
dlg:document
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
max-copies Int
page-number Int
page-positions Enum
Structure
Example
<dlg:document …>
<dlg:basic folder="Folder|2000000000|Exstream" oid="4">
<dlg:name>Test document</dlg:name>
</dlg:basic>
<dlg:doc-message-use max-copies="0" message="Page|31|Test page"
page-number="0" page-positions="as-placed">
<dlg:page …>
<dlg:basic folder="Folder|2000000000|Exstream" oid="31">
<dlg:name>Test page</dlg:name>
</dlg:basic>
…
</dlg:page>
</dlg:doc-message-use>
</dlg:document>
Parents
dlg:application
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding
type Exstream Design
and Production
setting
allow-doc-combination Enum Specifies whether other documents included in the On the Targeting tab of the
output can be combined with this document document properties, the
Allow documents to be
One of the following:
combined with this one
l no—Other documents cannot be combined check box
with this document and will start new documents
in the output.
l yes-all—Other documents can be
combined with this document based on the
value of the
section-doc-combination attribute for
each document.
back-page Ref When printing in duplex and page is specified for On the Duplex tab of the
the back-page-type attribute, a reference to the document properties, the
page ( dlg:page) to use to replace an empty back Page to use on empty back
page pages box
back-page-type Enum The type of content that replaces an empty back page On the Duplex tab of the
when printing in duplex document properties, the
What to do with empty back
One of the following:
pages drop-down list
l blank—Do not replace an empty back page.
l page—Replace an empty back page with the
page referenced by the back-page attribute.
l campaign—Replace an empty back page
with marketing messages.
doc-number-type Enum The format of the document number in the table of On the Composition tab of the
contents document properties, in the
Table of Contents area, the
One of the following:
Document drop-down list
l number—Use 1, 2, 3, and so on.
l alpha-upper—Use A, B, C, and so on.
l alpha-lower—Use a, b, c, and so on.
l roman-upper—Use I, II, III, and so on.
l roman-lower—Use i, ii, iii, and so on.
l text-upper—Use ONE, TWO, THREE, and
so on.
l text-mixed—Use One, Two, Three, and so
on.
l text-lower—Use one, two, three, and so
on.
l none—Do not use document numbers in the
table of contents.
l doc-prefix—Use the value specified for the
doc-prefix attribute instead of a document
number.
doc-placeholder-var Ref When pass-through is specified for the On the Basic tab of the
document-type attribute, a reference to the document properties, the
variable that references the file that will be imported Placeholder box
at run time
For more information about
placeholder documents, see
Importing External Content in
the Exstream Design and
Production documentation.
doc-prefix Text When doc-prefix is specified for the On the Composition tab of the
doc-number-type attribute, the text to use document properties, in the
instead of a document number in the table of Table of Contents area, the
contents Prefix box
doc-selection Enum The method used to determine whether a document On the Targeting tab of the
is included for a customer document properties, in the
Document inclusion method
One of the following:
area, the Method drop-down
l rule—Include the document based on the list
rule referenced by the usage-rule attribute.
l named-section—Include the document at Note: XML node
the time a section with the name specified for the settings are not
data-section-name attribute is read in supported in DXF files.
the data file.
The XML Node option
l variable-and-rule—Include the on the Method drop
document if it is included in the array variable down list does not have
used in the application to specify the list of a corresponding
documents to send to the customer, and if the attribute in the DXF
rule referenced by the usage-rule attribute elements.
is true.
l variable-no-rule—Include the
document if it is included in the array variable
used in the application to specify the list of
documents to send to the customer,
independent of rule logic.
l end-named-section—Include the
document after a section with the name
specified for the data-section-name
attribute has been read in the data file.
document-type Enum Specifies whether the document is a normally On the Basic tab of the
composed document or the document is a document properties, the
placeholder document for importing a file at run time Document type drop-down
list
One of the following:
For more information about
l normal—The document is a normally
placeholder documents, see
composed document, and enforcement of
Importing External Content in
duplex printing is specified for the duplex-
the Exstream Design and
control attribute.
Production documentation.
l pass-through—The document is a
placeholder for a file imported at run time.
The following value is not supported:
l force-duplex
duplex-control Enum Specifies whether, when using a duplex printer, On the Duplex tab of the
duplex printing is enforced or is determined by document properties, the
settings for individual pages Duplex method when
printing on a mixed-plex
One of the following:
output drop-down list
l none—Use the duplex property for each page
to determine whether the page is printed as
simplex or duplex.
l duplex—Produce the document as duplex
output, regardless of page properties.
duplex-mode Enum Specifies whether the document must start on the On the Duplex tab of the
front side of a new sheet of paper and whether a new document properties, the
document is allowed to print on the back side of the check boxes for This
last sheet of paper in the current document document must start on the
front of a sheet and The
One of the following:
document after this one can
l no-no—Allow this document to start on the start on the back of this one
back of a sheet (if allowed by the previous
document), and do not allow the next document
to start on the back of this sheet.
l yes-no—Force this document to start on the
front of a sheet, and do not allow the next
document to start on the back of this sheet.
l no-yes—Allow this document to start on the
back of a sheet (if allowed by the previous
document), and allow the next document to start
on the back of this sheet.
l yes-yes—Force this document to start on the
front of a sheet, and allow the next document to
start on the back of this sheet.
frame-fill-method Enum The frame fill and graphic floating options for the On the Content tab of the
document System Configuration dialog
box (accessed from the Basic
One of the following:
tab of the System Settings),
l sequential—Fill frames in the order in in the Documents area, the
which they are placed in the document, and Frame fill and Graphic float
force each graphic message to remain in the drop-down lists
first frame in which it is placed.
For more information about
l sequential-float—Fill frames in the system configuration, see
order in which they are placed in the document, System Administration in the
and allow each graphic message to move to a Exstream Design and
subsequent frame when a text message causes Production documentation.
it to move.
l article—Allow previously composed frames
to accept overflow from text messages placed
later in the document, and force each graphic
message to remain in the first frame in which it is
placed.
l article-float—Allow previously
composed frames to accept overflow from text
messages placed later in the document, and
allow each graphic message to move to a
subsequent frame when a text message causes
it to move.
id-variable Ref A reference to the variable that provides bookmark On the Basic tab of the
names for the document document properties, the ID
for bookmark box
jurisdiction-use Enum Specifies how the jurisdictions referenced by On the Regulatory tab of the
dlg:ref-many-jurisdiction child document properties, the
elements apply to effectivity dates Enable jurisdictional
effectivity drop-down list
One of the following:
l all—Use the same effectivity dates for all
jurisdictions and ignore the included
jurisdictions.
l specified—Apply the effectivity dates
specified individually for each included
jurisdiction.
l except—Do not apply effectivity dates for the
included jurisdictions.
max-marketing-pages Int The number of extra pages the engine can add to a On the Composition tab of the
document for campaigns and messages document properties, the
Maximum message-driven
pages box
For more information about
adding pages to
accommodate campaigns, see
Managing Marketing
Messages in the Exstream
Design and Production
documentation.
msg-selection Enum The method used to select messages for inclusion in On the Composition tab of the
a customer document document properties, in the
Message inclusion method
One of the following:
area, the Method drop-down
l rule—Use the individual rules applied to list
messages.
For more information about
l variable-and-rule—Use a variable that specifying how document
contains a list of the messages that should be messages are selected for
included for each customer, and then use rules. inclusion in customer output,
see Managing Marketing
l variable-no-rule—Use a variable that
Messages in the Exstream
contains a list of the messages that should be
Design and Production
included for each customer and ignore any
documentation.
rules.
page-number-type Enum The format of the page numbers in the table of On the Composition tab of the
contents document properties, in the
Table of Contents area, the
One of the following:
Page drop-down list
l number—Use 1, 2, 3, and so on.
l alpha-upper—Use A, B, C, and so on.
l alpha-lower—Use a, b, c, and so on.
l roman-upper—Use I, II, III, and so on.
l roman-lower—Use i, ii, iii, and so on.
l text-upper—Use ONE, TWO, THREE, and
so on.
l text-mixed—Use One, Two, Three, and so
on.
l text-lower—Use one, two, three, and so
on.
paragraph-selection Enum The method used to select sections or paragraphs for On the Composition tab of the
inclusion in a customer document document properties, in the
Paragraph inclusion method
One of the following:
area, the Method drop-down
l rule—Use the individual rules applied to list
sections and paragraphs.
l variable-section-rule—Use a
variable that contains a list of the sections that
should be included for each customer, and then
use rules.
l variable-section-no-rule—Use a
variable that contains a list of the sections that
should be included for each customer and
ignore any rules.
l variable-paragraph—rule—Use a
variable that contains a list of the paragraphs
that should be included for each customer, and
then use rules.
l variable-paragraph—no-rule—Use
a variable that contains a list of the paragraphs
that should be included for each customer and
ignore any rules.
queue-rule Bool
restart-doc-count Bool Specifies whether this document causes document On the Composition tab of the
numbering to restart at 1 document properties, the
Restart document (chapter)
count check box
restart-page-count Bool Specifies whether this document causes page On the Composition tab of the
numbering to restart at 1 document properties, the
Restart page numbers check
box
rule-run-time Enum Specifies when all the necessary information will be On the Targeting tab of the
available and the rule can be executed document properties, the Rule
run time drop-down list
One of the following:
l normal—Execute the rule when the engine
processes the document.
l at-end—Execute the rule after the engine
completes all other processing.
separator-type Enum The separator to use between the document number On the Composition tab of the
and page numbers in the table of contents document properties, in the
Table of Contents area, the
One of the following:
Separator drop-down list
l dash—Use a hyphen character ( -).
l dot—Use a period character ( .).
l space—Use the a space character.
Structure
Example
<dlg:document
allow-doc-combination="no"
back-page="Page|0|"
back-page-type="campaign"
can-be-used="true"
data-section-name=""
doc-number-type="none"
doc-placeholder-var="Variable|0|"
doc-prefix="" doc-selection="rule"
document-type="normal"
duplex-control="none"
duplex-mode="yes-no"
frame-fill-method="sequential"
id-variable="Variable|0|"
jurisdiction-use="all"
max-marketing-pages="9999"
msg-select-variable="Variable|0|"
msg-selection="rule"
page-number-type="number"
paragraph-select-variable="Variable|0|"
paragraph-selection="variable-section-rule"
queue-rule="false" restart-doc-count="false"
restart-page-count="false"
rule-run-time="normal"
section-doc-combination="start-new-document"
separator-type="dash"
usage-rule="UsageRule|0|">
…
</dlg:document>
Parents
dlg:application
Attribute
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
document-ref Ref A reference to an existing document object A document object in the Library
Structure
Parents
dlg:application
Note: You cannot import a DXF file that uses dlg:library-component as a root element
at run time. A library component used by a separate application can be imported only at
design time.
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
locked-position Bool Specifies whether users are prevented from On the Basic tab of the component
moving the component from the location properties, the Position is locked
specified by the locked-position-x check box
and locked-position-y attributes
locked-position-x Int When true is specified for the locked- On the Basic tab of the component
position attribute, the horizontal position properties, the Horizontal position
(x-coordinate) of the component in the design box
area
locked-position-y Int When true is specified for the locked- On the Basic tab of the component
position attribute, the vertical position (y- properties, the Vertical position box
coordinate) of the component in the design
area
locked-rotation Bool Specifies whether users are prevented from On the Basic tab of the component
changing the rotation of the component properties, the Rotation is locked
check box
locked-rule Bool Specifies whether users are prevented from On the Basic tab of the component
changing the rule logic specified for the properties, the Rule is locked check
usage-rule attribute for a specific instance box
of the component
locked-size Bool Specifies whether users are prevented from On the Basic tab of the component
changing the size of the component properties, the Size is locked check
box
usage-rule Ref A reference to the rule that determines the On the Basic tab of the component
inclusion of the component for a customer properties, the Rule box
Structure
Parents
dlg:doc-message-use
dlg:document
Attributes
The attributes that apply for each represented object depend on the value of the design-type
attribute:
design-type Enum The type of object that the page element specifies. If this attribute
is omitted, the element is assumed to specify a page object.
One of the following:
l page—The element specifies a page object.
l graphic—The element specifies a message template that
will be used for graphic messages.
l textmessage—The element specifies a message
template that will be used for text messages.
l insert—The element specifies a message template that
will be used for insert messages.
l mup—The element specifies a multiple-up object.
The following values are not supported:
l browse
l form
The following sections list the other attributes that apply for each value of the design-type
attribute:
l “Attributes That Apply When page Is Specified for the design-type Attribute” on the next page
l “Attributes That Apply When template Is Specified for the design-type Attribute” on page 86
l “Attributes That Apply When graphic , textmessage , or insert Is Specified for the design-
type Attribute” on page 87
l “Attributes That Apply When mup Is Specified for the design-type Attribute” on page 88
allow-doc-checksum Bool Specifies whether this page is included in the On the Basic tab of the page
checksum that determines whether the properties, the Include in change-
document has changed control checksum check box
flow-to-page Ref When specific is specified for the flow- On the Flow tab of the page
type attribute, a reference to the page that properties, the Page box
will contain overflow content
flow-type Enum Specifies how to handle overflow content from On the Flow tab of the page
the page properties, the Destination of
overflow from this page list
One of the following:
l none—Discard overflow content from the
page and continue processing without a
warning message.
l repeat—Duplicate this page to contain
the overflow content.
l specific—Use the page specified for
the flow-to-page attribute to contain
the overflow content.
l warning—Discard overflow content
and continue processing with a warning
message.
l error—Discard overflow content and
stop processing with an error message.
meta-props-alternate- Text The text that an accessibility tool reads to On the Accessibility tab of the page
text represent the object when read- properties, the Alternate text box
alternate-text is specified for the
meta-props-options attribute
meta-props-language Enum The language used when the meta- On the Accessibility tab of the page
props-options attribute is set to read- properties, the Accessibility
alternate-text or read-object- language list
text. If this attribute is omitted and no other
parent object has a language, the default
customer language is used. If this attribute is
omitted and a parent object has a language,
the language specified on the parent object is
inherited.
One of the following:
l default—The default customer
language
l amharic—Amharic
l arabic—Arabic
l armenian—Armenian
l bengali—Bengali
l catalan—Catalan
l cebuano—Cebuano
l chinese—Chinese (PRC)
l chinese-tw—Chinese (Taiwan)
l chinese-hk—Chinese (Hong Kong
SAR)
l chinese-sg—Chinese (Singapore)
l czech—Czech
l danish—Danish
l dutch—Dutch
l english-us—English (American)
l english-au—English (Australian)
l english-uk—English (British)
l farsi—Farsi (Persian)
l finnish—Finnish
l french—French
l french-creole—French Creole
l french-ca—French (Canadian)
l german—German
l gujarati—Gujarati
l hawaiian—Hawaiian
l hindi—Hindi
l hmong—Hmong
l hungarian—Hungarian
l igbo—Igbo
l ilokano—Ilokano
l italian—Italian
l japanese—Japanese
l khmer—Khmer
l korean—Korean
l kru—Kru
l lao—Lao
l marshallese—Marshallese
l navajo—Navajo
l nepali—Nepali
l norway—Norwegian
l norway-bokmal—Norwegian
(Bokmål)
l newnorway—Norwegian (Nynorsk)
l oromo—Oromo
l pohnpeian—Pohnpeian
l polish—Polish
l portug—Portuguese
l brazil—Portuguese (Brazilian)
l punjabi—Punjabi
l romanian—Romanian
l russian—Russian
l samoan—Samoan
l spanish—Spanish
l swedish—Swedish
l tagalog—Tagalog
l thai—Thai
l tongan—Tongan
l turkish—Turkish
l ukranian—Ukranian
l urdu—Urdu
l vietnamese—Vietnamese
l yoruba—Yoruba
meta-props-options Enum Specifies whether object text or alternate text is On the Accessibility tab of the page
read by accessibility tools properties, the Read options list
One of the following:
l do-not-read—Do not read object
text or alternate text for this object or for
any of its child objects.
l read-alternate-text—Read the
alternate text specified for the meta-
props-alternate-text attribute.
l read-object-text—Read the text
that is associated with a textual object.
meta-props-order Int The numerical order in which you want the text On the Accessibility tab of the page
to be read by accessibility tools when the properties, the Read order box
meta-props-option attribute is set to
read-alternate-text or read-
object-text
page-can-overflow Bool
page-duplex Bool Specifies whether the page is duplex and will On the Basic tab of the page
have a design for each side of the sheet properties, the Duplex check box
page-in-sections Bool
page-orientation Enum The rotation of the page in relation to the On the Basic tab of the page
normal output page orientation of the printer properties, the Orientation list
One of the following:
l portrait—The page is rotated zero
degrees.
l landscape—The page is rotated 90
degrees.
l portrait-reversed—The page is
rotated 180 degrees.
l landscape-reversed—The page
is rotated 270 degrees.
The following values are not supported:
l any
l none
paper-type Ref A reference to an existing paper type used for On the Basic tab of the page
the page. Alternatively, you can specify a new properties, the Paper type box
paper type using the dlg:paper-type
child element.
usage-rule Ref A reference to the rule that determines the On the Targeting tab of the page
inclusion of the page for a customer properties, the Rule box
version Int The version number of the page object In the Administration dialog box for
the page, the Version box, or, in the
history view for the page, the Version
column
paper-type Ref A reference to an existing paper type used for On the Basic tab of the page
pages based on this template. Alternatively, properties, the Paper type box
you can specify a new paper type using the
dlg:paper-type child element.
stylesheet A reference to the default style sheet ( On the Basic tab of the page
stylesheet (dlg:stylesheet)) to template properties, the Default style
use for the page template sheet box
version Int The version number of the page template In the Administration dialog box for
object the page template, the Version box,
or, in the history view for the page
template, the Version column
back-color Color The background color of the back of the On the Basic tab of the message
message template template properties, the Back color well
can-grow Bool Specifies whether the height of the message On the Basic tab of the message
template can be increased in Designer or by template properties, the Growth list
the engine based on the message content
design-height Int Specifies the height of the message template On the Basic tab of the message
template properties, the Height box
front-color Color The background color of the front of the On the Basic tab of the message
message template template properties, the Front color well
stylesheet A reference to the default style sheet ( On the Basic tab of the message
stylesheet (dlg:stylesheet)) template properties, the Default style
to use for the message template sheet box
version Int The version number of the message In the Administration dialog box for the
template object message template, the Version box, or,
in the history view for the message
template, the Version column
page-duplex Bool Specifies whether the multiple-up page is In the multiple-up properties, the
duplex and will have pages on each side of Duplex check box
the sheet
page-orientation Enum The rotation of the multiple-up sheet in In the multiple-up properties, the
relation to the normal output page Orientation list
orientation of the printer
One of the following:
l portrait—The page is rotated zero
degrees.
l landscape—The page is rotated 90
degrees.
l portrait-reversed—The page
is rotated 180 degrees.
l landscape-reversed—The
page is rotated 270 degrees.
The following values are not supported:
l none
l any
paper-type Ref A reference to an existing paper type used In the multiple-up properties, the Paper
for the multiple-up sheet. Alternatively, you type box
can specify a new paper type using the
dlg:paper-type child element.
version Int The version number of the multiple-up In the Administration dialog box for the
object multiple-up object, the Version box, or,
in the history view for the multiple-up
object, the Version column
Unused Attributes
Note: Some of the following attributes are included in exported DXF and XML (composed)
output, but fixed values are always specified.
has-footnote Bool
has-index Bool
has-toc Bool
margin-bottom Int
margin-left Int
margin-right Int
margin-top Int
meta-order Int
orientation Enum
scale Int
show-background Bool
stylesheet-changed Bool
Structure
Example
<dlg:page
allow-doc-checksum="false"
flow-to-page="Page|0|"
flow-type="none"
page-duplex="false"
page-in-sections="true"
page-orientation="portrait"
paper-type="PaperType|4|Blank 8.500 x 25.670">
…
</dlg:page>
Parents
dlg:doc-message-use
dlg:document
Attribute
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and
ProductionSetting
page-ref Ref A reference to an existing page, page A section or page, page template,
template, message template, or multiple-up message template, or multiple-up
object object in the Library
Structure
Parents
dlg:section
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
aggreg-data-enable Enum Specifies whether the paragraph can be On the Basic tab of the properties of
merged during data aggregation the containing section, the Enable
data aggregation check box
One of the following:
l no—The paragraph cannot be merged
during data aggregation.
l yes—The paragraph can be merged
during data aggregation.
allow-doc-checksum Bool Specifies whether the paragraph is included in On the Basic tab of the paragraph
the checksum that determines whether the properties, the Include in change-
document has changed control checksum check box
bottom-flow-margin Int The minimum space, in logical units, required On the Basic tab of the paragraph
between the current paragraph and the next properties, the Flow box
paragraph in the frame before the next
paragraph is forced to the next flow frame
can-split-text Bool Specifies whether the paragraph can split On the Basic tab of the paragraph
across multiple frames or must remain together properties, the Can split across
in a single frame frames check box
default-as-background Bool Specifies whether objects common to all On the Languages tab of the
languages are placed on the default language properties of the containing page, the
layer Use default language as
background for other languages
check box
design-resolution Int The resolution at which you want to design the On the Basic tab of the properties of
page that contains the paragraph the containing page, the Design
resolution box
flow-to-page Ref A reference to the page that will contain On the Flow tab of the properties of
overflow content when specific is the containing page, the Page box
specified for the flow-type attribute
flow-type Enum Specifies how to handle overflow content from On the Flow tab of the properties of
the paragraph the containing page, the Destination
of overflow from this page list
One of the following:
l none—Discard overflow content from the
page and continue processing without a
warning message.
l repeat—Duplicate the page that
contains the paragraph to contain the
overflow content.
l specific—Use the page specified for
the flow-to-page attribute to contain
the overflow content.
l warning—Discard overflow content but
continue processing with a warning
message.
l error—Discard overflow content and
stop processing with an error message.
jurisdiction-use Enum Specifies how jurisdictional effectivity applies to On the Regulatory tab of the
the paragraph paragraph properties, the Enable
jurisdictional effectivity list
One of the following:
l all—Use the effectivity dates defined for
the object for all jurisdictions.
l specified—Include the paragaraph
for the jurisdictional effectivity dates
specified by the dlg:ref-many-
jurisdiction element.
l except—Exclude the paragraph for the
jurisdictional effectivity dates specified by
the dlg:ref-many-
jurisdiction element.
keep-with-next Bool Specifies whether the paragraph is forced to On the Basic tab of the paragraph
appear in the same frame as the next properties, the Keep with next
paragraph paragraph check box
keep-with-previous Bool Specifies whether the paragraph is forced to On the Basic tab of the paragraph
appear in the same frame as the previous properties, the Keep with previous
paragraph paragraph check box
link-type Enum Specifies whether the object links to a URL and On the Basic tab of the paragraph
whether the URL is static or provided by a properties, the Link to URL (when
variable included in electronic output) list
One of the following:
l none—The object does not link to a
URL.
l static—The object links to the URL
specified for the url attribute.
l dynamic—The object links to the URL
provided by the variable referenced by
the variable-hyperlink attribute.
meta-props-alternate- Text The text that an accessibility tool reads to On the Accessibility tab of the
text represent the object when read- paragraph properties, the Alternate
alternate-text is specified for the text box
meta-props-options attribute
meta-props-language Enum The language used when the meta- On the Accessibility tab of the
props-options attribute is set to read- paragraph properties, the
alternate-text or read-object- Accessibility language list
text. If this attribute is omitted and no other
parent object has a language, the default
customer language is used. If this attribute is
omitted and a parent object has a language,
the language specified on the parent object is
inherited.
One of the following:
l default—The default customer
language
l amharic—Amharic
l arabic—Arabic
l armenian—Armenian
l bengali—Bengali
l catalan—Catalan
l cebuano—Cebuano
l chinese—Chinese (PRC)
l chinese-tw—Chinese (Taiwan)
l chinese-hk—Chinese (Hong Kong
SAR)
l chinese-sg—Chinese (Singapore)
l czech—Czech
l danish—Danish
l dutch—Dutch
l english-us—English (American)
l english-au—English (Australian)
l english-uk—English (British)
l farsi—Farsi (Persian)
l finnish—Finnish
l french—French
l french-creole—French Creole
l french-ca—French (Canadian)
l german—German
l gujarati—Gujarati
l hawaiian—Hawaiian
l hindi—Hindi
l hmong—Hmong
l hungarian—Hungarian
l igbo—Igbo
l ilokano—Ilokano
l italian—Italian
l japanese—Japanese
l khmer—Khmer
l korean—Korean
l kru—Kru
l lao—Lao
l marshallese—Marshallese
l navajo—Navajo
l nepali—Nepali
l norway—Norwegian
l norway-bokmal—Norwegian
(Bokmål)
l newnorway—Norwegian (Nynorsk)
l oromo—Oromo
l pohnpeian—Pohnpeian
l polish—Polish
l portug—Portuguese
l brazil—Portuguese (Brazilian)
l punjabi—Punjabi
l romanian—Romanian
l russian—Russian
l samoan—Samoan
l spanish—Spanish
l swedish—Swedish
l tagalog—Tagalog
l thai—Thai
l tongan—Tongan
l turkish—Turkish
l ukranian—Ukranian
l urdu—Urdu
l vietnamese—Vietnamese
l yoruba—Yoruba
meta-props-options Enum Specifies whether object text or alternate text is On the Accessibility tab of the
read by accessibility tools paragraph properties, the Read
options list
One of the following:
l do-not-read—Do not read object
text or alternate text for this object or for
any of its child objects.
l read-alternate-text—Read the
alternate text specified for the meta-
props-alternate-text attribute.
l read-object-text—Read the text
that is associated with a textual object.
meta-props-order Int The numerical order in which you want the text On the Accessibility tab of the
to be read by accessibility tools when the paragraph properties, the Read order
meta-props-option attribute is set to box
read-alternate-text or read-
object-text
page-placement Enum Specifies how a simplex page will be printed On the Basic tab of the properties of
on a duplex printer the containing page, the How to print
simplex page on duplex outputs list
One of the following:
l any—The page can be placed on the
front or back of any sheet of paper, as
long as the paper types match.
l front—The page is always placed on
the front of a sheet of paper. Anything, as
long as it uses the same paper type, can
be placed on the back of the sheet.
l frontwnobacks—The page is
always placed on the front of a sheet of
paper. Nothing can be placed on the back
of the sheet.
l anynomatch—The page can be
placed on the front or back of a sheet of
paper, and can use any available paper
type.
l frontnomatch—The page can be
placed only on the front of a sheet of
paper and can use any available paper
type.
renumber-text Bool Specifies whether numbering in the paragraph On the Basic tab of the paragraph
is continued from the previous paragraph properties, the Renumber this text
when placed in frame check box
send-default Bool Specifies whether to use the default language On the Content tab of the paragraph
for a customer when the 'SYS_ properties, the Send default
LanguageCustomer' variable is not defined language if customer language
does not exist check box
stylesheet Ref A reference to the default style sheet ( In Designer, the Select Style Sheet
stylesheet (dlg:stylesheet)) to dialog box for the paragraph
use for the paragraph
track-begin Date The beginning date for which tracking In the Period dialog box for the
information should be generated for the paragraph (accessed by clicking Date
paragraph Range in the Tracking period box on
the Targeting tab of the paragraph
properties), the From date
track-end Date The ending date for which tracking information In the Period dialog box for the
should be generated for the paragraph paragraph (accessed by clicking Date
Range in the Tracking period box on
the Targeting tab of the paragraph
properties), the To date
tracking-level Enum Specifies the type of tracking information you On the Targeting tab of the
want to generate for the paragraph paragraph properties, the Customer
list
One of the following:
l none—Do not generate tracking
information for the paragraph.
l summary—Generate a summary of
information about the paragraph.
l customer—Generate a summary of
information about the paragraph and
each of the customers who receives the
paragraph.
url Text When static is specified for the link- On the Basic tab of the paragraph
type attribute, the URL to which you want the properties, the Link to URL (when
paragraph to link included in electronic output) box
usage-rule Ref A reference to the rule that determines On the Targeting tab of the
whether the paragraph is included for a paragraph properties, the Rule box
customer
user-identifier Text The identifier used in the print stream to specify On the Basic tab of the paragraph
actions to be performed by post-processing properties, the External message
equipment when encountering the paragraph identifier
variable-hyperlink Ref When variable is specified for the link- On the Basic tab of the paragraph
type attribute, a reference to the variable that properties, the Link to URL (when
provides the destination URL for the link included in electronic output)
variable box
version Int The version number of the object In the Administration dialog box for
the object, the Version box, or, in the
history view for the object, the Version
column
widow-orphan Int When true is specified for the can- On the Basic tab of the paragraph
split-text attribute, the number of lines properties, the Widow/orphan control
of text that must be able to appear before and box
after a split in order for the paragraph to be
split
Structure
Example
<dlg:paragraph xmlns:dlg="[Link]
aggreg-data-enable="no" bottom-flow-margin="0" can-split-text="false"
height="327" internet="false" keep-with-next="false"
keep-with-previous="false" renumber-text="false" schemaVersion="2.0"
track-begin="" track-end="" tracking-level="none" url=" "
usage-rule="UsageRule|0|" widow-orphan="2" width="8500"
xmlns:dxf="[Link]
xmlns:fo="[Link]
<dlg:basic
folder="Folder|3|Dialogue Live" oid="148">
<dlg:name>Sample paragraph</dlg:name>
<dlg:description/>
</dlg:basic>
<fo:declarations>
<dlg:tab-ruler default-tab="247.00lu" id="0" list-type="none"
number-indent="0" number-string="" number-type="num"
user-set-color="false" user-set-type="false"/>
</fo:declarations>
<dlg:object>
<dlg:text can-split="false" columns="1" corner-size="4pt"
current-angle="0" delay-comp="none" flip-h="false"
flip-v="false" flow-around="no" flow-break="auto"
frame-style="frame" gutter-size="0lu" h-auto-size="false"
ignore-relative="no" language="Language|0|"
lock-proportions="false" pos-rel-to-above="0"
reference-name="Text Message" shadow="none" v-auto-size="false">
<dlg:rect bottom="0.00pt"
left="0.00pt" right="0.00pt" top="0.00pt"/>
<fo:flow
display-align="auto" height="127.00lu"
margin-bottom="100.00lu" margin-left="100.00lu"
margin-right="100.00lu" margin-top="100.00lu"
width="8300.00lu">
<fo:block end-indent="0lu" keep-together="auto"
keep-with-next="auto" line-height="0lu" space-after="0lu"
space-before="0lu" start-indent="0lu" tab-ruler="0"
text-align="left" text-indent="0lu" usage-rule="Rule|0|">
<fo:inline color=""
font-family="Times New Roman" font-size="10.00pt"
font-style="normal" letter-spacing="0.00pt">
est tes te
</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
</fo:flow>
</dlg:text>
</dlg:object>
</dlg:paragraph>
Parents
dlg:document
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
aggreg-data-bound Enum Specifies whether paragraphs within the On the Basic tab of the section
section can be merged during data properties, the Enable data
aggregation aggregation check box
One of the following:
l no—The paragraph cannot be merged
during data aggregation.
l yes—The paragraph can be merged
during data aggregation.
data-section-name Text When named-sectionspecified for the On the Targeting tab of the section
inclusion-method attribute, the name properties, the Data Section Name
of the section in a data file selected that box..
determines whether this section is included
design-page Ref A reference to the page object that determines On the Basic tab of the section
the display width of the section when it is properties, the Design Page box
viewed in Designer
flow-target-type Enum Specifies how to handle overflow content from On the Flow tab of the page
the section properties, the Destination of
overflow from this page drop-down
One of the following:
list
l any—Allow the content of the section to
flow to any frame, regardless of whether
the frame has a name.
l any-unnamed—Allow the content of
the section to flow only to unnamed
frames.
l any-names—Allow the content of the
section to flow only to named frames,
regardless of the name of the frame.
l named—Use the frame specified for the
named-flow attribute to contain the
overflow content.
inclusion-method Enum The method used to determine whether a On the Targeting tab of the document
section is included for a customer properties, the Inclusion Method
drop-down list
One of the following:
l rule—Include the section based on the
Note: XML node settings are
rule referenced by the usage-rule
not supported in DXF files.
attribute.
The XML Node option on the
l named-section—Include the section
Inclusion-Method drop down
when a data section with the name
list does not have a
specified for the
corresponding attribute in the
data-section-name attribute is
DXF elements.
read in the data file.
jurisdiction-use Enum Specifies how the jurisdictions referenced by On the Regulatory tab of the section
the dlg:ref-many-jurisdiction properties, the Enable jurisdictional
elements included as children of this element effectivity drop-down list
apply to effectivity dates
One of the following:
l all—Use the same effectivity dates for
all jurisdictions and ignore the included
jurisdictions.
l specified—Apply the effectivity dates
specified individually for each included
jurisdiction.
l except—Do not apply effectivity dates
for the included jurisdictions.
message-target-type Ref When content-frame-only or any is On the Basic tab of the section
specified for the section-paragraph- properties, the Target Frame
usage attribute, a reference to a message Message box
type that determines which content frames
accept this section
named-flow Ref When named is specified for the flow- On the Basic tab of the section
target-type attribute, a reference to the properties, the box adjacent to the
flow target associated with frames that will Paragraph flow drop-down list
contain overflow content
section-paragraph-usage Enum Specifies the types of frames into which this On the Basic tab of the section
section will be placed properties, the Target Frame drop-
down list
One of the following:
l flow-frame-only—Place this
section only into flow frames.
l content-frame-only—Place this
section only into content frames and use
the message-target-type
attribute to determine the target message
type.
l any—Place this section into either flow
frames or content frames and use the
message-target-type attribute to
determine the target message type for
content frames.
usage-rule Ref A reference to the rule that determines the On the Targeting tab of the section
inclusion of the section for a customer properties, the Rule box
Structure
Example
<dlg:section xmlns:dlg="[Link]
xmlns:fo="[Link]
xmlns:dxf="[Link]
<dlg:basic>
<dlg:name>Sample Section</dlg:name>
</dlg:basic>
<dlg:paragraph>
<dlg:basic>
<dlg:name>Sample Paragraph</dlg:name>
</dlg:basic>
<dlg:object>
…
</dlg:object>
</dlg:paragraph>
</dlg:section>
Keep in mind that some design elements use the fo namespace. The elements in the fo
namespace are either elements that are shared with XSL-FO or elements that are closely related
to XSL-FO elements. For more information about namespaces in DXF, see “About
Namespaces” on page 19.
Also keep in mind that many elements in this section use either the shared design object
attributes or the shared XSL-FO attributes. Each element that uses one of these groups of
attributes contains a cross-reference to the appropriate section.
For the list of shared design object attributes, see “Shared Design Object Attributes” on
page 622.
For the list of shared XSL-FO object attributes, see “Shared XSL-FO Attributes” on page 637.
For more information about the design objects that are represented by elements in this section,
see Designing Customer Communications in the Exstream Design and Production
documentation.
Parents
dlg:page
Attributes
None.
Structure
If you use the dlg:basic element to specify a Library folder, Design Manager ignores the folder
that is specified in the Import DXF dialog box when you import the DXF file.
Parents
dlg:application
dlg:barcode
dlg:cascading-style-sheet
dlg:campaign
dlg:container-label
dlg:document
font-face (dlg:font-face)
dlg:hyperlink-anchor
dlg:inserter
dlg:library-component
dlg:message
dlg:metadata-decls
dlg:named-flow-frame
dlg:page
dlg:paragraph
dlg:section
dlg:usage-rule
dlg:variable
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
folder Ref A reference to the Library folder in which the The folder that contains an object in
object will be placed when the DXF is the Library
imported. This value overrides the folder that is
specified in the Import DXF dialog box.
xmlns Text The URL for the XML namespace that is used
for the child elements within the specified
object
Structure
Example
<dlg:library-component
xmlns:dlg="[Link] box boxue"
xmlns:dxf="[Link]
xmlns:fo="[Link]
<dlg:basic xmlns="[Link]
<dlg:name>AAA1 reimported</dlg:name>
<dlg:description>Converted by TopDown2DXF</dlg:description>
</dlg:basic>
…
</dlg:library-component>
Parents
dlg:bitmap
dlg:dib
Attribute
Attribute Data type Description
encoding Enum The encoding scheme of the binary data. Only Base64 encoding
is supported.
The setting must be base64.
Structure
Example
<dlg:image>
<dlg:rect bottom="523.87pt" left="54.00pt" right="178.06pt"
top="478.30pt"/>
<dlg:bitmap>
<dlg:binary
encoding="base64">TFRSSQEAAAABAAUCvgDwAPAAAgD///8AAAAAAI4pDBJFt4al9JuXeuQkeJbE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</dlg:binary>
</dlg:bitmap>
</dlg:image>
Parents
dlg:image
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
angle Int The amount to rotate the image, in hundredths On the Placement tab of the image
of degrees, when importing properties, the Rotation box
black-color Color The color to convert to black when converting In the Image Color Management
the image to black-and-white dialog box for the image, the Color to
convert to black color well
convert Enum The set of colors used for the converted image In the Image Color Management
dialog box for the image, the
One of the following:
Highlight color drop-down list
l black-and-white—The colors in
the image are converted to black-and-
white, converting the color specified for
the black-color attribute to black.
l color-and-white—The colors in
the image are converted to white and a
highlight color determined by the output
device, converting the color specified for
the hl-color attribute to the highlight
color.
l highlight-color—The colors in
the image are converted to black and a
highlight color determined by the output
device, converting the color specified for
the black-color attribute to black
and the color specified for the hl-
color attribute to the highlight color.
dither-method Int The dithering method used for converting the In the Image Color Management
colors in the image dialog box for the image, the Color
conversion drop-down list
Must be in the range 0–8, corresponding to
the following settings:
l 0—None
l 1—Floyd-Steinberg
l 2—Stucki
l 3—Burkes
l 4—Sierra
l 5—Stevenson Arche
l 6—Jarvis
l 7—Ordered
l 8—Clustered
filename Text The path and file name of the image if the On the Image tab of the image
binary data for the image is not included in a properties, the User-specified path
child dlg:binary element box (The Image path location setting
is assumed to be Use specified
URL/path if a child dlg:binary
element is not included.)
halftone Bool Specifies whether a halftone screen is used for In the Image Color Management
a black-and-white image dialog box for the image, the B/W
halftone check box
halftone-angle Int The rotation, in degrees, of the dots used for In the Image Color Management
halftone in the image, when 0, 3, or 5 is dialog box for the image, the Angle
specified for the halftone-shape box
attribute. Must be in the range 0–180.
halftone-grain Int The size, in pixels, of the dots used for halftone In the Image Color Management
in the image, when 1–5 is specified for the dialog box for the image, the Grain
halftone-shape attribute. Must be in the size box
range 1–15.
halftone-shape Int The shape of the dots used for halftone in the In the Image Color Management
image dialog box for the image, the Shape
box
Must be in the range 0–5, corresponding to
the following settings:
l 0—Default
l 1—Rectangular
l 2—Circular
l 3—Elliptical
l 4—Random
l 5—Linear
hl-color Color The color to convert to the highlight color In the Image Color Management
determined by the output device when dialog box for the image, the Color to
color-and-white or highlight- convert to highlight color color well
color is specified for the convert attribute
original-stored Bool Indicates whether the original image data has In the Image Color Management
been stored dialog box for the image, the Original
full-color image data stored check
box
Note: This attribute is provided only for
information in exported DXF and cannot
be specified in imported DXF.
scale-x Int The percentage to horizontally scale the On the Placement tab of the image
image when importing properties, the Scale width box
scale-y Int The percentage to vertically scale the image On the Placement tab of the image
when importing properties, the Scale height box
Structure
Example
<dlg:image>
<dlg:rect bottom="490pt" left="54pt" right="180pt" top="440pt"/>
<dlg:bitmap angle="9000" black-color="rgb(0,0,40)"
convert="black-and-white" dither-method="1"
filename="C:\images\[Link]" scale-x="75" scale-y="75" />
</dlg:image>
Parents
dlg:embedded-object
dlg:objects
fo:basic-link
fo:block
block-container (fo:block-container)
float (fo:float)
fo:flow
fo:footnote-body
fo:inline
inline-container (fo:inline-container)
list-item-body (fo:list-item-body)
list-item-label (fo:list-item-label)
table-caption (fo:table-caption)
fo:table-cell
wrapper (fo:wrapper)
Attributes
In addition to the following attributes, the fo:block element uses one or more of the common
attributes found in “Shared XSL-FO Attributes” on page 637.
adjust-space-above-text Bool Specifies whether the space above the text On the Text paragraph properties
paragraph adds the top margin of the text tab of the text paragraph properties,
paragraph to the bottom margin of the in the Float options area, the Adjust
preceding text object or floating embedded space above text check box
object, whichever is greater.
One of the following:
l true—The spacing is calculated
between the current and preceding text
paragraphs.
l false—The spacing is calculated
between the current text paragraph and
the preceding embedded object.
Valid for the following values of the clear-
floating-objects attribute:
l both
l left
l right
clear-floating-objects Enum Specifies the sides of the text paragraph On the Text paragraph properties
where embedded objects are allowed to float tab of the text paragraph properties,
relative to the text in the Float options area, the Clear
list
One of the following:
l none—The preceding embedded
objects can float to the left or right of the
text paragraph.
l left—The preceding embedded
objects cannot float on the left side of the
text paragraph.
l right—The preceding embedded
objects cannot float on the right side of
the text paragraph.
l both—The preceding embedded
objects cannot float on either the left or
the right side of the text paragraph.
meta-props-alternate- Text The text that an accessibility tool reads to On the Accessibility tab of the text or
text represent the object when read- text paragraph properties, the
alternate-text is specified for the Alternate text box
meta-props-options attribute
meta-props-language Enum The language used when the meta- On the Accessibility tab of the text or
props-options attribute is set to read- text paragraph properties, the
alternate-text or read-object- Accessibility language list
text. If this attribute is omitted and no other
parent object has a language, the default
customer language is used. If this attribute is
omitted and a parent object has a language,
the language specified on the parent object is
inherited.
One of the following:
l default—The default customer
language
l amharic—Amharic
l arabic—Arabic
l armenian—Armenian
l bengali—Bengali
l catalan—Catalan
l cebuano—Cebuano
l chinese—Chinese (PRC)
l chinese-tw—Chinese (Taiwan)
l chinese-hk—Chinese (Hong Kong
SAR)
l chinese-sg—Chinese (Singapore)
l czech—Czech
l danish—Danish
l dutch—Dutch
l english-us—English (American)
l english-au—English (Australian)
l english-uk—English (British)
l farsi—Farsi (Persian)
l finnish—Finnish
l french—French
l french-creole—French Creole
l french-ca—French (Canadian)
l german—German
l gujarati—Gujarati
l hawaiian—Hawaiian
l hindi—Hindi
l hmong—Hmong
l hungarian—Hungarian
l igbo—Igbo
l ilokano—Ilokano
l italian—Italian
l japanese—Japanese
l khmer—Khmer
l korean—Korean
l kru—Kru
l lao—Lao
l marshallese—Marshallese
l navajo—Navajo
l nepali—Nepali
l norway—Norwegian
l norway-bokmal—Norwegian
(Bokmål)
l newnorway—Norwegian (Nynorsk)
l oromo—Oromo
l pohnpeian—Pohnpeian
l polish—Polish
l portug—Portuguese
l brazil—Portuguese (Brazilian)
l punjabi—Punjabi
l romanian—Romanian
l russian—Russian
l samoan—Samoan
l spanish—Spanish
l swedish—Swedish
l tagalog—Tagalog
l thai—Thai
l tongan—Tongan
l turkish—Turkish
l ukranian—Ukranian
l urdu—Urdu
l vietnamese—Vietnamese
l yoruba—Yoruba
meta-props-options Enum Specifies whether object text or alternate text is On the Accessibility tab of the text or
read by accessibility tools text paragraph properties, the Read
options list
One of the following:
l do-not-read—Do not read object
text or alternate text for this object or for
any of its child objects.
l read-alternate-text—Read the
alternate text specified for the meta-
props-alternate-text attribute.
l read-object-text—Read the text
that is associated with a textual object.
meta-props-order Int The numerical order in which you want the text On the Accessibility tab of the text or
to be read by accessibility tools when the text paragraph properties, the Read
meta-props-option attribute is set to order box
read-alternate-text or read-
object-text
meta-props-pdf-tag Enum The type of text that the object contains On the Accessibility tab of the text
paragraph properties, the Read text
One of the following:
as list
l paragraph
l heading
l heading 1
l heading 2
l heading 3
l heading 4
l heading 5
l heading 6
l list item
usage-rule Ref A reference to the rule that determines the The Rule tab of the Text paragraph
inclusion of the component for a customer properties dialog box
Structure
Example
<dlg:text …>
<dlg:rect …/>
<fo:flow …>
<fo:block end-indent="0lu" is-comment="false" keep-together="auto"
keep-with-next="auto" line-height="0lu" line-spacing="single"
meta-props-alternate-text="Alt Text in left column"
meta-props-language="german" meta-props-options=
"read-alternate-text" meta-props-pdf-tag=
"heading6" space-after="0lu" space-before="0lu" start-indent=
"0lu" tab-ruler="8" text-align="left" text-indent="0lu"
usage-rule="Rule|0|">
<fo:inline color="" comment-type="normal" font-family=
"Times New Roman" font-size="12.00pt" font-style="normal"
is-comment="false" letter-spacing="0.00pt"
page-break-before="auto" text-decoration="none"
>TextPara - alternate text German - Heading 6
</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
</fo:flow>
</dlg:text>
Parents
fo:basic-link
fo:block
block-container (fo:block-container)
float (fo:float)
fo:flow
fo:footnote-body
fo:inline
inline-container (fo:inline-container)
list-item-body (fo:list-item-body)
list-item-label (fo:list-item-label)
table-caption (fo:table-caption)
fo:table-cell
wrapper (fo:wrapper)
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
source Enum The source of the text that appears for the In the PDF Bookmark Properties
bookmark dialog box (accessed from the
Paragraph > Add PDF Bookmark
One of the following:
context menu selection), the Text
l paragraph—Use all of the text in the source drop-down list
paragraph as the bookmark text. This
value is valid only when the
fo:bookmark element is a child of an
fo:block element.
l variable—Use the variable
referenced by the variable attribute
to provide custom text for the bookmark
for each customer.
l text—Use the text specified for the
text attribute as the bookmark text.
The following value is not used:
l none
text Text When text is specified for the source In the PDF Bookmark Properties
attribute, the text to use as the bookmark text dialog box (accessed from the
Paragraph > Add PDF Bookmark
context menu selection), the Text
source box
variable Ref When variable is specified for the In the PDF Bookmark Properties
source attribute, a reference to the variable dialog box (accessed from the
that contains the bookmark text Paragraph > Add PDF Bookmark
context menu selection), the Text
source variable selection box
Structure
Example
<fo:block end-indent="0lu" is-comment="false" keep-together="auto"
keep-with-next="auto" line-height="0lu" line-spacing="single"
space-after="0lu" space-before="0lu" start-indent="0lu" tab-ruler="5"
text-align="left" text-indent="0lu" usage-rule="Rule|0|">
<fo:bookmark source="variable" variable=
"Variable|602|Customer_Name_Full"/>
<fo:inline color="" font-family="Times New Roman" font-size="10.00pt"
font-style="normal" is-comment="false" letter-spacing="0.00pt"
page-break-before="auto">this is a test link within an inline
</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
Parents
fo:declarations
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
Type Production Setting
css-insertion-type Enum Specifies whether the CSS content that is On the Basic tab of the cascading style sheet
included in or referenced by the CSS object is object properties, the CSS placement in
included in HTML (email) output and, if HTML email output drop-down list
included, where the CSS styles are placed in
HTML (email) output
One of the following:
l none—The CSS content is not included
in HTML (email) output. This option is the
default.
l inline—The CSS content is
embedded at the HTML element level
within each .html output file.
l internal—The CSS content is
placed within the <head> element at
the top of each .html output file.
production-file- Text The name and location of the CSS file to use On the Basic tab of the cascading style sheet
name for production object properties, the Production file box
storage-type Enum Specifies where the CSS content is stored On the Basic tab of the cascading style sheet
object properties, the Source drop-down list
One of the following:
l file - Reference a CSS file that is
stored externally from Exstream.
l user-content - Reference CSS
content that is stored within the cascading
style sheet object in the Design Manager
Library.
test-file-name Text The name and location of the CSS file to use On the Basic tab of the cascading style sheet
for testing object properties, the Test file box
usage-rule Ref A reference to the rule (either in the Library or On the Targeting tab of the cascading style
defined by a “usage-rule (dlg:usage-rule)” on sheet object properties, the Rule box
page 584 element) that determines the
inclusion of the text for a customer
variable-for-file- Ref A reference to the variable that defines the On the Basic tab of the cascading style sheet
naming location of the CSS file. object properties, the Variable for file naming
box
Structure
Example
<dlg:cascading-style-sheet css-insertion-type="internal" production-file-
name="DD:CSS1" storage-type="file" test-file-name="C:\[Link]" usage-
rule="UsageRule|0|" variable-for-file-naming="Variable|0|">
<dlg:basic folder="Folder|2000000000|Exstream" oid="13">
<dlg:name>CSS1</dlg:name>
<dlg:description></dlg:description>
</dlg:basic>
<fo:declarations>
<dlg:variables/>
</fo:declarations>
</dlg:cascading-style-sheet>
Parents
dlg:embedded-object
dlg:object
dlg:objects
Attributes
Some attributes are valid only for certain chart types, determined by the value of the chart-
type attribute. For lists of the attributes of the dlg:chart element that are valid for each chart
type, see “Attributes of the dlg:chart Element That Apply for Each Chart Type” on page 697.
In addition to the following attributes, the dlg:chart element uses one or more of the common
attributes found in “Shared Design Object Attributes” on page 622, which apply for all values of
the chart-type attribute.
alternating-xy Bool Specifies whether the variables used for each child On the Chart Area tab of the chart
dlg:chart-series element contain both x and properties, the Arrays alternate
y values in an alternating series ( x1, y1, x2, y2, and x/y data values check box
so on). When false is specified for this attribute, a
variable referenced by the xseries-variable
attribute can contain x values.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l scattergram
angle Int The angle at which a pie chart appears tilted In the design area, the angle slider
on the right side of the chart object
Valid when pie is specified for the chart-type
attribute
axes-display-level Enum The layer on which the axis is drawn In the Chart Format dialog box for
the chart, on the Plot Area tab, the
One of the following:
Axes display level drop-down list
l low—The axis is drawn behind the axis labels
and the data series lines.
l high—The axis is drawn in front of the axis
labels and the data series lines.
The following values are not used:
l default
l medium
Valid when radar is specified for the chart-
type attribute
bar-label-orientation Enum The orientation of the labels in a bar chart In the Chart Format dialog box for
the chart, on the Data labels tab,
One of the following:
the Orientation drop-down list
l normal—Data labels are horizontal.
l face-left—Data labels are rotated 90
degrees clockwise.
l face-right—Data labels are rotated 90
degrees counter-clockwise.
l slant-up—Data labels are rotated 45
degrees counter-clockwise.
l slant-down—Data labels are rotated 45
degrees clockwise.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l bar
l comparative-bar
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l range
l stacked-bar
bar-label-placement Enum The placement of the labels in a bar chart relative to In the Chart Format dialog box for
the bars the chart, on the Data labels tab,
the Placement drop-down list
One of the following:
l above—The labels are above the bars.
l below—The labels are below the bars.
l by-direction—The labels are above the
bars for positive values and below the bars for
negative values.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l bar
l comparative-bar
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l range
l stacked-bar
bar-label-type Enum Specifies whether labels appear in a bar chart and the On the Chart Area tab of the chart
source of the labels properties, the Bar labels drop-
down list
One of the following:
l none—Bar labels do not appear.
l array—Bar labels for all data series are
provided by a single array variable, specified for
the label-variable attribute of the first
dlg:chart-series child element.
l per-series—Bar labels for each data series
are provided by a different array variable,
specified for the label-variable attribute
of each dlg:chart-series child element.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l bar
l comparative-bar
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l range
l stacked-bar
bar-percent-size Int The width of the bars in the chart, expressed as a In the design area, the bar width
percentage of the white space available for each bar slider below the chart object
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l bar
l comparative-bar
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l range
l stacked-bar
baseline Ref A reference to the variable that specifies a custom On the Chart Area tab of the chart
starting point other than zero for the bars in the chart properties, the Baseline box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l stacked-bar
blend-areas Bool Specifies whether fill colors in a radar chart are On the Chart Area tab of the chart
blended to illustrate where data overlaps properties, the Blend series colors
check box
Valid when radar is specified for the chart-
type attribute
border Enum Specifies whether and on which sides a border On the Chart Area tab of the chart
appears around the chart properties, the Border drop-down
list
One of the following:
l none—The chart does not have a border.
l full—The chart has a border on all four sides.
l top-line—The chart has a border only on
the top side.
l bottom-line—The chart has a border only
on the bottom side.
l top-and-bottom—The chart has a border
only on the top and bottom sides.
Valid for all values of the chart-type attribute
caption-orientation Enum The relative position of the captions in a label (scatter) On the Chart Area tab of the chart
chart properties, the Caption orientation
drop-down list
One of the following:
l normal—The caption text appears above each
data point.
l face-left—The caption text appears above
each data point, rotated 90 degrees clockwise.
l face-right—The caption text appears
above each data point, rotated 90 degrees
counter-clockwise.
l normal-caption-below—The caption
text appears below each data point.
l face-left-caption-below—The
caption text appears below each data point,
rotated 90 degrees clockwise.
l face-right-caption-below—The
caption text appears below each data point,
rotated 90 degrees counter-clockwise.
Valid when scatter is specified for the chart-
type attribute
chart-type Enum The type of chart defined by the element On the Chart Area tab of the chart
properties, the Chart type box
One of the following:
l area—Area chart
l bar—Bar chart
l calendar—Calendar chart
l comparative-line—Comparative line
chart
l horizontal-stacked-bar—Horizontal
stacked bar chart
l line—Line chart
l pie—Pie chart
l progress—Progress chart
l radar—Radar chart
l range—Range chart
l scattergram—Scattergram chart
crosshair-line-color Color The color of the crosshair in a scattergram chart In the Chart Format dialog box for
the chart, on the Crosshair tab, the
Valid when scattergram is specified for the
Line properties color well
chart-type attribute
crosshair-line-style Int The line style of the crosshair in a scattergram chart In the Chart Format dialog box for
the chart, on the Crosshair tab, in
Must be in the range 0–4, corresponding to the
the Line properties area, the style
following settings:
selection box
l 0—
l 1—
l 2—
l 3—
l 4—
crosshair-line-weight Int The width, in logical units, of the crosshair lines in a In the Chart Format dialog box for
scattergram chart the chart, on the Crosshair tab, in
the Line properties area, the
Valid when scattergram is specified for the
weight box
chart-type attribute
crosshair-type Enum Specifies whether a crosshair appears and how its In the Chart Format dialog box for
location is determined in a scattergram chart the chart, on the Crosshair tab, the
Type drop-down list
One of the following:
l none—A crosshair does not appear in the chart.
l static—A crosshair appears at the location
specified for the crosshair-x and
crosshair-y attributes.
l variable—A crosshair appears at the
location specified by variables referenced by the
crosshair-x-variable and
crosshair-y-variable attributes.
Valid when scattergram is specified for the
chart-type attribute
crosshair-x Num When static is specified for the crosshair- In the Chart Format dialog box for
type attribute, the x-coordinate of the crosshair in a the chart, on the Crosshair tab, the
scattergram chart X data point value box
Valid when scattergram is specified for the
chart-type attribute
crosshair-x-variable Ref When variable is specified for the crosshair- In the Chart Format dialog box for
type attribute, a reference to the variable that the chart, on the Crosshair tab, the
specifies the x-coordinate of the crosshair in a X data point value box
scattergram chart
Valid when scattergram is specified for the
chart-type attribute
crosshair-y Num When static is specified for the crosshair- In the Chart Format dialog box for
type attribute, the y-coordinate of the crosshair in a the chart, on the Crosshair tab, the
scattergram chart Y data point value box
Valid when scattergram is specified for the
chart-type attribute
crosshair-y-variable Ref When variable is specified for the crosshair- In the Chart Format dialog box for
type attribute, a reference to the variable that the chart, on the Crosshair tab, the
specifies the y-coordinate of the crosshair in a Y data point value box
scattergram chart
Valid when scattergram is specified for the
chart-type attribute
custom-legend-box- Bool Specifies whether the size of the legend is determined In the Legend/Label Properties
size by the legend-height and legend-width dialog box for the chart, the
attributes. If false is specified, the size is determined Custom legend box size check
automatically. box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l radar
l range
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
data-label-align Int The alignment of the text in the data labels In Designer, on the Format menu,
the Paragraph Alignment
Must be in the range 0–2, corresponding to the
selection
following settings:
l 0—Left
l 1—Right
l 2—Center
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
data-label-border- Color The color of the border around each data label In the Chart Format dialog box for
color the chart, on the Data labels tab,
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
the Line properties color well
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
data-label-border- Int The line style of the border around each data label In the Chart Format dialog box for
style the chart, on the Data labels tab, in
Must be in the range 0–4, corresponding to the
the Line properties area, the style
following settings:
selection box
l 0—
l 1—
l 2—
l 3—
l 4—
data-label-border- Int The line width, in logical units, of the border around In the Chart Format dialog box for
weight each data label the chart, on the Data labels tab, in
the Line properties area, the
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
weight box
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
data-label-collision- Enum Specifies whether spacing of labels can be adjusted In the Chart Format dialog box for
avoidance automatically so the labels do not overlap the chart, on the Data labels tab,
the Avoid collisions check box
One of the following:
l none—Do not allow label spacing to be
adjusted automatically; allow labels to overlap.
l avoid—Allow label spacing to be adjusted
automatically to avoid overlapping labels.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l scatter
l scattergram
data-label-display- Enum Specifies whether only the last data point in each In the Chart Format dialog box for
level series is shown the chart, on the Data labels tab,
the Show only the last data point
One of the following:
label check box
l default—Show all data labels.
l last-point—Show the label for only the last
data point in each series.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l scattergram
data-label-fill-type Enum The type of background fill used for data labels In the Chart Format dialog box for
the chart, on the Data labels tab,
One of the following:
the Fill type radio buttons
l none—Use a transparent background for the
data labels.
l specified—Fill the data labels with the color
specified for the data-label-fill-
color attribute.
l match-plot-area—Fill the data labels with
the same color as the plot area, as specified for
the plot-fill-color attribute.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
data-label-font-bold Bool Specifies whether the data label font appears bold In the Select Font dialog box for
the data labels, the Bold check box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
data-label-font-color Color The color used for the data label text In the Select Font dialog box for
the data labels, the Color color well
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
data-label-font-face Text The font used for the data labels In the Select Font dialog box for
the data labels, the Font list
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
data-label-font- Bool Specifies whether the data label font appears italic In the Select Font dialog box for
italic the data labels, the Italic check box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
data-label-font-size Int The size, in tenths of points, of the data label font In the Select Font dialog box for
the data labels, the Point size
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
drop-down list
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
data-label-placement Enum The location of the data labels relative to data points In the Chart Format dialog box for
the chart, on the Data labels tab,
One of the following:
the Placement drop-down list
l above-data-points—Data labels are
placed above each data point.
l below-data-points—Data labels are
placed below each data point.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l scattergram
data-label-plot-area- Enum Specifies whether to adjust the data range or label In the Chart Format dialog box for
method position to keep labels inside the plot area the chart, on the Data labels tab,
the Keep labels inside plot area
One of the following:
method radio buttons
l none—Allow labels to be placed outside the
plot area.
l increase-range—Adjust the data range so
that all labels fall within the plot area.
l move-labels—Adjust the position of data
labels to keep them inside the plot area.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l scattergram
data-label-series Enum The data series to which labels should be added in a In the Chart Format dialog box for
comparative line chart the chart, on the Data labels tab,
the Data series for labels drop-
One of the following:
down list
l primary—Add labels to the first data series.
l secondary—Add labels to the second data
series.
l both—Add labels to both data series.
Valid when comparative-line is specified for
the chart-type attribute
explode-level Int The distance, expressed as a percentage of the of In the Advanced Pie Chart
radius of the pie chart, to explode pie slices for which Properties dialog box for the chart,
true is specified for the explode attribute of the the Explode level box
corresponding child dlg:chart-series
element
Valid when pie is specified for the chart-type
attribute
fill-areas Bool Specifies whether data areas in a radar chart are filled On the Chart Area tab of the chart
properties, the Fill series area
Valid when radar is specified for the chart-
check box
type attribute
filter-action Enum When a setting other than none is specified for the In the Advanced Pie Chart
filter-method attribute, specifies how to treat Properties dialog box for the chart,
filtered data in a pie chart the Filter action drop-down list
One of the following:
l discard—Remove filtered values from the
chart and adjust the remaining percentages to
total 100.
l combine—Combine filtered values into a
single slice.
l combine-and-explode—Combine filtered
values into a single slice and explode the
combined slice.
Valid when pie is specified for the chart-type
attribute
filter-amount Int When a setting other than none is specified for the In the Advanced Pie Chart
filter-method attribute, the threshold value or Properties dialog box for the chart,
percentage for filtering each slice in a pie chart the Filter amount box
Valid when pie is specified for the chart-type
attribute
filter-method Enum The method used to filter slices in a pie chart. Filtered In the Advanced Pie Chart
slices are discarded or combined, according to the Properties dialog box for the chart,
setting of the filter-action attribute. the Filter method drop-down list
One of the following:
l none—Display all slices in the chart, regardless
of size.
l value—Filter slices with a value smaller than
the amount specified for the filter-amount
attribute.
l value-max—Filter slices with a value smaller
than the amount specified for the filter-
amount attribute, until all filtered slices total the
value specified for the filter-total
attribute.
l percent—Filter slices with a percentage
smaller than the amount specified for the
filter-amount attribute.
l percent-max—Filter slices with a percentage
smaller than the amount specified for the
filter-amount attribute, until all filtered
slices total the percentage specified for the
filter-total attribute.
Valid when pie is specified for the chart-type
attribute
filter-total Int When value-max or percent-max is specified In the Advanced Pie Chart
for the filter-method attribute, the maximum Properties dialog box for the chart,
total value or percentage of filtered slices in a pie chart the Filter total box
Valid when pie is specified for the chart-type
attribute
frame-rect Rect The coordinates of the plot area, relative to the design The position of the plot area within
page the design area
Valid for all values of the chart-type attribute
frame-rect-3d Rect When true is specified for the is-3d attribute, the The position of the three-
coordinates of the three-dimensional plot area, dimensional plot area within the
relative to the design page design area
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l bar
l comparative-bar
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l progress
l range
l stacked-bar
frame-x Int The x-coordinate of the plot area, relative to the chart The horizontal position of the plot
object area within the chart object
Valid for all values of the chart-type attribute
frame-y Int The y-coordinate of the plot area, relative to the chart The vertical position of the plot
object area within the chart object
Valid for all values of the chart-type attribute
grid-color Color The color of the grid lines in the chart In the Chart Format dialog box for
the chart, on the Plot area tab, the
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
Grid line and axis color well
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
grid-display-level Enum The layer on which the grid lines and axis labels In the Chart Format dialog box for
appear in a radar chart the chart, on the Plot Area tab, the
Grid display level drop-down list
One of the following:
l low—Grid lines and axis labels appear behind
the data series line.
l medium—Grid lines appear behind the data
series line, and axis labels appear in front of the
data series line.
l high—Grid lines and axis labels appear in front
of the data series line.
Valid when radar is specified for the chart-
type attribute
The following value is not used:
l default
grid-style Int The line style of the grid lines in the chart In the Chart Format dialog box for
the chart, on the Plot Area tab, in
Must be in the range 0–4, corresponding to the
the Grid line and axis area, the
following settings:
style selection box
l 0—
l 1—
l 2—
l 3—
l 4—
grid-weight Int The width, in logical units, of the grid lines in the chart In the Chart Format dialog box for
the chart, on the Plot Area tab, in
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
the Grid line and axis area, the
attribute:
weight box
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
has-shadow-color Color Specifies the color of the shadow in a chart. If this On the Chart Area tab of the chart
attribute is not defined, a shadow is not included. properties, the Shadow check box
and color well
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l bar
l calendar
l comparative-bar
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l progress
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
is-3d Bool Specifies whether the chart appears three- On the Chart Area tab of the chart
dimensional properties, the 3D check box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l bar
l comparative-bar
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l progress
l range
l stacked-bar
label-color Enum Specifies how the font color of the data labels is On the Chart Area tab of the chart
determined properties, the Label color drop-
down list
One of the following:
l default—The font color in all labels is black.
l match-series—The font color in each label
matches the color of the data series with which it
is associated.
l set-series—The font color in each label is
determined by the label-color attribute of
the associated child dlg:chart-series
element.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l bar
l comparative-bar
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l range
l stacked-bar
label-fit Bool Specifies whether long labels that would normally In the Legend/Label Properties
extend outside of the plot area are moved in order to dialog box for the chart, the Keep
stay within the plot area labels inside plot area check box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l pie
l radar
label-format Text The content of each label in the chart, using optional In the Legend/Label Properties
custom text and the following format codes: dialog box for the chart, in the
Label area, the Contents drop-
l \L—Label
down list and box
l \%—Percentage
l \#—Value
l \t—Left tab
l \r—Right tab
l \h—Hanging tab
l \n—New line
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l pie
l radar
label-line-color Color When on or auto is specified for the label- In the Legend/Label Properties
line-method attribute, the color of the lines drawn dialog box for the chart, the Line
from labels to slices in a pie chart, or to data points in a color color well
radar chart
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l pie
l radar
label-line-method Enum Specifies whether lines are drawn from labels to slices In the Legend/Label Properties
in a pie chart, or to data points in a radar chart dialog box for the chart, the Label
line drop-down list
One of the following:
l off—Do not connect labels to the chart with
lines.
l on—Always connect labels to the chart with
lines.
l auto—Automatically connect labels to the chart
with lines if the labels are located away from
corresponding slices or data points.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l pie
l radar
label-line-width Int when on or auto is specified for the label- In the Legend/Label Properties
line-method attribute, the width, in logical units, of dialog box for the chart, the Line
the lines drawn from labels to slices in a pie chart, or to width box
data points in a radar chart
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l pie
l radar
legend-fill-color Color When false is specified for the legend-fill- In the Legend/Label Properties
transparent attribute, the background color of dialog box for the chart, in the
the legend Legend area, the color well
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l radar
l range
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
legend-fill- Bool Specifies whether the background of the legend is In the Legend/Label Properties
transparent transparent dialog box for the chart, the
Background is transparent check
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
box
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l radar
l range
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
legend-font-bold Bool Specifies whether the legend font appears bold In the Select Font dialog box for
the legend, the Bold check box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l radar
l range
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
legend-font-color Color The color used for the legend text In the Select Font dialog box for
the legend, the Color color well
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l radar
l range
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
legend-font-face Text The font used for the legend In the Select Font dialog box for
the legend, the Font list
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l radar
l range
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
legend-font-italic Bool Specifies whether the legend font appears italic In the Select Font dialog box for
the legend, the Italic check box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l radar
l range
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
legend-font-pts Int The size, in logical units, of the legend font in the
output, calculated from the value specified for the
legend-font-size and units-per-inch
attributes
legend-font-size Int The size, in tenths of points, of the legend font In the Select Font dialog box for
the legend, the Point size box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l radar
l range
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
legend-format Text The content of each label that appears in the legend, In the Legend/Label Properties
using optional custom text and the following format dialog box for the chart, in the
codes: Legend area, the Contents drop-
down list and box
l \L—Label
l \%—Percentage
l \#—Value
l \t—Left tab
l \r—Right tab
l \h—Hanging tab
l \n—New line
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l radar
l range
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
legend-frame Bool Specifies whether a border appears around the In the Legend/Label Properties
legend area dialog box for the chart, the Border
check box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l radar
l range
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
legend-hanging-wrap Bool When true is specified for the legend-wrap In the Legend/Label Properties
attribute, specifies whether wrapped lines of each dialog box for the chart, the
label in the legend are indented Hanging wrap check box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l radar
l range
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
legend-height Int When true is specified for the custom-legend- In the Legend/Label Properties
box-size attribute, the height, in logical units, of the dialog box for the chart, the Height
legend box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l radar
l range
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
legend-label-order Ref A reference to the variable that determines the order On the Chart Area tab of the chart
of the labels in a legend properties, the Legend label order
box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l comparative-line
l line
l scattergram
legend-labels Enum The source of the labels in a legend On the Chart Area tab of the chart
properties, the Legend labels
One of the following:
drop-down list
l none—Legend labels for each data series are
specified for the label attribute of each
dlg:chart-series child element.
l array—Legend labels for all data series are
provided by a single array variable, specified for
the label-variable attribute of the first
dlg:chart-series child element.
l per-series—Legend labels for each data
series are provided by a different array variable,
specified for the label-variable attribute
of each dlg:chart-series child element.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l radar
l range
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
legend-num-columns Int The number of columns used to display information in In the Legend/Label Properties
the legend dialog box for the chart, the
Columns drop-down list
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l radar
l range
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
legend-original- Enum When manual is specified for the legend- On the Chart Area tab of the chart
position position attribute, the position in the chart in which properties, the selection in the
space is left for a manually positioned legend Legend drop-down list prior to a
selection of Manual
One of the following:
l none—Do not leave space for a legend.
l bottom—Leave space for the legend at the
bottom of the chart area.
l left—Leave space for the legend on the left
side of the chart area.
l right—Leave space for the legend on the
right side of the chart area.
The following values are not used:
l labels
l manual
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l radar
l range
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
legend-percentage- Int The significant digits to display in percentages in the In the Legend/Label Properties
digits legend for a pie chart dialog box for the chart, the
Percentage digits drop-down list
Valid when pie is specified for the chart-type
attribute
legend-position Enum Specifies whether to display the legend and the On the Chart Area tab of the chart
relative position of the legend in the chart area properties, the Legend drop-down
list
One of the following:
l none—Do not display a legend with the chart.
l bottom—Display the legend at the bottom of
the chart area.
l left—Display the legend on the left side of the
chart area.
l right—Display the legend on the right side of
the chart area.
l manual—Display the legend at the location
specified the legend-rect attribute.
The following value is not used:
l labels
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l radar
l range
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
legend-rect Rect When manual is specified for the legend- The position of the legend within
position attribute, the coordinates of the legend, the design area
relative to the design page
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l radar
l range
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
legend-reverse-order Bool Specifies whether the order of legend entries in a In the Legend/Label Properties
comparative bar chart is reversed so that the legend dialog box for the chart, the
entries match the order of the stacked bars Reverse order legend entries
check box
Valid when comparative-bar is specified for the
chart-type attribute
legend-spacing Enum Specifies the line spacing in a legend In the Legend/Label Properties
dialog box for the chart, the
One of the following:
Spacing drop-down list
l auto—The spacing is set automatically based
on the space available.
l single—Lines are single-spaced.
l one-and-half—Line spacing is 1.5.
l double—Lines are double-spaced.
l triple—Lines are triple-spaced.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l radar
l range
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
legend-tab1 Int The position, in logical units, of the first tab stop in the In the Legend/Label Properties
legend. If true is specified for the legend- dialog box for the chart, the first
hanging-wrap attribute, this tab stop applies to Tab positions box
the hanging indent.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l radar
l range
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
legend-tab2 Int The position, in logical units, of the second tab stop in In the Legend/Label Properties
the legend dialog box for the chart, the second
Tab positions box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l radar
l range
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
legend-width Int When true is specified for the custom-legend- In the Legend/Label Properties
box-size attribute, the width, in logical units, of the dialog box for the chart, the Width
legend box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l radar
l range
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
legend-wrap Bool Specifies whether lines of text are allowed to wrap in In the Legend/Label Properties
the legend. When false is specified for this attribute, dialog box for the chart, the Wrap
a line of text that is longer than the width of the legend text check box
is truncated at the boundary of the legend.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l radar
l range
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
legend-x Int When manual is specified for the legend- The horizontal position of the
position attribute, the x-coordinate of the legend, legend within the chart object
relative to the chart object
legend-y Int When manual is specified for the legend- The vertical position of the legend
position attribute, the y-coordinate of the legend, within the chart object
relative to the chart object
line-color Color The color of the border lines around bars, slices, or On the Chart Area tab of the chart
dates in the chart. If this attribute is not defined, properties, the Lines check box
borders are not included. and color well
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l bar
l calendar
l comparative-bar
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l pie
l range
l stacked-bar
line-width Int The width, in logical units, of the border line around On the Chart Area tab of the chart
bars, slices, or dates in the chart properties, the Lines width box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l bar
l calendar
l comparative-bar
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l pie
l range
l stacked-bar
overlay-flags Int Specifies whether the chart has an overlay The Overlay Chart Properties
dialog box for the chart
Must be one of the following values:
l 0—The chart does not have an overlay.
l 1—The chart has an overlay.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l bar
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l stacked-bar
l scattergram
pie-edge-color Color When true is specified for the is-3d attribute, and In the Advanced Pie Chart
combine or combine-and-explode is Properties dialog box for the chart,
specified for the filter-action attribute, the the Edge color box
edge color of the combined slice in a pie chart
Valid when pie is specified for the chart-type
attribute
l 0—
l 1—
l 2—
l 3—
l 4—
l 5—
l 6—
l 7—
l 8—
l 9—
l 10—
l 11—
l 12—
l 13—
l 14—
l 15—
plot-3d-edge-fill- Color When true is specified for the is-3d attribute, the In the Chart Format dialog box for
color edge color of three-dimensional plot area the chart, on the Plot area tab, the
3D edge fill color color well
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l bar
l comparative-bar
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l progress
l range
l stacked-bar
plot-fill-color Color The background fill color of the plot area. If this In the Chart Format dialog box for
attribute is not defined, the background of the plot the chart, on the Plot area tab, the
area is transparent. Fill color check box and color well
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
plot-frame-style Enum Specifies whether a border appears around the plot In the Chart Format dialog box for
area and on which sides it appears the chart, on the Plot area tab, in
the Border area, the Style drop-
One of the following:
down list
l none—No border appears around the plot
area.
l full—The plot area has a border on all four
sides.
l left—The plot area has a border on only the
left and bottom sides.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
plot-line-color Color When full or left is specified for the plot- In the Chart Format dialog box for
frame-style attribute, the color of the border line the chart, on the Plot area tab, the
around the plot area Border color well
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
plot-line-style Int When full or left is specified for the plot- In the Chart Format dialog box for
frame-style attribute, the style of the border line the chart, on the Plot Area tab, in
around the plot area the Border area, the style selection
box
Must be in the range 0–4, corresponding to the
following settings:
l 0—
l 1—
l 2—
l 3—
l 4—
plot-line-weight Int When full or left is specified for the plot- In the Chart Format dialog box for
frame-style attribute, the width, in logical units, of the chart, on the Plot area tab, in
the border line around the plot area the Border area, the weight box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
plot-range-fill Enum Specifies whether a range in the chart is filled and In the Chart Format dialog box for
how it is selected the chart, on the Plot area tab, in
the Background range fill area,
One of the following:
the Type drop-down list
l none—Do not fill a range in the chart.
l static—Fill a range in the chart defined by
the plot-range-fill-min and plot-
range-fill-max attributes.
l variable—Fill a range in the chart
determined by variables referenced by the
plot-range-fill-min-variable and
plot-range-fill-max-variable
attributes.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
plot-range-fill-axis Enum When static or variable is specified for the In the Chart Format dialog box for
plot-range-fill attribute, the axis to which a the chart, on the Plot area tab, in
range fill is applied the Background range fill area,
the Axis radio buttons
One of the following:
l x—Apply the range fill to values on the x-axis.
The fill appears parallel to the y-axis.
l y—Apply the range fill to values on the y-axis.
The fill appears parallel to the x-axis.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
plot-range-fill-color Color When static or variable is specified for the In the Chart Format dialog box for
plot-range-fill attribute, the color of the the chart, on the Plot area tab, in
range fill in the chart the Background range fill area,
the Color color well
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
plot-range-fill-max Num When static is specified for the plot-range- In the Chart Format dialog box for
fill attribute, the upper boundary of the range to be the chart, on the Plot area tab, the
filled Maximum value box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
plot-range-fill-max- Ref When variable is specified for the plot- In the Chart Format dialog box for
variable range-fill attribute, a reference to the variable the chart, on the Plot area tab, the
that specifies the upper boundary of the range to be Maximum value box
filled
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
plot-range-fill-min Num When static is specified for the plot-range- In the Chart Format dialog box for
fill attribute, the lower boundary of the range to be the chart, on the Plot area tab, the
filled Minimum value box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
plot-range-fill-min- Ref When variable is specified for the plot- In the Chart Format dialog box for
variable range-fill attribute, a reference to the variable the chart, on the Plot area tab, the
that specifies the lower boundary of the range to be Minimum value box
filled
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
polygon-radar Bool Specifies whether the plot area in a radar chart is In the Chart Format dialog box for
polygon-shaped instead of circular. When true is the chart, on the Plot area tab, the
specified for this attribute, the plot area is a polygon Polygon radar check box
with a number of sides based on the number of data
series defined for the chart. When false is specified
for this attribute, the plot area is circular.
Valid when radar is specified for the chart-
type attribute
show-percentage Bool Specifies whether the percentage of the target that On the Chart Area tab of the chart
has been reached should be displayed on a progress properties, the Show percentage
chart check box
Valid when progress is specified for the chart-
type attribute
show-values Bool Specifies whether the target value and the progress On the Chart Area tab of the chart
value should be displayed on a progress chart properties, the Show values check
box
Valid when progress is specified for the chart-
type attribute
sort-type Enum The sort order of the slices in a pie chart In the Advanced Pie Chart
Properties dialog box for the chart,
One of the following:
the Sort slices drop-down list
l none—Sort the slices according to the order of
the child dlg:chart-series elements.
l descending—Sort the slices from largest to
smallest and determine slice colors from the
original order of the child dlg:chart-
series elements.
l ascending—Sort the slices from smallest to
largest and determine slice colors from the
original order of the child dlg:chart-
series elements.
l descending-style—Sort the slices from
largest to smallest and determine slice colors
from the individual child dlg:chart-
series elements.
l ascending-style—Sort the slices from
smallest to largest and determine slice colors
from the individual child dlg:chart-
series elements.
Valid when pie is specified for the chart-type
attribute
thickness Int When true is specified for the is-3d attribute, the In the design area, the thickness
depth, on a 0–50 scale, of a three-dimensional plot slider on the right side of the chart
object
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l bar
l comparative-bar
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l progress
l range
l stacked-bar
title Text The title that appears in the chart area On the Chart Area tab of the chart
properties, the Title box
Valid when any value except calendar is specified
for the chart-type attribute
title-align Int The alignment of the text in the title In Designer, on the Format menu,
the Paragraph Alignment
Must be in the range 0–2, corresponding to the
selection
following settings:
l 0—Left
l 1—Right
l 2—Center
Valid when any value except calendar is specified
for the chart-type attribute
title-font-bold Bool Specifies whether the title font appears bold In the Select Font dialog box for
the title, the Bold check box
Valid when any value except calendar is specified
for the chart-type attribute
title-font-color Color The color used for the title text In the Select Font dialog box for
the title, the Color color well
Valid when any value except calendar is specified
for the chart-type attribute
title-font-face Text The font used for the title In the Select Font dialog box for
the title, the Font list
Valid when any value except calendar is specified
for the chart-type attribute
title-font-italic Bool Specifies whether the title font appears italic In the Select Font dialog box for
the title, the Italic check box
Valid when any value except calendar is specified
for the chart-type attribute
title-font-pts Int The size, in logical units, of the title font in the output,
calculated from the value specified for the title-
font-size and units-per-inch attributes
title-font-size Int The size, in tenths of points, of the title font In the Select Font dialog box for
the title, the Point size drop-down
Valid when any value except calendar is specified
list
for the chart-type attribute
title-rect Rect The coordinates of the title, relative to the design page The position of the title within the
design area
Valid when any value except calendar is specified
for the chart-type attribute
title-variable Ref A reference to the variable that specifies the title that On the Chart Area tab of the chart
appears in the chart area properties, the Title box
Valid for all values of the chart-type attribute
title-x Int The x-coordinate of the title, relative to the chart object The horizontal position of the title
within the chart object
Valid when any value except calendar is specified
for the chart-type attribute
title-y Int The y-coordinate of the title, relative to the chart object The vertical position of the title
within the chart object
Valid when any value except calendar is specified
for the chart-type attribute
units-per-inch Int The number of logical units per inch, used when
defining the chart object. The typical value is 1000, so
that a logical unit is 1/1000 of an inch.
Valid for all values of the chart-type attribute
use-array Bool Specifies whether array variables specified for child On the Chart Area tab of the chart
dlg:chart-series elements provide values for properties, the All values are
multiple bars or slices in a chart. When false is stored in one array, Use arrays
specified for this attribute, each variable provides a for multiple series, or Use arrays
single value for a single bar or slice. for multiple stacks check box,
based on the chart type
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l bar
l comparative-bar
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l pie
l radar
l range
l stacked-bar
xaxis-alternate-label Ref A reference to the variable that provides custom label In the Chart Format dialog box for
content for the x-axis the chart, on the X-axis tab, the
Alternate labels box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
xaxis-always-display- Bool When time-scale is specified for the xaxis- In the Chart Format dialog box for
year label-method attribute, and month or the chart, on the X-axis tab, the
quarter is specified for the xaxis-interval Always display year check box
attribute, specifies whether the year is added to x-axis
labels
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l scatter
l scattergram
xaxis-complete-time- Bool When time-scale is specified for the xaxis- In the Chart Format dialog box for
periods label-method attribute, specifies whether labels the chart, on the X-axis tab, the
are included for a complete cycle of a time period. For Complete time periods check box
example, if month is specified for the xaxis-
interval attribute, the labels range from January
to December, even if the data starts in February.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l scatter
l scattergram
xaxis-custom-format Text When 0 is specified for the xaxis-format In the Chart Format dialog box for
attribute, the custom format of the x-axis labels the chart, on the X-axis tab, the
Custom format box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l scatter
l scattergram
xaxis-day-format Int When time-scale is specified for the xaxis- In the Chart Format dialog box for
label-method attribute, the format of days in the chart, on the X-axis tab, the
date-based x-axis labels Days drop-down list
Must be in the range 0–5, corresponding to the
following settings:
l 0—day month
l 1—month day
l 2—day/month
l 3—month/day
l 4—day-month
l 5—month-day
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l scatter
l scattergram
xaxis-decimal Text The decimal separator character used in numeric x- In the Chart Format dialog box for
axis labels the chart, on the X-axis tab, the
Decimal drop-down list
Valid for the following values of the xaxis-format
attribute:
l 6 (Fixed decimal)
l 19 (Significant decimal)
l 20 (Fixed or integer)
l 43 (Percentage)
l 44 (Percentage x 100)
l 45 (Fixed decimal with currency)
l 196 (Fixed or integer with currency)
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l scatter
l scattergram
xaxis-digits Int The number of digits that appear to the right of the In the Chart Format dialog box for
decimal point in numeric x-axis labels the chart, on the X-axis tab, the
Digits drop-down list
Valid for the following values of the xaxis-format
attribute:
l 6 (Fixed decimal)
l 19 (Significant decimal)
l 20 (Fixed or integer)
l 43 (Percentage)
l 44 (Percentage x 100)
l 45 (Fixed decimal with currency)
l 196 (Fixed or integer with currency)
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l scatter
l scattergram
xaxis-font-bold Bool Specifies whether the x-axis label font appears bold In the Select Font dialog box for
the x-axis labels, the Bold check
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
box
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
xaxis-font-color Color The color used for the x-axis label text In the Select Font dialog box for
the x-axis labels, the Color color
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
well
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
xaxis-font-face Text The font used for the x-axis labels In the Select Font dialog box for
the x-axis labels, the Font list
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
xaxis-font-italic Bool Specifies whether the x-axis label font appears italic In the Select Font dialog box for
the x-axis labels, the Italic check
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
box
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
xaxis-font-pts Int The size, in logical units, of the x-axis font in the output,
calculated from the value specified for the xaxis-
font-size and units-per-inch attributes
xaxis-font-size Int The size, in tenths of points, of the x-axis label font In the Select Font dialog box for
the x-axis labels, the Point size
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
drop-down list
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
xaxis-format Int When numeric-scale is specified for the In the Chart Format dialog box for
xaxis-label-method, and a setting other than the chart, on the X-axis tab, the
auto is specified for the xaxis-scale attribute, Format drop-down list
the format of numeric x-axis labels
Must be one of the following integers, corresponding
to the following settings:
l 0—Custom format specified by the xaxis-
custom-format attribute (valid for xaxis-
scale settings integer and float)
l 5—General number (valid for xaxis-scale
settings integer, float, and currency)
l 6—Fixed decimal (valid for xaxis-scale
settings float and currency)
l 12—Use locale specification (valid for xaxis-
scale settings float and currency)
l 19—Significant decimal (valid for xaxis-
scale settings float and currency)
l 20—Fixed or integer (valid for xaxis-scale
settings float and currency)
l 32—Alpha upper (A, B, C; valid for xaxis-
scale setting integer)
l 33—Alpha lower (a, b, c; valid for xaxis-
scale setting integer)
l 34—Roman upper (I, II, III; valid for xaxis-
scale setting integer)
l 35—Roman lower (i, ii, iii; valid for xaxis-
scale setting integer)
l 36—Text upper (ONE, TWO; valid for xaxis-
scale setting integer)
l 37—Text mixed (One, Two; valid for xaxis-
scale setting integer)
l 38—Text lower (one, two; valid for xaxis-
scale setting integer)
l 43—Percentage (valid for xaxis-scale
settings integer and float)
l 44—Percentage x 100 (valid for xaxis-
scale setting float)
l 45—Fixed decimal with currency (valid for
xaxis-scale settings integer, float,
and currency)
l 62—Absolute value (valid for xaxis-scale
settings integer and float)
l 196—Fixed or integer with currency (valid for
xaxis-scale settings float and
currency)
xaxis-grid Bool Specifies whether grid lines perpendicular to the x- In the Chart Format dialog box for
axis are shown in the plot area the chart, on the Plot area tab, the
Show x grid lines check box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
xaxis-grid-skip- Int The interval of tick marks at which to add vertical grid In the Chart Format dialog box for
interval lines on the x-axis the chart, on the X-axis tab, the
Grid skip interval box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l scattergram
xaxis-hour-format Int When time-scale is specified for the xaxis- In the Chart Format dialog box for
label-method attribute, the format of hours in the chart, on the X-axis tab, the
date-based x-axis labels Hours drop-down list
Must be in the range 0–3, corresponding to the
following settings:
l 0—12
l 1—24
l 2—12:00
l 3—24:00
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l scatter
l scattergram
xaxis-interval Enum When time-scale is specified for the xaxis- In the Chart Format dialog box for
label-method attribute, the time interval to use for the chart, on the X-axis tab, the
x-axis labels Interval drop-down list
One of the following:
l auto
l hour
l day
l week
l month
l quarter
l year
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l scatter
l scattergram
xaxis-label-method Enum The source of the x-axis label content In the Chart Format dialog box for
the chart, on the X-axis tab, the
One of the following:
Label method drop-down list
l data-as-labels—Use values from the data
for the labels.
l numeric-scale—Use a numeric scale for
the labels. This setting is valid if the data is
provided by a floating, integer, or currency
variable.
l time-scale—Use a time-based scale for the
labels. This setting is valid if the data is provided
by a date variable.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l scatter
l scattergram
xaxis-label- Enum The rotation of the x-axis labels In the Chart Format dialog box for
orientation the chart, on the X-axis tab, the
One of the following:
Label orientation drop-down list
l normal—The labels are horizontal.
l face-left—The labels are rotated 90
degrees clockwise.
l face-right—The labels are rotated 90
degrees counter-clockwise.
l face-right-align-right—The labels
are rotated 90 degrees counter-clockwise and
aligned with the axis.
l slant-up—The labels are rotated 45 degrees
counter-clockwise.
l slant-down—The labels are rotated 45
degrees clockwise.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
xaxis-month-format Int When time-scale is specified for the xaxis- In the Chart Format dialog box for
label-method attribute, the format of months in the chart, on the X-axis tab, the
date-based x-axis labels Months drop-down list
Must be in the range 0–4, corresponding to the
following settings:
l 0—1
l 1—01
l 2—J
l 3—Jan
l 4—January
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l scatter
l scattergram
xaxis-negative-style Int The format of negative numbers in numeric x-axis In the Chart Format dialog box for
labels the chart, on the X-axis tab, the
Negative drop-down list
Must be in the range 0–9, corresponding to the
following settings:
l 0— –[Link]
l 1— – [Link]
l 2— [Link]–
l 3— [Link] –
l 4— ([Link])
l 5— ( [Link] )
l 6— <[Link]>
l 7— < [Link] >
l 8— xxx,xxx CR
l 9— crxxx,xxx
Valid for the following values of the xaxis-format
attribute:
l 6 (Fixed decimal)
l 19 (Significant decimal)
l 20 (Fixed or integer)
l 43 (Percentage)
l 44 (Percentage x 100)
l 45 (Fixed decimal with currency)
l 196 (Fixed or integer with currency)
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l scatter
l scattergram
xaxis-position- Bool Specifies whether labels are placed between grid In the Chart Format dialog box for
labels-between-lines lines. When false is specified for this attribute, the chart, on the X-axis tab, the
labels are aligned with grid lines. Position labels between lines
check box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
xaxis-quarter-format Int When time-scale is specified for the xaxis- In the Chart Format dialog box for
label-method attribute, the format of quarters in the chart, on the X-axis tab, the
date-based x-axis labels Quarters drop-down list
Must be in the range 0–4, corresponding to the
following settings:
l 0—1
l 1—q1
l 2—Q1
l 3—1q
l 4—1Q
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l scatter
l scattergram
xaxis-range-maximum Int When specified is specified for the xaxis- In the Chart Format dialog box for
range-method attribute, the upper boundary of the chart, on the X-axis tab, the
the range of the x-axis Maximum box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
xaxis-range-method Enum Specifies how the range of values to display on the x- In the Chart Format dialog box for
axis is selected the chart, on the X-axis tab, the
Range method drop-down list
One of the following:
l specified—The range is determined by the
xaxis-range-minimum and xaxis-
range-maximum attributes.
l auto—The range is determined automatically
based on the range of the data, with an extra tick
mark on each side of the chart.
l auto-0–min—The upper boundary of the
range is determined automatically based on the
range of the data, and the lower boundary of the
range is always zero.
l data—The minimum and maximum values of
the data are used as the upper and lower
boundaries of the range.
l variable—The range is determined by the
values of the array variable referenced by the
xaxis-range-variable atttribute.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
xaxis-range-minimum Int When specified is specified for the xaxis- In the Chart Format dialog box for
range-method attribute, the lower boundary of the the chart, on the X-axis tab, the
range of the x-axis Minimum box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
xaxis-range-variable Ref When variable is specified for the xaxis- In the Chart Format dialog box for
range-method attribute, a reference to the the chart, on the X-axis tab, below
variable that specifies the range of the x-axis. The the Range method drop-down list,
variable must be an array, in which the first element the variable box
represents the minimum value and the second
element represents the maximum value. A third,
optional element represents the number of ticks to
include on the axis.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
xaxis-scale Enum When numeric-scale is specified for the In the Chart Format dialog box for
xaxis-label-method attribute, the data type of the chart, on the X-axis tab, the
the variable used to determine the x-axis scale Scale type drop-down list
One of the following:
l auto
l integer
l float
l currency
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l scatter
l scattergram
xaxis-thousands Text The thousands separator character for numeric x-axis In the Chart Format dialog box for
labels the chart, on the X-axis tab, the
Thousands check box and drop-
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
down list
attribute:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l scatter
l scattergram
xaxis-tick-method Enum Specifies how the number of tick marks is determined In the Chart Format dialog box for
on the x-axis the chart, on the X-axis tab, the
Number of ticks drop-down list
One of the following:
l auto—The number of tick marks is determined
automatically based on the customer data.
l specified—The number of ticks is
determined by the xaxis-tick-number
attribute.
l auto-padded—The number of tick marks is
determined automatically based on the customer
data, and the number of tick marks is padded as
needed so that the data points appear inside the
plot area.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
xaxis-tick-number Int When specified is specified for the xaxis- In the Chart Format dialog box for
tick-method attribute, the number of tick marks the chart, on the X-axis tab, the
on the x-axis Number of ticks box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
xaxis-tick-style Enum Specifies how ticks marks appear on the x-axis In the Chart Format dialog box for
the chart, on the X-axis tab, the
One of the following:
Tick style drop-down list
l none—Tick marks do not appear.
l outside—Tick marks appear outside the plot
area border.
l cross—Tick marks appear across the plot area
border.
l inside—Tick marks appear inside the plot
area border.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
xaxis-title Text The title for the x-axis In the Chart Format dialog box for
the chart, on the X-axis tab, beside
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
the Title type drop-down list, the
attribute:
title box
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
xaxis-title-align Int The alignment of the x-axis title In Designer, on the Format menu,
the Paragraph Alignment
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
selection
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
xaxis-title-font-bold Bool Specifies whether the x-axis title font appears bold In the Select Font dialog box for
the x-axis title, the Bold check box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
xaxis-title-font- Color The color used for the x-axis title text In the Select Font dialog box for
color the x-axis title, the Color color well
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
xaxis-title-font-face Text The font used for the x-axis title In the Select Font dialog box for
the x-axis title, the Font list
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
xaxis-title-font- Bool Specifies whether the x-axis title font appears italic In the Select Font dialog box for
italic the x-axis title, the Italic check box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
xaxis-title-font-pts Int The size, in logical units, of the x-axis title font in the
output, calculated from the value specified for the
xaxis-title-font-size and units-per-
inch attributes
xaxis-title-font-size Int The size, in tenths of points, of the x-axis title font In the Select Font dialog box for
the x-axis title, the Point size drop-
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
down list
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
xaxis-title-variable Ref A reference to the variable that specifies the title that In the Chart Format dialog box for
appears for the x-axis the chart, on the X-axis tab, beside
the Title type drop-down list, the
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
title box
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
xaxis-year-format Int When time-scale is specified for the xaxis- In the Chart Format dialog box for
label-method attribute, the format of years in the chart, on the X-axis tab, the
date-based x-axis labels Years drop-down list
Must be in the range 0–2, corresponding to the
following settings:
l 0—00
l 1—'00
l 2—2000
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l scatter
l scattergram
xseries-variable Ref A reference to the variable that contains x values On the Chart Area tab of the chart
properties, the X check box (where
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
applicable) and variable box. (Note
attribute:
that leaving this attribute undefined
l area is equivalent to clearing the check
box.)
l bar
l comparative-line
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
y-zero-line Enum Specifies the type of line that is added at the zero In the Chart Format dialog box for
value on the y-axis when the chart contains both the chart, on the Plot area tab, the
positive and negative values Y-axis zero value line drop-down
list
One of the following:
l none—Do not add a line at the zero value.
l grid—Add a line at the zero value that matches
the y-axis grid lines.
l solid—Add a line at the zero value that is the
same color and thickness as the y-axis grid lines,
but is solid regardless of the line style of the grid
lines.
l old-behavior—Equivalent to solid. This
value is used internally for charts created in older
versions of Exstream Design and Production and
is provided only for information in exported DXF
and XML (composed) output. It should not be
used in imported DXF.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
yaxis-align Int The alignment of the y-axis labels In Designer, on the Format menu,
the Paragraph Alignment
Must be in the range 0–2, corresponding to the
selection
following settings:
l 0—Left-align the y-axis labels.
l 1—Right-align the y-axis labels.
l 2—Center-align the y-axis labels.
yaxis-alternate- Ref A reference to the variable that provides custom label In the Chart Format dialog box for
labels content for the y-axis the chart, on the Y-axis tab, the
Alternate labels box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
yaxis-custom-format Text A reference to the variable that provides custom label In the Chart Format dialog box for
content for the y-axis the chart, on the Y-axis tab, the
Custom format box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
yaxis-decimal Text The decimal separator character used in numeric y- In the Chart Format dialog box for
axis labels the chart, on the Y-axis tab, the
Decimal drop-down list
Valid for the following values of the yaxis-format
attribute:
l 6 (Fixed decimal)
l 19 (Significant decimal)
l 20 (Fixed or integer)
l 43 (Percentage)
l 44 (Percentage x 100)
l 45 (Fixed decimal with currency)
l 196 (Fixed or integer with currency)
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l scatter
l scattergram
yaxis-digits Int The number of digits that appear to the right of the In the Chart Format dialog box for
decimal point in numeric y-axis labels the chart, on the Y-axis tab, the
Digits drop-down list
Valid for the following values of the yaxis-format
attribute:
l 6 (Fixed decimal)
l 19 (Significant decimal)
l 20 (Fixed or integer)
l 43 (Percentage)
l 44 (Percentage x 100)
l 45 (Fixed decimal with currency)
l 196 (Fixed or integer with currency)
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l scatter
l scattergram
yaxis-font-bold Bool Specifies whether the y-axis label font appears bold In the Select Font dialog box for
the y-axis labels, the Bold check
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
box
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
yaxis-font-color Color The color used for the y-axis label text In the Select Font dialog box for
the y-axis labels, the Color color
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
well
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
yaxis-font-face Text The font used for the y-axis labels In the Select Font dialog box for
the y-axis labels, the Font list
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
yaxis-font-italic Bool Specifies whether the y-axis label font appears italic In the Select Font dialog box for
the y-axis labels, the Italic check
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
box
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
yaxis-font-pts Int The size, in logical units, of the y-axis font in the output,
calculated from the value specified for the yaxis-
font-size and units-per-inch attributes
yaxis-font-size Int The size, in tenths of points, of the y-axis label font In the Select Font dialog box for
the y-axis labels, the Point size
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
drop-down list
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
yaxis-format Int When numeric-scale is specified for the In the Chart Format dialog box for
yaxis-label-method, and a setting other than the chart, on the Y-axis tab, the
auto is specified for the yaxis-scale attribute, Format drop-down list
the format of numeric y-axis labels
Must be one of the following integers, corresponding
to the following settings:
l 0—Custom format specified by the yaxis-
custom-format attribute (valid for yaxis-
scale settings integer and float)
l 5—General number (valid for yaxis-scale
settings integer, float, and currency)
l 6—Fixed decimal (valid for yaxis-scale
settings float and currency)
l 12—Use locale specification (valid for yaxis-
scale settings float and currency)
l 19—Significant decimal (valid for yaxis-
scale settings float and currency)
l 20—Fixed or integer (valid for yaxis-scale
settings float and currency)
l 32—Alpha upper (A, B, C; valid for yaxis-
scale setting integer)
l 33—Alpha lower (a, b, c; valid for yaxis-
scale setting integer)
l 34—Roman upper (I, II, III; valid for yaxis-
scale setting integer)
l 35—Roman lower (i, ii, iii; valid for yaxis-
scale setting integer)
l 36—Text upper (ONE, TWO; valid for yaxis-
scale setting integer)
l 37—Text mixed (One, Two; valid for yaxis-
scale setting integer)
l 38—Text lower (one, two; valid for yaxis-
scale setting integer)
l 43—Percentage (valid for yaxis-scale
settings integer and float)
l 44—Percentage x 100 (valid for yaxis-
scale setting float)
l 45—Fixed decimal with currency (valid for
yaxis-scale settings integer, float,
and currency)
l 62—Absolute value (valid for yaxis-scale
settings integer and float)
l 196—Fixed or integer with currency (valid for
yaxis-scale settings float and
currency)
yaxis-grid Bool Specifies whether grid lines perpendicular to the y- In the Chart Format dialog box for
axis are shown in the plot area the chart, on the Plot area tab, the
Show y grid lines check box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
yaxis-negative-scale- Int The proportion by which to reduce the negative scale In the Chart Format dialog box for
factor on the y-axis the chart, on the Y-axis tab, the
Negative scale factor box
Must be in the range 1–100
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l bar
l horizontal-bar
yaxis-negative-style Int The format of negative numbers in numeric y-axis In the Chart Format dialog box for
labels the chart, on the Y-axis tab, the
Negative drop-down list
Must be in the range 0–9, corresponding to the
following settings:
l 0— –[Link]
l 1— – [Link]
l 2— [Link]–
l 3— [Link] –
l 4— ([Link])
l 5— ( [Link] )
l 6— <[Link]>
l 7— < [Link] >
l 8— xxx,xxx CR
l 9— crxxx,xxx
Valid for the following values of the xaxis-format
attribute:
l 6 (Fixed decimal)
l 19 (Significant decimal)
l 20 (Fixed or integer)
l 43 (Percentage)
l 44 (Percentage x 100)
l 45 (Fixed decimal with currency)
l 196 (Fixed or integer with currency)
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l scatter
l scattergram
yaxis-position Enum The side of the plot area on which the y-axis appears In the Chart Format dialog box for
the chart, on the Y-axis tab, the
One of the following:
Axis position drop-down list
l left—The y-axis appears on the left side of the
plot area.
l right—The y-axis appears on the right side of
the plot area.
l both—The y-axis appears on both sides of the
plot area.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
yaxis-range-maximum Int When specified is specified for the yaxis- In the Chart Format dialog box for
range-method attribute, the upper boundary of the chart, on the Y-axis tab, the
the range of the y-axis Maximum box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
yaxis-range-method Enum Specifies how the range of values to display on the y- In the Chart Format dialog box for
axis is selected the chart, on the Y-axis tab, the
Range method drop-down list
One of the following:
l specified—The range is determined by the
yaxis-range-minimum and yaxis-
range-maximum attributes.
l auto—The range is determined automatically
based on the range of the data, with an extra tick
mark at the top and bottom of the chart.
l auto-0–min—The upper boundary of the
range is determined automatically based on the
range of the data, and the lower boundary of the
range is always zero.
l data—The minimum and maximum values of
the data are used as the upper and lower
boundaries of the range.
l variable—The range is determined by the
values of the array variable referenced by the
yaxis-range-variable atttribute.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
yaxis-range-minimum Int When specified is specified for the yaxis- In the Chart Format dialog box for
range-method attribute, the lower boundary of the the chart, on the Y-axis tab, the
range of the y-axis Minimum box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
yaxis-range-variable Ref When variable is specified for the yaxis- In the Chart Format dialog box for
range-method attribute, areference to the the chart, on the Y-axis tab, below
variable that specifies the range of the y-axis. The the Range method drop-down list,
variable must be an array, in which the first element the variable box
represents the minimum value and the second
element represents the maximum value. A third,
optional element represents the number of ticks to
include on the axis.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
yaxis-reduce- Enum Specifies whether the magnitude is reduced in the In the Chart Format dialog box for
magnitude scale of the y-axis to accommodate larger numbers the chart, on the Y-axis tab, the
Reduce magnitude drop-down list
One of the following:
l none—Do not reduce the magnitude of the y-
axis values.
l auto—Reduce the magnitude of the y-axis
values so that the scale is 1 to 10.
l auto-append—Reduce the magnitude of the
y-axis values so that the scale is 1 to 10, and
update the axis title to indicate the scale
reduction. The axis title uses the text entered in
the Numeric magnitudes area in the properties
for each language.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
yaxis-scale Enum When numeric-scale is specified for the In the Chart Format dialog box for
yaxis-label-method attribute, the data type of the chart, on the Y-axis tab, the
the variable used to determine the y-axis scale Scale type drop-down list
One of the following:
l auto
l integer
l float
l currency
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l scatter
l scattergram
yaxis-show-labels Bool Specifies whether labels are shown on the y-axis In the Chart Format dialog box for
the chart, on the Y-axis tab, the
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
Show labels on y-axis check box
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
yaxis-thousands Text The thousands separator character for numeric y-axis In the Chart Format dialog box for
labels the chart, on the Y-axis tab, the
Thousands check box and drop-
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
down list
attribute:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l scatter
l scattergram
yaxis-tick-method Int Specifies how the number of tick marks is determined In the Chart Format dialog box for
on the y-axis the chart, on the Y-axis tab, the
Number of ticks drop-down list
One of the following:
l auto—The number of tick marks is determined
automatically based on the customer data.
l specified—The number of ticks is
determined by the yaxis-tick-number
attribute.
l auto-padded—The number of tick marks is
determined automatically based on the customer
data, and the number of tick marks is padded as
needed so that the data points appear inside the
plot area.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
yaxis-tick-number Int When specified is specified for the yaxis- In the Chart Format dialog box for
tick-method attribute, the number of tick marks the chart, on the Y-axis tab, the
on the y-axis Number of ticks box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
yaxis-tick-style Enum Specifies where ticks marks appear on the y-axis In the Chart Format dialog box for
the chart, on the Y-axis tab, the
One of the following:
Tick style drop-down list
l none—Tick marks do not appear.
l outside—Tick marks appear outside the plot
area border.
l cross—Tick marks appear across the plot area
border.
l inside—Tick marks appear inside the plot
area border.
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
yaxis-title Text The title for the y-axis In the Chart Format dialog box for
the chart, on the Y-axis tab, beside
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
the Title type drop-down list, the
attribute:
title box
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
yaxis-title-align Int The alignment of the y-axis title In Designer, on the Format menu,
the Paragraph Alignment
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
selection
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
yaxis-title-font-bold Bool Specifies whether the y-axis title font appears bold In the Select Font dialog box for
the y-axis title, the Bold check box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
yaxis-title-font- Color The color used for the y-axis title text In the Select Font dialog box for
color the y-axis title, the Color color well
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
yaxis-title-font-face Text The font used for the y-axis title In the Select Font dialog box for
the y-axis title, the Font list
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
yaxis-title-font- Bool Specifies whether the y-axis title font appears italic In the Select Font dialog box for
italic the y-axis title, the Italic check box
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
yaxis-title-font-pts Int The size, in logical units, of the y-axis title font in the
output, calculated from the value specified for the
yaxis-title-font-size and units-per-
inch attributes
yaxis-title-font-size Int The size, in tenths of points, of the y-axis title font In the Select Font dialog box for
the y-axis title, the Point size drop-
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
down list
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
yaxis-title-variable Ref A reference to the variable that specifies the title that In the Chart Format dialog box for
appears for the y-axis the chart, on the Y-axis tab, beside
the Title type drop-down list, the
Valid for the following values of the chart-type
title box
attribute:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l radar
l range
l scatter
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
Structure
Example
<dlg:chart alternating-xy="false" anchor="tl" border="none"
brush="true" brush-fill-color="rgb(0,0,192)" can-split="false"
chart-type="line" current-angle="0" delay-comp="none"
design-var-ndx="0" flip-h="false" flip-v="false" flow-around="no"
flow-break="auto" frame-rect="1323.00lu 1836.00lu 4205.00lu
5117.00lu" frame-x="1086" frame-y="323" grid-color="rgb(0,0,0)"
grid-style="4" grid-weight="1" h-auto-size="false"
ignore-relative="no" is-3d="false" language="Language|0|"
legend-position="none" lock-proportions="false"
meta-props-options="do-not-read" min-height="0" pen="true"
pen-color="rgb(0,0,0)" pen-style="solid" pen-width="1lu"
plot-frame-style="full" plot-line-color="rgb(0,0,0)"
plot-line-style="0" plot-line-weight="1" plot-range-fill="none"
pos-rel-to-above="0" reference-name="Chart" shadow="none"
title="Charges" title-align="2" title-font-bold="false"
title-font-color="rgb(0,0,0)" title-font-face="Times New Roman"
title-font-italic="false" title-font-pts="174" title-font-size="125"
units-per-inch="1000" v-auto-size="true"
xaxis-always-display-year="false" xaxis-complete-time-periods="true"
xaxis-day-format="3" xaxis-font-bold="false"
xaxis-font-color="rgb(0,0,0)" xaxis-font-face="Times New Roman"
xaxis-font-italic="false" xaxis-font-pts="139" xaxis-font-size="100"
xaxis-grid="true" xaxis-grid-skip-interval="0" xaxis-hour-format="0"
xaxis-interval="auto" xaxis-label-method="time-scale"
xaxis-label-orientation="normal" xaxis-month-format="3"
xaxis-position-labels-between-lines="false" xaxis-quarter-format="0"
xaxis-range-method="auto" xaxis-tick-style="outside"
xaxis-title="Date" xaxis-title-align="1"
xaxis-title-font-bold="false" xaxis-title-font-color="rgb(0,0,0)"
xaxis-title-font-face="Times New Roman"
xaxis-title-font-italic="false" xaxis-title-font-pts="139"
xaxis-title-font-size="100" xaxis-year-format="0"
xseries-variable="Variable|564|CD_Date" y-zero-line="none"
yaxis-align="1" yaxis-font-bold="false"
yaxis-font-color="rgb(0,0,0)" yaxis-font-face="Times New Roman"
yaxis-font-italic="false" yaxis-font-pts="139" yaxis-font-size="100"
yaxis-format="12" yaxis-grid="true" yaxis-position="left"
yaxis-range-method="auto" yaxis-reduce-magnitude="none"
yaxis-scale="currency" yaxis-show-labels="true"
yaxis-tick-method="0" yaxis-tick-style="none" yaxis-title="Amount"
yaxis-title-align="1" yaxis-title-font-bold="false"
yaxis-title-font-color="rgb(0,0,0)" yaxis-title-font-face="Times New
Roman" yaxis-title-font-italic="false" yaxis-title-font-pts="139"
yaxis-title-font-size="100">
<dlg:rect bottom="333.00pt" left="54.00pt" right="369.00pt"
top="72.00pt"/>
<dlg:chart-series color="rgb(255,0,0)" color-effect="0" index="1"
line-method="0" line-style="0" line-symbol="0" line-weight="1"
variable="Variable|572|CD_Total_Charges"/>
<dlg:chart-series color="rgb(0,255,0)" color-effect="0" index="2"
line-method="0" line-style="0" line-symbol="0" line-weight="1"
variable="Variable|571|CD_Additional_Charges"/>
</dlg:chart>
Note: In Exstream versions 9.5.201 and later, the functionality of the floating bar chart has
been merged with that of the stacked bar chart. The floating bar chart type is still supported
for the import of legacy DXF files, and for exporting to DXF from a legacy design containing
floating bar charts. If you edit and save an existing floating bar chart in Designer, it will be
automatically converted to a stacked bar chart with overlay, and any new export to DXF
from that point forward will contain the stacked bar chart type.
To use the dlg:chart-overlay element, the chart-type attribute of the parent dlg:chart
element must be either bar, floating-bar (Legacy), stacked-bar, or scattergram, and the
overlay-flags attribute must be 1.
Parents
dlg:chart
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
alternating-xy Bool Specifies whether the variables used for each In the Overlay Chart Properties
child dlg:chart-series element in a dialog box for the chart, the Arrays
line chart contain both x and y values in an alternate x/y data values check box
alternating series ( x1, y1, x2, y2, and so
on). When false is specified for this attribute,
a variable referenced by the xseries-
variable attribute can contain x values.
Valid when line is specified for the chart-
type attribute
caption-orientation Enum The relative position of the captions in a label On the Chart Area tab of the chart
(scatter) chart properties, the Caption orientation
drop-down list
One of the following:
l normal—The caption text appears
above each data point.
l face-left—The caption text appears
above each data point, rotated 90
degrees clockwise.
l face-right—The caption text
appears above each data point, rotated
90 degrees counter-clockwise.
l normal-caption-below—The
caption text appears below each data
point.
l face-left-caption-below—
The caption text appears below each data
point, rotated 90 degrees clockwise.
l face-right-caption-below—
The caption text appears below each data
point, rotated 90 degrees counter-
clockwise.
Valid when scatter is specified for the
chart-type attribute
chart-type Enum The type of chart defined by the element, which In the Overlay Chart Properties
is restricted by the type of the parent chart dialog box for the chart, the Chart
type box (depends on the parent
Only the following settings are valid:
chart type and cannot be edited in
l When bar, floating-bar (Legacy), Designer)
or stacked-bar is specified for the
chart-type attribute of the parent
dlg:chart element, line must be
specified for this attribute.
l When scattergram is specified for
the chart-type attribute of the parent
dlg:chart element, scatter must
be specified for this attribute.
custom-legend-box-size Bool Specifies whether the size of the overlay In the Legend/Label Properties
legend is determined by the legend- dialog box for the chart overlay, the
height and legend-width attributes. Custom legend box size check box
When false is specified for this attribute, the
size is determined automatically.
Valid when line is specified for the chart-
type attribute
frame-rect Rect The coordinates of the overlay plot area, The position of the overlay plot area
relative to the design page. If specified, this within the design area
should be the same value as that specified for
the frame-rect attribute of the parent
dlg:chart element.
legend-fill-color Color When false is specified for the legend- In the Legend/Label Properties
fill-transparent attribute, the dialog box for the chart overlay, in the
background color of the overlay legend Legend area, the color well
Valid when line is specified for the chart-
type attribute
legend-fill-transparent Bool Specifies whether the background of the In the Legend/Label Properties
overlay legend is transparent dialog box for the chart overlay, the
Background is transparent check
Valid when line is specified for the chart-
box
type attribute
legend-font-bold Bool Specifies whether the overlay legend font In the Select Font dialog box for the
appears bold overlay legend, the Bold check box
Valid when line is specified for the chart-
type attribute
legend-font-color Color The color used for the overlay legend text In the Select Font dialog box for the
overlay legend, the Color color well
Valid when line is specified for the chart-
type attribute
legend-font-face Text The font used for the overlay legend In the Select Font dialog box for the
overlay legend, the Font list
Valid when line is specified for the chart-
type attribute
legend-font-italic Bool Specifies whether the overlay legend font In the Select Font dialog box for the
appears italic overlay legend, the Italic check box
Valid when line is specified for the chart-
type attribute
legend-font-size Int The size, in tenths of points, of the overlay In the Select Font dialog box for the
legend font overlay legend, the Point size box
Valid when line is specified for the chart-
type attribute
legend-format Text The content of each label that appears in the In the Legend/Label Properties
overlay legend, using optional custom text and dialog box for the chart overlay, the
the following format codes: Contents drop-down list and box
l \L—Label
l \%—Percentage
l \#—Value
l \t—Left tab
l \r—Right tab
l \h—Hanging tab
l \n—New line
Valid when line is specified for the chart-
type attribute
legend-frame Bool Specifies whether a border appears around In the Legend/Label Properties
the overlay legend area dialog box for the chart overlay, the
Border check box
Valid when line is specified for the chart-
type attribute
legend-hanging-wrap Bool When true is specified for the legend- In the Legend/Label Properties
wrap attribute, specifies whether wrapped dialog box for the chart overlay, the
lines of each label in the overlay legend are Hanging wrap check box
indented
Valid when line is specified for the chart-
type attribute
legend-height Int When true is specified for the custom- In the Legend/Label Properties
legend-box-size attribute, the height, in dialog box for the chart overlay, the
logical units, of the overlay legend Height box
Valid when line is specified for the chart-
type attribute
legend-label-order Ref A reference to the variable that determines the In the Overlay Chart Properties
order of labels in the overlay legend dialog box for the chart, the Legend
label order box
Valid when line is specified for the chart-
type attribute
legend-labels Enum The source of the labels in the overlay legend In the Overlay Chart Properties
dialog box for the chart, the Legend
One of the following:
labels drop-down list
l none—Legend labels for each data
series are specified for the label
attribute of each dlg:chart-series
child element.
l array—Legend labels for all data
series are provided by a single array
variable, specified for the label-
variable attribute of the first
dlg:chart-series child element.
l per-series—Legend labels for each
data series are provided by a different
array variable, specified for the label-
variable attribute of each
dlg:chart-series child element.
Valid when line is specified for the chart-
type attribute
legend-num-columns Int The number of columns used to display In the Legend/Label Properties
information in the overlay legend dialog box for the chart overlay, the
Columns drop-down list
Valid when line is specified for the chart-
type attribute
legend-original-position Enum When manual is specified for the legend- In the Overlay Chart Properties
position attribute, the position in the chart dialog box for the chart, the selection
in which space is left for the manually in the Legend drop-down list prior to
positioned legend a selection of Manual
One of the following:
l none—Do not leave space for a legend.
l bottom—Leave space for the legend at
the bottom of the chart area.
l left—Leave space for the legend on
the left side of the chart area.
l right—Leave space for the legend on
the right side of the chart area.
The following values are not used:
l labels
l manual
Valid when line is specified for the chart-
type attribute
legend-position Enum Specifies whether to display the overlay In the Overlay Chart Properties
legend and the relative position of the overlay dialog box for the chart, the Legend
legend in the chart area drop-down list
One of the following:
l none—Do not display a legend with the
chart.
l bottom—Display the legend at the
bottom of the chart area.
l left—Display the legend on the left
side of the chart area.
l right—Display the legend on the right
side of the chart area.
l manual—Display the legend at the
location specified for either the
legend-rect attribute, or the
legend-x and legend-y attributes.
The following value is not used:
l labels
Valid when line is specified for the chart-
type attribute
legend-rect Rect The coordinates of the overlay legend, relative The position of the overlay legend
to the design page, when manual is specified within the design area
for the legend-position attribute
Valid when line is specified for the chart-
type attribute
legend-spacing Enum Specifies the line spacing in the overlay In the Legend/Label Properties
legend dialog box for the chart overlay, the
Spacing drop-down list
One of the following:
l auto—The spacing is set automatically
based on the space available.
l single—Lines are single-spaced.
l one-and-half—Line spacing is 1.5.
l double—Lines are double-spaced.
l triple—Lines are triple-spaced.
Valid when line is specified for the chart-
type attribute
legend-tab1 Int The position, in logical units, of the first tab stop In the Legend/Label Properties
in the overlay legend. If true is specified for dialog box for the chart overlay, the
the legend-hanging-wrap attribute, this first Tab positions box
tab stop applies to the hanging indent.
Valid when line is specified for the chart-
type attribute
legend-tab2 Int The position, in logical units, of the second tab In the Legend/Label Properties
stop in the overlay legend dialog box for the chart overlay, the
second Tab positions box
Valid when line is specified for the chart-
type attribute
legend-width Int When true is specified for the custom- In the Legend/Label Properties
legend-box-size attribute, the width, in dialog box for the chart overlay, the
logical units, of the overlay legend Width box
Valid when line is specified for the chart-
type attribute
legend-wrap Bool Specifies whether lines of text are allowed to In the Legend/Label Properties
wrap in the overlay legend. When false is dialog box for the chart overlay, the
specified for this attribute, a line of text that is Wrap text check box
longer than the width of the legend is truncated
at the boundary of the legend.
Valid when line is specified for the chart-
type attribute
legend-x Int When manual is specified for the legend- The horizontal position of the overlay
position attribute, the x-coordinate of the legend within the chart object
overlay legend, relative to the chart object
Valid when line is specified for the chart-
type attribute
legend-y Int When manual is specified for the legend- The vertical position of the overlay
position attribute, the y-coordinate of the legend within the chart object
overlay legend, relative to the chart object
Valid when line is specified for the chart-
type attribute
xseries-variable Ref A reference to the variable that contains x On the Chart Area tab of the chart
values properties, the X check box (where
applicable) and variable box (Note
Valid when scatter is specified for the
that leaving this attribute undefined is
chart-type attribute
equivalent to clearing the check box.)
Structure
Example
<dlg:chart anchor="tl" bar-label-type="none" bar-percent-size="80"
baseline="Variable|0|" border="none" brush="true"
brush-fill-color="rgb(0,0,192)" can-split="false"
chart-type="stacked-bar" current-angle="0" data-label-align="1"
data-label-font-bold="false" data-label-font-color="rgb(0,0,0)"
data-label-font-face="Times New Roman" data-label-font-italic="false"
data-label-font-size="100" delay-comp="none" design-var-ndx="0"
flip-h="false" flip-v="false" flow-around="no" flow-break="auto"
frame-rect="1206.00lu 1125.00lu 4750.00lu 5583.00lu" frame-x="500"
frame-y="331" grid-color="rgb(0,0,0)" grid-style="4" grid-weight="1"
h-auto-size="false" ignore-relative="no" is-3d="false"
language="Language|0|" legend-position="none" line-color="rgb(0,0,0)"
line-width="1" lock-proportions="false" meta-props-options="do-not-read"
min-height="0" overlay-flags="1" pen="true" pen-color="rgb(0,0,0)"
pen-style="solid" pen-width="1lu" plot-frame-style="full"
plot-line-color="rgb(0,0,0)" plot-line-style="0" plot-line-weight="1"
plot-range-fill="none" pos-rel-to-above="0" reference-name="Chart"
shadow="none" show-percentage="false" units-per-inch="1000"
use-array="true" v-auto-size="true" xaxis-font-bold="false"
xaxis-font-color="rgb(0,0,0)" xaxis-font-face="Times New Roman"
xaxis-font-italic="false" xaxis-font-pts="139" xaxis-font-size="100"
xaxis-grid="true" xaxis-label-method="data-as-labels"
xaxis-label-orientation="normal" xaxis-range-method="auto"
xaxis-tick-method="auto" xaxis-tick-style="none"
xseries-variable="Variable|564|CD_Date" y-zero-line="none"
yaxis-align="1" yaxis-font-bold="false" yaxis-font-color="rgb(0,0,0)"
yaxis-font-face="Times New Roman" yaxis-font-italic="false"
yaxis-font-pts="139" yaxis-font-size="100" yaxis-grid="true"
yaxis-position="left" yaxis-range-method="auto"
yaxis-reduce-magnitude="none" yaxis-scale="auto"
yaxis-show-labels="true" yaxis-tick-method="0" yaxis-tick-style="none">
<dlg:rect bottom="369.00pt" left="45.00pt" right="423.00pt"
top="63.00pt"/>
<dlg:chart-series color="rgb(0,0,160)" color-effect="0" index="1"
variable="Variable|569|CD_Minutes_Used"/>
<dlg:chart-series color="rgb(0,128,192)" color-effect="0" index="2"
variable="Variable|563|Usage_Minutes"/>
<dlg:chart-overlay alternating-xy="false" chart-type="line"
frame-rect="1206.00lu 2017.00lu 4750.00lu 4691.00lu"
legend-position="none" units-per-inch="1000">
<dlg:chart-series color="rgb(0,255,0)" color-effect="0" index="1"
line-method="0" line-style="0" line-symbol="0" line-weight="1"
variable="Variable|555|Base_Charges"/>
</dlg:chart-overlay>
</dlg:chart>
Multiple dlg:chart-series elements represent data in different ways depending on the value of
the chart-type attribute of the parent element, as shown in the following table:
l area Each dlg:chart-series element represents an independent data series, correlating to the
numbered data series variable boxes in Designer.
l bar
l calendar
l comparative-bar
l floating-bar
(Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-
stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l radar
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
comparative-line The dlg:chart-series elements for which 1 and 2 are specified for the index attribute represent
the two data series for comparison, correlating to the data series variable boxes in Designer. The edge-
color attribute identifies the color of each line.
The dlg:chart-series element for which 3 is specified for the index attribute represents the color
of the shaded area between the first two series, correlating to the Shaded area color well in Designer. Only
the color, color-effect, and index attributes should be defined for this element.
progress The dlg:chart-series element for which 1 is specified for the index attribute represents the
"goal" value.
The dlg:chart-series element for which 2 is specified for the index attribute represents the
"actual" value.
range The dlg:chart-series elements for which 1 and 2 are specified for the index attribute represent
the two data series that determine the range. The color of the bars is determined by the color attribute of
the dlg:chart-series element for which 1 is specified for the index attribute.
scatter The dlg:chart-series element for which 1 is specified for the index attribute represents the y-
coordinate of each data point.
The dlg:chart-series element for which 2 is specified for the index attribute represents the
symbol used for each data point.
The dlg:chart-series element for which 3 is specified for the index attribute represents the
caption of each data point.
Parents
dlg:chart
dlg:chart-overlay
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
bar-label Ref When per-series is specified for the On the Chart Area tab of the chart
bar-label-type attribute of the parent properties, the variable box in the Bar
dlg:chart element, a reference to the labels column beside each data
variable that provides the bar label for the data series
series
Valid for the following values of the chart-
type attribute of the parent dlg:chart
element:
l bar
l comparative-bar
l range
color Color The color of the data series (line, bar, area, On the Chart Area tab of the chart
slice, or calendar day) properties, the color well beside each
data series in the Area column
color-effect Int The hatching or pattern used for the color of The Fill Effects dialog box for the
the data series data series
Must be in the range 0–15, corresponding to
the following settings:
l 0—
l 1—
l 2—
l 3—
l 4—
l 5—
l 6—
l 7—
l 8—
l 9—
l 10—
l 11—
l 12—
l 13—
l 14—
l 15—
edge-color Color The edge color of the data series On the Chart Area tab of the chart
properties, the color well beside each
Applies as follows for the listed values of the
data series in the Edge, Line, or Text
chart-type attribute of the parent
column
dlg:chart element:
l area—The edge color of the area
identified by the data series
l calendar—The text color of the date
identified by the data series
l comparative-line—The line color
of the data series
l radar—The edge color of the area
identified by the data series
explode Bool Specifies whether to explode or use only a line On the Chart Area tab of the chart
for a data series, depending on the chart type properties, the check box beside each
data series in the Line or >> column
Applies as follows for the listed values of the
chart-type attribute of the parent
dlg:chart element:
l area—Specifies whether only a line is
displayed for the data series. When
true is specified for this attribute, the
area is not filled, and the color attribute
is ignored.
l calendar—Specifies whether the date
for the data series is exploded from the
calendar
l pie—Specifies whether the slice for the
data series is exploded from the pie chart
label Text When none is specified for the legend- On the Chart Area tab of the chart
labels attribute of the parent dlg:chart properties, the box beside each data
element, the static label for the data series series in the Legend labels column
when Static is selected from the
Valid for the following values of the chart-
Legend labels drop-down list
type attribute of the parent dlg:chart
element:
l area
l bar
l comparative-bar
l comparative-line
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l line
l pie
l radar
l range
l scattergram
l stacked-bar
label-color Color The color of the data labels in a bar chart On the Chart Area tab of the chart
properties, the color well beside each
Valid for the following values of the chart-
data series in the Data labels column
type attribute of the parent dlg:chart
element:
l bar
l comparative-bar
l floating-bar (Legacy)
l horizontal-bar
l horizontal-stacked-bar
l range
l stacked-bar
label-variable Ref A reference to the variable that provides the On the Chart Area tab of the chart
data labels for the data series properties, the variable selection box
beside each data series in the
Legend labels column when Each is
in different variables is selected from
the drop-down list, or in the single
variable selection box when All labels
are in one array is selected from the
drop-down list
line-method Int Specifies the line style used in the chart On the Chart Area tab of the chart
properties, the drop-down list beside
Must be in the range 0–4, corresponding to
each data series in the Line style
the following settings (with the corresponding
column
selection for the Exstream Design and
Production setting listed for each):
l 0—Place a connected line between data
points on the chart. ( Line)
l 1—Place a horizontal line across each
data point on the chart, connected by
vertical lines between the data points,
resulting in a stepped line. When area
is specified for the chart-type
attribute of the parent dlg:chart
element, the area between the line and
the bottom of the chart is filled. ( Step)
l 2—Place a horizontal line across each
data point on the chart, connected by
vertical lines between the data points,
resulting in a stepped line. When area
is specified for the chart-type
attribute of the parent dlg:chart
element, the area between the line and
zero is filled. ( StepFill0)
l 3—Place a short horizontal line across
each data point on the chart. ( Cap)
l 4—Place a connected line between data
points on the chart and force the data
series to start at the first nonzero value in
the data. ( Line0)
Valid for the following values of the chart-
type attribute of the parent dlg:chart
element:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l scattergram
line-style Int The line style for the data series In the Chart Line Style dialog box for
the data series, the Line style
Must be in the range 0–4, corresponding to
selection area
the following settings:
l 0—
l 1—
l 2—
l 3—
l 4—
line-symbol Int The symbol used to represent data points on In the Chart Line Style dialog box for
the line the data series, the Symbol drop-
down list
Must be in the range 0–11, corresponding to
the following settings:
l 0—None
l 1—
l 2—
l 3—
l 4—
l 5—
l 6—
l 7—
l 8—
l 9—
l 10—
l 11—
line-symbol-size Int The size, in logical units, of the symbol used for In the Chart Line Style dialog box for
data points on the line the data series, the Symbol size box
Valid for the following values of the chart-
type attribute of the parent dlg:chart
element:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l radar
l scattergram
line-weight Int The width, in logical units, of the data series In the Chart Line Style dialog box for
line the data series, the Line weight box
Valid for the following values of the chart-
type attribute of the parent dlg:chart
element:
l area
l comparative-line
l line
l radar
l scattergram
variable Ref A reference to the variable that provides the On the Chart Area tab of the chart
data for the data series properties, the variable box beside
each data series
Valid for all values of the chart-type
attribute
Structure
Example
<dlg:chart-series color="rgb(255,0,0)" color-effect="0" index="1"
line-method="0" line-style="0" line-symbol="0" line-weight="1"
variable="Variable|572|CD_Total_Charges"/>
<dlg:chart-series color="rgb(0,255,0)" color-effect="0" index="2"
line-method="0" line-style="0" line-symbol="0" line-weight="1"
variable="Variable|571|CD_Additional_Charges"/>
Parents
dlg:embedded-object
dlg:object
dlg:objects
Attributes
None.
Structure
Parents
dlg:conditional-colors
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding
type Exstream Design and
Production setting
condition-type Enum The type of condition that must be met in order for the color In the Conditional Colors dialog
to be applied box for a chart series, text box,
or table cell, in the Condition
One of the following:
column, the drop-down list for
l ignore—Do not use this condition (equivalent to an individual condition
omitting this dlg:conditional-color
element).
l equal—This condition applies when the value is
equal to the value specified for the condition-
value attribute.
l not-equal—This condition applies when the value
is not equal to the value specified for the
condition-value attribute.
l greater-than—This condition applies when the
value is greater than the value specified for the
condition-value attribute.
l less-than—This condition applies when the value
is less than the value specified for the condition-
value attribute.
l greater-than-or-equal—This condition
applies when the value is greater than or equal to the
value specified for the condition-value attribute.
l less-than-or-equal—This condition applies
when the value is less than or equal to the value
specified for the condition-value attribute.
l greater-than-zero—This condition applies
when the value is greater than zero.
l less-than-zero—This condition applies when
the value is less than zero.
l equal-zero—This condition applies when the
value is equal to zero.
condition-value Text The value to which the variable value is compared to In the Conditional Colors dialog
determine whether it meets this condition box for a chart series, text box,
or table cell, in the Value
column, the box list for an
individual condition
background-color Color The color of a chart series or the background color of a table In the Conditional Colors dialog
cell or text box when this condition is met box for a chart series, text box,
or table cell, one of the
following:
l For a chart series, the color
well for an individual
condition
l For a text box or table cell,
the color well for an
individual condition in the
Back column
background-fill Int The hatching or pattern used for the color of the data series The Fill Effects dialog box for a
or the background fill of a table cell or text box when this conditional fill for the data
condition is met series, table cell, or text box
Must be in the range 0–15, corresponding to the following
settings:
l 0—
l 1—
l 2—
l 3—
l 4—
l 5—
l 6—
l 7—
l 8—
l 9—
l 10—
l 11—
l 12—
l 13—
l 14—
l 15—
foreground-color Color The text color of a table cell or text box when this condition is In the Conditional Colors dialog
met box for a text box or table cell,
the color well for a condition in
the Text column
Structure
Example
<fo:flow display-align="auto" height="500.00lu" margin-bottom="0.00lu" margin-
left="0.00lu"
margin-right="0.00lu" margin-top="0.00lu" width="1375.00lu">
<dlg:conditional-colors condition-variable="Variable|501|Custom_Condition"
default-background-color="rgb(255,255,255)"
default-background-fill="0" default-foreground-color="rgb(0,0,0)">
<dlg:conditional-color background-color="rgb(0,0,0)" background-fill="0"
condition-type="
less-than-or-equal" condition-value="25" foreground-color="rgb(0,255,0)"/>
<dlg:conditional-color background-color="rgb(255,0,0)" background-fill="0"
condition-type="greater-than"
condition-value="25" foreground-color="rgb(255,255,255)"/>
</dlg:conditional-colors>
…
</fo:flow>
Parents
dlg:chart-series
fo:flow
fo:table-cell
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
condition-variable Ref A reference to the variable on which the In the Conditional Colors dialog box
condition is based for a chart series, text box, or table
cell, the Variable box
default-background-color Color The default color of a chart series or the In the Conditional Colors dialog box
default background color of a table cell or text for a chart series, text box, or table
box cell, one of the following:
l For a chart series, the color well
in the Default row
l For a text box or table cell, the
color well in the Default row and
the Back column
default-background-fill Int The hatching or pattern used for the default The Fill Effects dialog box for the
color of the data series or the default default fill of a data series, table cell,
background fill of a table cell or text box or text box
Must be in the range 0–15, corresponding to
the following settings:
l 0—
l 1—
l 2—
l 3—
l 4—
l 5—
l 6—
l 7—
l 8—
l 9—
l 10—
l 11—
l 12—
l 13—
l 14—
l 15—
default-foreground-color Color The default text color of a table cell or text box In the Conditional Colors dialog box
for a text box or table cell, the color
well in the Default row and the Text
column
Structure
Example
<fo:flow display-align="auto" height="500.00lu" margin-bottom="0.00lu" margin-
left="0.00lu"
margin-right="0.00lu" margin-top="0.00lu" width="1375.00lu">
<dlg:conditional-colors condition-variable="Variable|501|Custom_Condition"
default-background-color="rgb(255,255,255)"
default-background-fill="0" default-foreground-color="rgb(0,0,0)">
<dlg:conditional-color background-color="rgb(0,0,0)" background-fill="0"
condition-type="
less-than-or-equal" condition-value="25" foreground-color="rgb(0,255,0)"/>
<dlg:conditional-color background-color="rgb(255,0,0)" background-fill="0"
condition-type="greater-than"
condition-value="25" foreground-color="rgb(255,255,255)"/>
</dlg:conditional-colors>
…
</fo:flow>
Parents
dlg:container
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
Type Design and Production
Setting
fixed-height Bool
fixed-width Bool
has-z-index Bool Specifies whether the object has a z-index On the Container design tab of the
specified for the container design, using the properties of the object within the
z-index attribute. When false is container, the Z-index check box
specified for this attribute, the objects are
stacked and loaded in the order they appear
in the DXF, or the order they were created in
Designer.
page-oid Int
x Int The x-coordinate, in logical units, of the upper- On the Container design tab of the
left corner of the referenced object within the properties of the object within the
parent container container, the X coordinate in
container box
y Int The y-coordinate, in logical units, of the upper- On the Container design tab of the
left corner of the referenced object within the properties of the object within the
parent container container, the Y coordinate in
container box
z-index Bool When true is specified for the has-z- On the Container design tab of the
index attribute, the z-index of the object in a properties of the object within the
container design container, the Z-index box
Structure
Example
<dlg:page-frame … ref-id="2"/>
…
<dlg:objects>
<dlg:library-component-ref … library-component=
"Component|1|CustomerAddressBlock" ref-id="5218468" reference-name=
"CustomerAddressBlock">
<dlg:rect …/>
</dlg:library-component-ref>
<dlg:container container-clip="ignore-clipping" container-type=
"horizontal-span" h-auto-size="false" has-max-width="false"
has-min-width="false" num-tiles="0" padding-bottom="0" padding-elem
="100" padding-left="0" padding-right="0" padding-tile="50"
padding-top="0" ref-id="8983386" reference-name="Container"
stretch-to-children="true" top-container="true">
<dlg:rect …/>
<dlg:contained-ref fixed-height="true" fixed-width="true"
has-z-index="false" oid="5218468" page-oid="-1" x="1" y="1"/>
<dlg:contained-ref fixed-height="true" fixed-width="true"
has-z-index="false" oid="2" page-oid="-1" x="3851" y="1"/>
</dlg:container>
<dlg:frame-component … ref-id="2" reference-name="Frame">
<dlg:rect …/>
</dlg:frame-component>
…
</dlg:objects>
For more information about container-based designs, see Designing Customer Communications
in the Exstream Design and Production documentation.
Parents
dlg:embedded-object
dlg:object
dlg:objects
Attributes
In addition to the following attributes, the dlg:container element uses one or more of the
common attributes found in “Shared Design Object Attributes” on page 622.
container-type Enum The type of container defined by the element On the Container tab of the container
properties, the Container type drop-
One of the following:
down list
l vertical-span—Objects in the
container are arranged in a single
vertical column.
l horizontal-span—Objects in the
container are arranged in a single
horizontal row.
l vertical-tile—Objects in the
container are tiled left to right, and then
top to bottom.
l horizontal-tile—Objects in the
container are tiled top to bottom, and then
left to right.
l absolute-position—Objects in
the container are positioned
independently, using coordinates.
l grid-layout—Each object in the
container is positioned within a grid cell.
The cells of the grid are defined by child
dlg:logical-cell elements.
container-clip Enum When vertical-span, horizontal- On the Container tab of the container
span, vertical-tile, or properties, the Clipping drop-down
horizontal-tile is specified for the list
container-type attribute, specifies
whether objects are excluded from the
viewable area when they extend beyond the
width of the container
One of the following:
l ignore-clipping—Do not exclude
objects that extend beyond the width of
the container.
l clip-to-width—Exclude objects
that extend beyond the width of the
container.
container-label-oi Ref A reference to a container design label Library On the Design Views toolbar, the
object that identifies the design to which the Container Design drop-down list
container belongs
has-max-width Bool When vertical-span, horizontal- On the Container tab of the container
span, vertical-tile, or properties, the Maximum width
horizontal-tile is specified for the check box
container-type attribute, specifies
whether the container has a maximum width,
specified by the max-width attribute
has-min-width Bool When vertical-span, horizontal- On the Container tab of the container
span, vertical-tile, or properties, the Minimum width check
horizontal-tile is specified for the box
container-type attribute, specifies
whether the container has a minimum width,
specified by the min-width attribute
is-responsive Bool When grid-layout is specified for the On the Container tab of the container
container-type attribute, specifies properties, the Adjust container to fit
whether CSS styles should be applied to the small screens using CSS check box
container to enable it to automatically adjust to
fit small screens. If applied, these CSS styles
force content in the container that is arranged
in a multi-column layout on large screens to
transform into a single-column layout on small
screens. These CSS styles also enable
images in the container to scale automatically,
and text in the container to wrap to fit the
screen size.
This attribute applies only to HTML (email)
output. When true is specified for the is-
responsive attribute, CSS styles are
applied to the HTML (email) output. When
false is specified for this attribute, CSS
styles are not applied.
max-width Int When true is specified for the has-max- On the Container tab of the container
width attribute, the maximum width, in properties, the Maximum width box
logical units, of the container
min-width Int When true is specified for the has-min- On the Container tab of the container
width attribute, the minimum width, in logical properties, the Minimum width box
units, of the container
num-tiles Int When vertical-tile is specified for the On the Container tab of the container
container-type attribute, the number of properties, the Number of tiles box
tiles in a row before a new row is added; or,
when horizontal-tile is specified for
the container-type attribute, the
number of tiles in a column before a new
column is added
padding-bottom Int When vertical-span, horizontal- On the Container tab of the container
span, vertical-tile, or properties, the Bottom margin box
horizontal-tile is specified for the
container-type attribute, the bottom
margin, in logical units
padding-elem Int When vertical-span, horizontal- On the Container tab of the container
span, vertical-tile, or properties, the Padding between
horizontal-tile is specified for the objects box
container-type attribute, the space, in
logical units, between adjacent objects in the
container
padding-left Int When vertical-span, horizontal- On the Container tab of the container
span, vertical-tile, or properties, the Left margin box
horizontal-tile is specified for the
container-type attribute, the left margin,
in logical units
padding-right Int When vertical-span, horizontal- On the Container tab of the container
span, vertical-tile, or properties, the Right margin box
horizontal-tile is specified for the
container-type attribute, the right
margin, in logical units
padding-tile Int When vertical-tile is specified for the On the Container tab of the container
container-type attribute, the space, in properties, the Padding between
logical units, between rows; or, when tiles box
horizontal-tile is specified for the
container-type attribute, the space, in
logical units, between columns
padding-top Int When vertical-span, horizontal- On the Container tab of the container
span, vertical-tile, or properties, the Top margin box
horizontal-tile is specified for the
container-type attribute, the top
margin, in logical units
stretch-to-children Bool When absolute-position is specified On the Container tab of the container
for the container-type attribute, properties, the Resize container to fit
specifies whether the container borders are children check box
automatically adjusted to fit the objects within
the container. When false is specified for
this attribute, the exact dimensions defined by
the child dlg:rect element are used.
Structure
Example
<dlg:page-frame … ref-id="2"/>
…
<dlg:objects>
<dlg:library-component-ref … library-component=
"Component|1|CustomerAddressBlock" ref-id="5218468" reference-name=
"CustomerAddressBlock">
<dlg:rect …/>
</dlg:library-component-ref>
<dlg:container container-clip="ignore-clipping" container-type=
"horizontal-span" h-auto-size="false" has-max-width="false"
has-min-width="false" num-tiles="0" padding-bottom="0" padding-elem="100"
padding-left="0" padding-right="0" padding-tile="50" padding-top="0" ref-
id="8983386" reference-name="Container"
stretch-to-children="true" top-container="true">
<dlg:rect …/>
<dlg:contained-ref fixed-height="true" fixed-width="true"
has-z-index="false" oid="5218468" page-oid="-1" x="1" y="1"/>
<dlg:contained-ref fixed-height="true" fixed-width="true"
has-z-index="false" oid="2" page-oid="-1" x="3851" y="1"/>
</dlg:container>
<dlg:frame-component … ref-id="2" reference-name="Frame">
<dlg:rect …/>
</dlg:frame-component>
…
</dlg:objects>
Parents
fo:declarations
Attributes
Attribute Data type Description
Structure
Example
<dlg:container-label>
<dlg:basic folder="Folder|2000000000|Exstream" oid="1">
<dlg:name>Default</dlg:name>
<dlg:description></dlg:description>
</dlg:basic>
<dlg:ref-many-cascadingstylesheets
cascading-style-sheet="CascadingStyleSheet|13|CSS1"/>
<dlg:ref-many-cascadingstylesheets
cascading-style-sheet="CascadingStyleSheet|14|CSS2"/>
</dlg:container-label>
Parents
dlg:application
dlg:library-component
dlg:message
dlg:message-content
dlg:page
dlg:paragraph
dlg:section
Attributes
None.
Structure
Example
<fo:declarations>
<dlg:tab-ruler default-tab="250u" id="7" list-type="none">
<dlg:tab-stop tab-align="center" tab-char="0" tab-indent=
"2500u"/>
<dlg:tab-stop align-on="." tab-align="align-on" tab-char="0"
tab-indent="4000u"/>
</dlg:tab-ruler>
</fo:declarations>
Parents
dlg:basic
Attributes
None.
Structure
Example
<dlg:basic folder="Folder|3|dialog box boxue Live" oid="148">
<dlg:name>Sample paragraph</dlg:name>
<dlg:description>This is a sample paragraph.</dlg:description>
</dlg:basic>
Parents
dlg:objects
fo:basic-link
fo:block
fo:inline
leader (fo:leader)
wrapper (fo:wrapper)
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
clear-floating-objects Enum Specifies the sides of the text paragraph On the Text paragraph properties
where embedded objects are allowed to float tab of the text paragraph properties,
relative to the text in the Float options area, the Clear
list
One of the following:
l none—The preceding embedded
objects can float to the left or right of the
text paragraph.
l left—The preceding embedded
objects cannot float on the left side of the
text paragraph.
l right—The preceding embedded
objects cannot float on the right side of
the text paragraph.
l both—The preceding embedded
objects cannot float on either the left or
the right side of the text paragraph.
embed-anchor Enum Specifies how to offset floating or linked In the Embed Properties dialog box
embedded objects from the anchor point or on the Embed Properties tab of
the object properties, the Anchor
When link, link-x, or link-y is
point radio buttons for linked
specified for the embed-method attribute,
embedded objects and the Position
the embed-anchor attribute corresponds
list for floating embedded objects
to the Anchor point radio button that the user
selects. These correspond to the following
anchor points:
l bottom-left
l bottom-center
l bottom-right
l center-left
l center
l center-right
l upper-left
l upper-center
l upper-right
When float is specified for the embed-
method attribute, the embed-anchor
attribute corresponds to the option selected
from the Position list. The Left option
corresponds to the center-left anchor
point, and the Right option corresponds to the
center-right anchor point.
embed-clear-floating- Enum Specifies which sides of the object do not allow In the Embed Properties dialog box
objects embedded floating objects to float around it or on the Embed Properties tab of
the object properties, the Clear list
One of the following:
l none
l none—The preceding embedded
objects can float to the left or right of the
embedded object.
l left
l left
l right
l both
l left—The preceding embedded
objects cannot float on the left side of the
embedded object.
l right—The preceding embedded
objects cannot float on the right side of
the embedded object.
l both—The preceding embedded
objects cannot float on either the left or
the right side of the embedded object.
embed-margin-bottom Int Specifies the bottom margin of the embedded In the Embed Properties dialog box
object or on the Embed Properties tab of
the object properties, the Bottom
margin box
embed-margin-left Int Specifies the left margin of the embedded In the Embed Properties dialog box
object or on the Embed Properties tab of
the object properties, the Left margin
box
embed-margin-right Int Specifies the right margin of the embedded In the Embed Properties dialog box
object or on the Embed Properties tab of
the object properties, the Right
margin box
embed-margin-top Int Specifies the top margin of the embedded In the Embed Properties dialog box
object or on the Embed Properties tab of
the object properties, the Top margin
box
embed-method Enum Specifies how the embedded object is In the Embed Properties dialog box
positioned within the parent object or on the Embed Properties tab of
the object properties, the Embed
One of the following:
method list
l float—The object is associated with
either the center-left anchor point
or the center-right anchor point,
and is offset to the left or right of the text.
l inline—The object is embedded
inline with surrounding text contained in
fo:inline elements and appears in-
line with the text in the design.
l link—The object is associated with an
anchor point specified by the position of
the element within surrounding
fo:inline elements and moves with
the anchor point in the text in the design,
at the offset specified by the offset-x
and offset-y attributes.
l link-X—The object is associated with
an anchor point but can only move
horizontally with the anchor text, at the
offset specified by the offset-x
attribute.
l link-Y—The object is associated with
an anchor point but can only move
vertically with the anchor text, at the offset
specified by the offset-y attribute.
The following value is not used:
l link-XY
height Int The height, in logical units, of the embedded On the Placement tab of the object
object. The height attribute is not used for properties, the Width box
the child of this element.
line-color Color The color of the line that connects the In the Embed Properties dialog box
embedded object to the anchor point or on the Embed Properties tab of
the object properties, the Connector
line color well
line-style Enum The line style of the line that connects the In the Embed Properties dialog box
embedded object to the anchor point or on the Embed Properties tab of
the object properties, in the
Must be in the range 0–4, corresponding to
Connector line area, the style
the following settings:
selection box
l 0—
l 1—
l 2—
l 3—
l 4—
line-weight Int The width, in logical units, of the line that In the Embed Properties dialog box
connects the embedded object to the anchor or on the Embed Properties tab of
point the object properties, in the
Connector line area, the weight box
offset-X Int When link, link-x, or link-y is In the Embed Properties dialog box
specified for the embed-method attribute, or on the Embed Properties tab of
the horizontal distance between the point the object properties, the Horizontal
specified for the embed-anchor attribute offset box
and the anchor point in the text
offset-Y Int When link, link-x, or link-y is In the Embed Properties dialog box
specified for the embed-method attribute, or on the Embed Properties tab of
the vertical distance between the point the object properties, the Vertical
specified for the embed-anchor attribute offset box
and the anchor point in the text
width Int The width, in logical units, of the embedded On the Placement tab of the object
object. The width attribute is not used for the properties, the Height box
child of this element.
Structure
Example
The sample DXF below describes the following example of an embedded text box:
<dlg:text>
<dlg:rect bottom="207.00pt" left="189.00pt" right="288.00pt"
top="81.00pt"/>
<fo:flow height="1750.00lu" margin-bottom="0.00lu"
margin-left="0.00lu" margin-right="0.00lu" margin-top="0.00lu"
width="1375.00lu">
<fo:block>
<fo:inline font-family="Times New Roman" font-size="12.00pt"
font-style="normal">Lorem ipsumdolor sit amet, consectetur
adipisicing elit, </fo:inline>
<dlg:embedded-object embed-anchor="bottom-left"
embed-method="link" height="375" line-color="rgb(0,0,0)"
line-weight="1" lower-left-X="1033" lower-left-Y="543"
offset-X="467" offset-Y="332" width="1000">
<dlg:text>
<dlg:rect bottom="144.00pt" left="297.00pt"
right="369.00pt" top="117.00pt"/>
<fo:flow display-align="auto" height="375.00lu"
margin-bottom="0.00lu" margin-left="0.00lu"
margin-right="0.00lu" margin-top="0.00lu"
width="1000.00lu">
<fo:block>
<fo:inline font-family="Arial" font-size="14.00pt"
font-style="normal">Text</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
</fo:flow>
</dlg:text>
</dlg:embedded-object>
<fo:inline font-family="Times New Roman" font-size="12.00pt"
font-style="normal">sed do eiusmod tempor incididuntut
loabore et dolore magna aliqua.</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
</fo:flow>
</dlg:text>
Note: The fo:flow element is not related to the concept of flow in Exstream Design and
Production. For information about implementing flow frames in DXF, see “page-frame
(dlg:page-frame)” on page 331.
Parents
dlg:dxf-text
dlg:text
Attributes
The fo:flow element uses one or more of the common attributes found in “Shared XSL-FO
Attributes” on page 637. Specifically, the display-align, height, width, margin-bottom,
margin-left, margin-right, and margin-top attributes are used to specify the text alignment
and margins of the text box or table cell.
Structure
Example
<dlg:text …>
<dlg:rect …/>
<fo:flow display-align="auto" height="1625.00lu" margin-bottom=
"0.00lu" margin-left="0.00lu" margin-right="0.00lu" margin-top=
"0.00lu" width="5250.00lu">
<fo:block …>
<fo:inline …>…</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
<fo:block …>
<fo:inline …>…</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
</fo:flow>
</dlg:text>
Parents
dlg:back-flow-frames
dlg:back-toc-frames
dlg:front-flow-frames
dlg:front-toc-frames
Attribute
Attribute Data type Description
Structure
Parents
dlg:embedded-object
dlg:object
dlg:objects
Attributes
None.
Structure
Parents
dlg:page
Attributes
None.
Structure
To define an empty image object, specify true for the is-empty-placeholder attribute.
For more information about using images and empty image objects, see Importing External
Content in the Exstream Design and Production documentation.
For images in Live documents, a dlg:live child element is used to define the basic Live
properties of the image object. However, some attributes of the dlg:image element itself apply
only when using the image in a Live document, as indicated in the "Attributes" table within this
section.
To define an image selector object for use in a Live document, include an appropriately defined
dlg:live child element, and specify the following attributes for the dlg:image element as
appropriate:
l height
l picker-variable
l picker-caption-variable
l picker-selections-variable
l selection
l width
For more information about using images in Live documents or using an image selector object,
see Designing for LiveEditor in the Exstream Design and Production documentation.
Parents
dlg:embedded-object
dlg:object
dlg:objects
Attributes
In addition to the following attributes, the dlg:image element uses one or more of the common
attributes found in “Shared Design Object Attributes” on page 622.
align-from Int When true is specified for the is-empty- On the Image tab of the image
placeholder attribute, and false is properties, the Align From radio
specified for the snap-bounding-box- button grid
to-image attribute, the alignment of the
image within the bounding box
One of the following, corresponding to the
listed settings:
l 0—Upper left
l 1—Upper center
l 2—Upper right
l 3—Left middle
l 4—Center middle
l 5—Right middle
l 6—Lower left
l 7—Lower center
l 8—Lower right
align-from-variable Ref When true is specified for the is-empty- On the Image tab of the image
placeholder attribute, and false is properties, the Align from variable
specified for the snap-bounding-box- box
to-image attribute, a reference to the
variable that specifies the alignment of the
image within the bounding box
fitting-variable Ref When true is specified for the is-empty- On the Image tab of the image
placeholder attribute, and variable is properties, the Image placement and
specified for the maintain-filesize size variable box
attribute, a reference to the variable that
controls the sizing of the image linked to the
placeholder variable
The value of the referenced variable specifies
one of the following settings:
l 0—The image is not resized.
l 1—The image is resized to fill the empty
image object.
l 2—The image is resized to fit the empty
image object, and the aspect ratio of the
image is maintained.
height Int When defining an image selector object in a On the Image tab of the image
Live document, the height, in logical units, of properties, the Thumbnail height box
the thumbnails in the image selector
For more information about using an image
selector, see Designing for LiveEditor in the
Exstream Design and Production
documentation.
image-name Text The custom name of the empty image object On the Image tab of the image
that appears in Designer, or the custom name properties, the Image name box
of the image object that appears in Multi-
Channel XML output
For more information about using images in
Multi-Channel XML output, see Creating
Output in the Exstream Design and Production
documentation.
image-path-location Enum When a Multi-Channel XML output object is On the Image tab of the image
configured to use paths from individual properties, the Image path location
images, specifies how the output path is list
determined for Multi-Channel XML output,
One of the following:
l use-output-dir—Use the same
directory as the output file.
l user-specified-path—Use the
URL or path specified for the image-
path attribute.
l user-specified-variable—
Use the variable referenced by the
image-path-variable attribute to
determine the URL or path for the image.
For more information about specifying a
directory path or URL for individual images in
Multi-Channel XML output, see Creating
Output in the Exstream Design and Production
documentation.
maintain-filesize Enum When true is specified for the is-empty- On the Image tab of the image
placeholder attribute, specifies how the properties, the Image placement and
image linked to the placeholder variable is size list
sized
One of the following:
l no-resizing—The image is not
resized.
l fit-image-to-object—The
image is resized to fill the empty image
object.
l fit-image-proportionally—
The image is resized to fit the empty
image object, and the aspect ratio of the
image is maintained.
l variable—The variable referenced
by the fitting-variable attribute
specifies how the image is sized.
meta-props-alternate- Text The text that an accessibility tool reads to On the Accessibility tab of the image
text represent the object when read- properties, the Alternate text box
alternate-text is specified for the
meta-props-options attribute
meta-props-language Enum The language used when the meta- On the Accessibility tab of the image
props-options attribute is set to read- properties, the Accessibility
alternate-text. If this attribute is language list
omitted and no other parent object has a
language, the default customer language is
used. If this attribute is omitted and a parent
object has a language, the language specified
on the parent object is inherited.
One of the following:
l default—The default customer
language
l amharic—Amharic
l arabic—Arabic
l armenian—Armenian
l bengali—Bengali
l catalan—Catalan
l cebuano—Cebuano
l chinese—Chinese (PRC)
l chinese-tw—Chinese (Taiwan)
l chinese-hk—Chinese (Hong Kong
SAR)
l chinese-sg—Chinese (Singapore)
l czech—Czech
l danish—Danish
l dutch—Dutch
l english-us—English (American)
l english-au—English (Australian)
l english-uk—English (British)
l farsi—Farsi (Persian)
l finnish—Finnish
l french—French
l french-creole—French Creole
l french-ca—French (Canadian)
l german—German
l gujarati—Gujarati
l hawaiian—Hawaiian
l hindi—Hindi
l hmong—Hmong
l hungarian—Hungarian
l igbo—Igbo
l ilokano—Ilokano
l italian—Italian
l japanese—Japanese
l khmer—Khmer
l korean—Korean
l kru—Kru
l lao—Lao
l marshallese—Marshallese
l navajo—Navajo
l nepali—Nepali
l norway—Norwegian
l norway-bokmal—Norwegian
(Bokmål)
l newnorway—Norwegian (Nynorsk)
l oromo—Oromo
l pohnpeian—Pohnpeian
l polish—Polish
l portug—Portuguese
l brazil—Portuguese (Brazilian)
l punjabi—Punjabi
l romanian—Romanian
l russian—Russian
l samoan—Samoan
l spanish—Spanish
l swedish—Swedish
l tagalog—Tagalog
l thai—Thai
l tongan—Tongan
l turkish—Turkish
l ukranian—Ukranian
l urdu—Urdu
l vietnamese—Vietnamese
l yoruba—Yoruba
meta-props-options Enum Specifies whether alternate text is read by On the Accessibility tab of the image
accessibility tools properties, the Read options list
One of the following:
l do-not-read—Do not read object
text or alternate text for this object.
l read-alternate-text—Read the
alternate text specified for the meta-
props-alternate-text attribute.
meta-props-order Int The numerical order in which you want the text On the Accessibility tab of the image
to be read by accessibility tools when the properties, the Read order box
meta-props-option attribute is set to
read-alternate-text
picker-variable Ref When defining an image selector object in a On the Image tab of the image
Live document, a reference to the variable that properties, the Selection variable
stores the value of the image that the end user box
selects from the image selector
For more information about using an image
selector, see Designing for LiveEditor in the
Exstream Design and Production
documentation.
picker-caption-variable Ref When defining an image selector object in a On the Image tab of the image
Live document, a reference to the array properties, the Array containing
variable that provides captions for the images caption values box
in an image selector
For more information about using an image
selector, see Designing for LiveEditor in the
Exstream Design and Production
documentation.
picker-selections- Ref When defining an image selector object in a On the Image tab of the image
variable Live document, a reference to the array properties, the Array containing
variable that provides selection values for the selection values box
images in an image selector
For more information about using an image
selector, see Designing for LiveEditor in the
Exstream Design and Production
documentation.
placeholder-variable Ref When true is specified for the is-empty- On the Image tab of the image
placeholder attribute, a reference to the properties, the Placeholder variable
placeholder variable used with the empty box
image object
rotation Int When true is specified for the is-empty- On the Image tab of the image
placeholder attribute, the rotation, in properties, the Image rotation list
degrees, of an image as it is dynamically
imported into the empty image object
selection Int When defining an image selector object in a On the Image tab of the image
Live document, the number of the image properties, the Default selection
selected as the default in an image selector. check box associated with each
The value 0 corresponds to the first image in the Image selections box
dlg:image-element element specified,
the value 1 corresponds to the second
dlg:image-element element specified,
and so on. A value of -1 represents no
selection. For the specified dlg:image-
element element, true should be
specified for the is-default attribute.
For more information about using an image
selector, see Designing for LiveEditor in the
Exstream Design and Production
documentation.
selector-value Ref
snap-bounding-box-to- Bool When true is specified for the is-empty- On the Image tab of the image
image placeholder attribute, specifies whether properties, the Snap bounding box to
the size of the bounding box adjusts to the size image check box
of the image linked to the placeholder variable
stretch-to-frame Bool When the image is imported into a On the Placeholder Frame
placeholder frame at run time, specifies Properties tab of the properties of the
whether the image is stretched to fit the frame frame in which the image is imported,
size the Stretch images to fit check box
upload-archive Text
upload-prompt Text When using the image in a Live document, the On the Interactive tab of the image
prompt to display in an empty image object properties, the Prompt to display
when an image has not been uploaded when there is no image box
upload-value Text
width Int When defining an image selector object in a On the Image tab of the image
Live document, the width, in logical units, of the properties, the Thumbnail width box
thumbnails in the image selector
For more information about using an image
selector, see Designing for LiveEditor in the
Exstream Design and Production
documentation.
Structure
For a static image, use the dlg:bitmap element as an immediate child of the dlg:image
element. When specifying an image selector, use a dlg:image-element element to specify
each included image.
For more information about using an image selector, see Designing for LiveEditor in the
Exstream Design and Production documentation.
Examples
Parents
fo:basic-link
fo:block
fo:footnote
fo:inline
leader (fo:leader)
wrapper (fo:wrapper)
Attributes
The fo:inline element uses one or more of the common attributes found in “Shared XSL-FO
Attributes” on page 637.
Structure
Example
<fo:block end-indent="0lu" is-comment="false" keep-together="auto"
keep-with-next="auto" line-height="0lu" line-spacing="single"
space-after="0lu" space-before="0lu" start-indent="0lu" tab-ruler="0"
text-align="left" text-indent="0lu" usage-rule="Rule|0|">
<fo:inline color="" font-family="Times New Roman"
font-size="10.00pt" font-style="normal" is-comment="false"
letter-spacing="0.00pt" page-break-before="auto">Within a single
paragraph of text, we can have </fo:inline>
<fo:inline color="" font-family="Times New Roman"
font-size="10.00pt" font-style="normal" font-weight="700"
is-comment="false" letter-spacing="0.00pt"
page-break-before="auto">bold text</fo:inline>
<fo:inline color="" font-family="Times New Roman"
font-size="10.00pt" font-style="normal" is-comment="false"
letter-spacing="0.00pt" page-break-before="auto">, </fo:inline>
<fo:inline color="rgb(255,0,0)" font-family="Times New Roman"
font-size="10.00pt" font-style="normal" is-comment="false"
letter-spacing="0.00pt" page-break-before="auto">red text</fo:inline>
<fo:inline color="rgb(0,0,0)" font-family="Times New Roman"
font-size="10.00pt" font-style="normal" is-comment="false"
letter-spacing="0.00pt" page-break-before="auto">, </fo:inline>
<fo:inline color="rgb(0,0,0)" font-family="Arial"
font-size="10.00pt" font-style="normal" is-comment="false"
letter-spacing="0.00pt" page-break-before="auto">and text in a
different font.</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
Parents
dlg:embedded-object
dlg:object
dlg:objects
Attributes
In addition to the following attributes, the dlg:library-component-ref element uses one or
more of the common attributes found in “Shared Design Object Attributes” on page 622.
library-component Ref A reference to an existing Library component A component in the Library, and the
associated Internal ID, as shown in
the Administration dialog box, in the
History area on the Basic tab
rule-overridden Bool Specifies whether the rule specified for the On the Rule tab of the properties
usage-rule attribute overrides the original dialog box for a Library component in
rule specified for the Library component Designer, the Override Library
referenced by the library-component component rule check box
attribute
sort-var-index Int When the Library component referenced by On the Rule tab of the properties
the library-component attribute is a dialog box for a Library component in
table, the index to use for the array variable Designer, the Index box beside the
referenced by the sort-variable Table sort key box
attribute
sort-variable Ref When the Library component referenced by On the Rule tab of the properties
the library-component attribute is a dialog box for a Library component in
table, a reference to the array variable that Designer, the Table sort key box
specifies the table sort key for the table
Structure
Example
<dlg:objects>
<dlg:library-component-ref can-split="false" current-angle="0"
delay-comp="none" flip-h="false" flip-v="false" flow-around="no"
flow-break="auto" h-auto-size="false" ignore-relative="no"
language="Language|0|" library-component="Component|42|Header"
lock-proportions="false" page-number="false" pos-rel-to-above="0"
reference-name="AAA1" rule-overridden="false" shadow="none"
sort-var-index="0" sort-variable="Variable|0|" tab-index="-1"
v-auto-size="false" version="0">
<dlg:rect bottom="32.98pt" left="0.00pt" right="0.00pt"
top="32.98pt"/>
</dlg:library-component-ref>
<dlg:library-component-ref can-split="false" current-angle="0"
delay-comp="none" flip-h="false" flip-v="false" flow-around="no"
flow-break="auto" h-auto-size="false" ignore-relative="no"
language="Language|0|" library-component="Component|43|ADDRESS"
lock-proportions="false" page-number="false" pos-rel-to-above="0"
reference-name="ADDRESS" rule-overridden="false" shadow="none"
sort-var-index="0" sort-variable="Variable|0|" tab-index="-1"
v-auto-size="false" version="0">
<dlg:rect bottom="66.02pt" left="0.00pt" right="0.00pt"
top="66.02pt"/>
</dlg:library-component-ref>
</dlg:objects>
Parents
dlg:container
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
bottom-padding Int The bottom margin of the cell In the Grid Cell Properties dialog box
for a cell in a grid layout container, the
Bottom margin box
brush Bool Specifies whether the cell has a background In the Color dialog box for a cell in a
color grid layout container (accessed from
the Background color color well in
the Grid Cell Properties dialog box),
the None button
brush-fill-color Color When true is specified for the brush In the Grid Cell Properties dialog box
attribute, the background color of the cell for a cell in a grid layout container, the
Background color color well
cell-alignment Enum The alignment of objects in the cell In the Grid Cell Properties dialog box
for a cell in a grid layout container, the
One of the following:
Object alignment grid
l top-left
l top-center
l top-right
l middle-left
l middle-center
l middle-right
l bottom-left
l bottom-center
l bottom-right
cell-hide Bool Specifies whether the grid cell and its contents In the Grid Cell Properties dialog box
should be hidden on small screens (480 pixels for a cell in a grid layout container, the
or less in width) through the application of Hide cell and its contents on small
CSS styles. This attribute applies only to HTML screens check box
(email) output. The CSS styles that force the
cell to be hidden are applied to the HTML
(email) output if the value of the cell-hide
attribute is true, but are excluded if the value
is false.
left-padding Int The left margin of the cell In the Grid Cell Properties dialog box
for a cell in a grid layout container, the
Left margin box
right-padding Int The right margin of the cell In the Grid Cell Properties dialog box
for a cell in a grid layout container, the
Right margin box
start-col The column in which the cell begins The horizontal position of the cell in
the grid
start-row The row in which the cell begins The vertical position of the cell in the
grid
top-padding Int The top margin of the cell In the Grid Cell Properties dialog box
for a cell in a grid layout container, the
Top margin box
vspan Int The number of rows that the cell spans when
cells are merged
Structure
Example
<dlg:container>
…
<dlg:logical-cell bottom-padding="200" cell-alignment="middle-right"
cell-hide="true" child-ndx="3" hspan="1" left-padding="200" right-
padding="200"
start-col="1" start-row="2" top-padding="200" vspan="1"/>
<dlg:logical-cell bottom-padding="0" cell-alignment="middle-center"
cell-hide="false" child-ndx="-1" hspan="1" left-padding="0" right-
padding="0"
start-col="0" start-row="2" top-padding="0" vspan="1"/>
<dlg:logical-cell bottom-padding="500" brush="true"
brush-fill-color="rgb(0,0,0)" cell-alignment="middle-center"
cell-hide="false" child-ndx="-1" hspan="1" left-
padding="500"right-padding="500"
start-col="2" start-row="1" top-padding="500" vspan="1"/>
<dlg:logical-cell bottom-padding="500" brush="true"
brush-fill-color="rgb(0,0,0)" cell-alignment="middle-center"
cell-hide="false" child-ndx="1" hspan="1" left-padding="500" right-
padding="500"
start-col="1" start-row="1" top-padding="500" vspan="1"/>
<dlg:logical-cell bottom-padding="500" brush="true"
brush-fill-color="rgb(0,0,0)" cell-alignment="middle-center"
cell-hide="false" child-ndx="-1" hspan="1" left-
padding="500"right-padding="500"
start-col="0" start-row="1" top-padding="500" vspan="1"/>
<dlg:logical-cell bottom-padding="0" cell-alignment="middle-left"
cell-hide="false" child-ndx="2" hspan="2" left-padding="0" right-
padding="0"
start-col="1" start-row="0" top-padding="0" vspan="1"/>
<dlg:logical-cell bottom-padding="200"
cell-alignment="middle-center" cell-hide="false" child-ndx="0" hspan="1"
left-padding="200" right-padding="200" start-col="0" start-row="0"
top-padding="200" vspan="1"/>
<dlg:logical-cell bottom-padding="200"
cell-alignment="middle-center" cell-hide="false" child-ndx="4" hspan="1"
left-padding="200" right-padding="200" start-col="2" start-row="2"
top-padding="200" vspan="1"/>
</dlg:container>
Parents
dlg:application
dlg:cascading-style-sheet
dlg:composed-chart
dlg:container-label
dlg:document
dlg:hyperlink-anchor
dlg:image
dlg:index
dlg:logical-cell
dlg:message
dlg:page
dlg:section
dlg:shape
dlg:signature-field
dlg:table
dlg:table-of-contents
dlg:text
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding
type Exstream Design
and Production
setting
name Text The name of the metadata object. This attribute is required. The name of the
metadata object in Design
Manager
value Text The value of the metadata object. This attribute overwrites the default In the metadata
metadata value. properties, the Default
value box
variable Reference The variable that contains the value of the metadata object. This attribute In the metadata
overwrites the default metadata value. properties, the Default
value box
Structure
Example
<dlg:text>
<dlg:metadata name="metadata name" value="metadata value"/>
…
</dlg:text>
Parents
fo:declarations
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream Design and
type Production setting
default-value Text The default value of the metadata object In the metadata properties, the Default value box
default-value- Reference The variable that contains the default value In the metadata properties, the Default value box
variable of the metadata object
no-value Boolean Identifies whether the metadata object has In the metadata properties, the No value check box
an associated value
Structure
Example
<dlg:metadata-decls default-value="" default-value-variable="Variable|0|" no-
value="false">
<dlg:basic folder="Folder|2000000000|Exstream" oid="501">
<dlg:name>Class</dlg:name>
<dlg:description></dlg:description>
</dlg:basic>
</dlg:metadata-decls>
Parents
dlg:basic
font-face (dlg:font-face)
Attributes
None.
Structure
Example
<dlg:library-component
xmlns:dlg="[Link] box boxue"
xmlns:dxf="[Link]
xmlns:fo="[Link]
<dlg:basic xmlns="[Link]
<dlg:name>AAA1 reimported</dlg:name>
…
</dlg:basic>
…
</dlg:library-component>
Parents
fo:declarations
Attributes
None.
Structure
Example
<fo:declarations>
<dlg:named-flow-frame>
<dlg:basic folder="Folder|2000000000|Exstream" oid="577">
<dlg:name>Example Flow Name</dlg:name>
<dlg:description>This is an example flow name Library
object.</dlg:description>
</dlg:basic>
</dlg:named-flow-frame>
</fo:declarations>
<dlg:page-frame … named-flow="m_scopedNamedFlow|577|Example Flow Name" …/>
Parents
dlg:composed-chart
dlg:library-component
dlg:message
dlg:message-content
dlg:paragraph
Attributes
None.
Structure
Example
<dlg:library-component …>
<dlg:basic xmlns="[Link]
<dlg:name>Test Library Component</dlg:name>
</dlg:basic>
<fo:declarations>
…
</fo:declarations>
<dlg:object>
<dlg:text …>
…
</dlg:text>
</dlg:object>
</dlg:library-component>
Parents
dlg:composed-chart
dlg:library-component
dlg:message
dlg:page
dlg:paragraph
Attributes
None.
Structure
Example
<dlg:page …>
<dlg:basic folder="Folder|1|Test Folder" oid="18">
<dlg:name>Test Page</dlg:name>
</dlg:basic>
<fo:declarations>
…
</fo:declarations>
<dlg:objects>
<dlg:table …>
…
</dlg:table>
<dlg:text …>
…
</dlg:text>
<dlg:shape …>
…
</dlg:shape>
<dlg:barcode-use …>
…
</dlg:barcode-use>
</dlg:objects>
</dlg:page>
For more information about message frames, see Managing Marketing Messages in the
Exstream Design and Production documentation.
For more information about document placeholders, see Importing External Content in the
Exstream Design and Production documentation.
Parents
dlg:page
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
allow-smaller Bool When samemsgtype or any is specified for On the Message Frame or Flow
the space-use attribute, specifies whether Frame Properties tab of the frame
smaller messages are allowed to fill any properties or the Insert Frame dialog
additional white space left in the frame after box, the Allow smaller messages
messages allowed by the space-use check box
attribute are included
auto-hide Bool Specifies whether the frame size will be On the Message Frame, Flow Frame
adjusted and the contents of the frame will be Properties, TOC and Index Frame,
moved down in the frame if objects around the or Footnote Frame tab of the frame
frame grow or move into the frame properties or the Insert Frame dialog
box, the Adjust top if overlapped
check box
can-be-graphic Bool Specifies whether the frame can contain a On the Message Frame or Flow
graphic message. When true is specified for Frame Properties tab of the frame
this attribute, a value should be specified for properties or the Insert Frame dialog
the message-template and box, the Graphic messages check
template-msg-type attributes; false box
should be specified for the can-be-toc
and is-placeholder attributes; and
none should be specified for the have-
footnote attribute.
can-be-table Bool Specifies whether the frame accepts general In the New Frame dialog box, the
flowing objects. When true is specified for Content flow area radio button
this attribute, false should be specified for
the can-be-toc and is-placeholder
attributes, and none should be specified for
the have-footnote attribute.
can-be-text Bool Specifies whether the frame can contain a text On the Message Frame or Flow
message. When true is specified for this Frame Properties tab of the frame
attribute, false should be specified for the properties or the Insert Frame dialog
can-be-toc and is-placeholder box, the Text messages check box
attributes, and none should be specified for
the have-footnote attribute.
can-be-toc Bool Specifies whether the frame accepts table of In the New Frame dialog box, the
contents or index overflow. When true is Table of contents and index radio
specified for this attribute, false should be button
specified for the can-be-graphic, can-
be-table, can-be-text, and is-
placeholder attributes, and none should
be specified for the have-footnote
attribute.
can-split Bool Specifies whether content from this frame is On the Dynamic Size and
allowed to flow to other frames. If true is Placement tab of the frame
specified for the multiple-messages properties, the Can split and flow
attribute, either all or out-only must be check box
specified for the flow-control attribute in
order for content to flow to other frames.
duplex Bool Specifies whether the frame is duplex and On the Message Frame tab of the
uses both sides of a duplex page to display a frame properties or the Insert Frame
duplex graphic message dialog box, the Duplex check box
Applies when the following conditions are met:
l The value true is specified for the
can-be-graphic attribute.
l The value false is specified for the
can-be-table attribute.
l A duplex template is referenced by the
message-template attribute.
l The page that includes this element is
duplex.
flow-around Enum When false is specified for the can-be- On the Message Frame tab of the
table attribute and true is specified for the frame properties or the Insert Frame
can-be-text attribute, specifies how text dialog box, the Wrap around
message content wraps around other objects overlapped list
One of the following:
l none—The text does not wrap around
other objects.
l fit—The text wraps around other
objects follows the shape of each object.
l rect—The text wraps around other
objects but maintains a rectangular
shape when wrapping around each
object.
flow-control Enum When true is specified for the have- On the Message Frame, Flow Frame
footnote attribute, or true is specified for Properties, or Footnote Frame tab of
the can-be-graphic or can-be-text the frame properties or the Insert
attribute and also for the multiple- Frame dialog box, the Message flow
messages attribute, specifies how messages across frames or Footnote flow
flow into and out of the frame across frames list
One of the following:
l none—Do not allow messages to flow
into or out of the frame.
l all—Allow messages from another
frame to flow into this frame, and allow
messages from this frame to flow into the
next acceptable frame.
l in-only—Allow messages from
another frame to flow into this frame, but
do not allow messages to flow out of the
frame.
l out-only—Allow messages from this
frame to flow into the next acceptable
frame, but do not allow messages to flow
into the frame.
frame-line-color Color The color of the border around the frame In the Border Properties dialog box
for the frame, the Line properties
color well
frame-line-style Enum The line style of the border around the frame In the Border Properties dialog box
for the frame, in the Line properties
One of the following:
area, the style selection box
l none—Do not include a border.
l solid—
l dashed—
l shortdashed—
l dotted—
l fardashed—
have-footnote Enum Specifies whether the frame is a footnote On the Footnote Frame tab of the
frame and also specifies the pages from which frame properties or the Insert Frame
footnotes are populated. When pageonly dialog box, the Pages which
or any is specified for this attribute, then populate footnotes for this frame
false should be specified for the can-be- list, and in the New Frame dialog box,
graphic, can-be-table, can-be- the Footnotes radio button
text, can-be-toc, and is-
placeholder attributes.
One of the following:
l none—The frame does not contain
footnotes.
l pageonly—The frame contains
footnotes only from the current page.
l any—The frame contains footnotes from
any page.
hide-margin Int When true is specified for the auto-hide On the Message Frame, Flow Frame
attribute, the amount of space, in logical units, Properties, TOC and Index Frame,
to leave between the overlapping object and or Footnote Frame tab of the frame
the beginning of the first item in the frame properties or the Insert Frame dialog
box, the Overlap margin box
isa-teaser Bool When false is specified for the can-be- On the Message Frame tab of the
table attribute, and true is specified for frame properties or the Insert Frame
the can-be-graphic or can-be-text dialog box, the Allow only campaign
attribute, specifies whether the frame is used teaser messages into this frame
only for teaser messages check box
is-place-holder Bool Specifies whether the frame is a document In the New Frame dialog box, the
placeholder. When true is specified for this Placeholder radio button
attribute, then false should be specified for
the can-be-graphic, can-be-table,
can-be-text, and can-be-toc
attributes, and none should be specified for
the have-footnote attribute.
message-template Ref When true is specified for the can-be- On the Message Frame or Flow
graphic attribute, a reference to a message Frame Properties tab of the frame
template used for the graphic message properties or the Insert Frame dialog
box, the Primary template list
message-type Ref When true is specified for the can-be- On the Message Frame or Flow
text attribute, a reference to the message Frame Properties tab of the frame
type allowed for the text message. To allow properties or the Insert Frame dialog
any message type, omit this attribute, or specify box, the Allowed message type list
the value MessageType|0|.
meta-order Int The numerical order in which you want the On the Accessibility tab of the frame
alternate text specified for the contents of the properties, the Read order box
frame to be read by accessibility tools in PDF
output
min-size-after-overlap Int When true is specified for the auto-hide On the Message Frame, Flow Frame
attribute, the minimum height, in logical units, Properties, TOC and Index Frame,
that the frame can be when filled with objects or Footnote Frame tab of the frame
properties or the Insert Frame dialog
box, the Minimum height box
multiple-messages Bool When true is specified for the can-be- On the Message Frame or Flow
graphic or can-be-text attribute, Frame Properties tab of the frame
specifies whether multiple messages are properties or the Insert Frame dialog
allowed in the frame box, the Allow multiple messages in
frame check box
named-flow Ref When true is specified for the can-be- On the Flow Frame Properties tab of
table attribute, a reference to the flow target the frame properties or the Insert
Library object or dlg:named-flow- Frame dialog box, the Flow name
frame element associated with the frame box
num-text-columns Int When true is specified for the can-be- On the Message Frame or Flow
text attribute, the number of columns of text Frame Properties tab of the frame
in the frame properties or the Insert Frame dialog
box, the Columns box
offset-frame-line Int The distance outside of the frame, in logical In the Border Properties dialog box
units, to draw the border. A negative number for the frame, the Offset box
indicates a distance inside the frame.
orientation Enum When true is specified for the is-place- On the Placeholder Frame
holder attribute, the rotation that is applied Properties tab of the frame properties
to an image imported into the placeholder or the Insert Frame dialog box, the
Image orientation list
One of the following:
l portrait—Do not rotate the image.
l landscape—Rotate the image 90
degrees.
l portrait-reversed—Rotate the
image 180 degrees.
l landscape-reversed—Rotate the
image 270 degrees.
The following values are not used:
l any
l none
paper-type Ref
rect Rect The coordinates of the frame On the Placement tab of the frame
properties, the Vertical Position,
Horizontal Position, Height, and
Width boxes. Keep in mind that the
height and width are implied by the
coordinates specified for this attribute,
rather than explicitly listed.
relative-above Enum When true is specified for the have- On the Dynamic Size and
footnotes attribute, or false is specified Placement tab of the frame
for the can-be-table attribute and true properties, the Move relative to the
is specified for the can-be-graphic or object list
can-be-text attribute, specifies how the
frame moves relative to a growing object
One of the following:
l none—The object is static and is not
affected by the movement or growth of
other objects.
l relative—The object moves if the
object above it moves or grows.
l relative-fixed—The object
always appears at the same place on a
page when moved but allows additional
pages to be composed before the page
on which it appears. When using this
setting, use the relative-y-
position attribute to specify the
vertical position of the object.
relative-y-position Int The fixed vertical position, in logical units, of an On the Dynamic Size and
object when relative-fixed is specified Placement tab of the frame
for the relative-above attribute properties, the Y position box
space-use Enum Specifies the type of messages accepted into On the Message Frame or Flow
this frame when no messages are available Frame Properties tab of the frame
that use the template referenced by the properties or the Insert Frame dialog
message-template attribute box, the Alternative contents list
One of the following:
l templateonly—Do not accept
messages that do not use the template
referenced by the message-
template attribute.
l samemsgtype—Accept messages of
the same message type.
l any—Accept any other messages.
l passthrough—The frame is a
document placeholder. The value true
must be specified for the is-
placeholder attribute.
template-msg-type Ref When true is specified for the can-be- On the Basic tab of the properties of
graphic attribute, a reference to the the message template referenced by
message type for the message template used the message-template
for the graphic message. attribute, the Message type box
text-col-gutter-width Int When true is specified for the can-be- On the Message Frame or Flow
text attribute and a value greater than 1 is Frame Properties tab of the frame
specified for the num-text-columns properties or the Insert Frame dialog
attribute, the space, in logical units, between box, the Gutter size box
columns in the frame
wt-frame-line-style Int The width, in logical units, of the border In the Border Properties dialog box
around the frame for the frame, in the Line properties
area, the weight box
Structure
Example
<dlg:page-frame can-be-graphic="true" can-be-table="false"
can-be-text="false" can-be-toc="false" duplex="true"
frame-line-color="rgb(0,0,0)" frame-line-style="none" frame-style="0"
have-footnote="none" is-place-holder="false" isa-teaser="false"
message-template="MessageTemplate|1|Coupon" meta-order="1"
multiple-messages="true" rect="6625.00lu 1000.00lu 9500.00lu 7625.00lu"
relative-above="none" space-use="templateonly"
template-msg-type="MessageType|3|Coupon Message" wt-frame-line-style="1"/>
Parents
dlg:page
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
color Color The color of the paper In the paper type properties, the Color
color well
Note: This attribute is provided only for
information in exported DXF and XML
(composed) output and is ignored in
imported DXF.
size Coord The size, in inches, of the paper In the paper type properties, the
Width and Height boxes
weight Num The weight, in hundredths of ounces, of a In the paper type properties, the
sheet of paper of this type Weight box
Structure
Example
<dlg:paper-type size="8.5 11"/>
The dlg:points and dlg:wrapper-coordinate elements are not used in XML (composed)
output for text boxes, but they can be used instead of the dlg:rect element within dlg:text
elements in DXF that will be imported.
Parents
dlg:shape
dlg:text
Attributes
None.
Structure
Example
<dlg:text …>
<dlg:points>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="216pt 135pt"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="252pt 135pt"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="252pt 171pt"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="216pt 171pt"/>
</dlg:points>
…
</dlg:text>
Parents
dlg:barcode-use
dlg:button
dlg:chart
dlg:chart-overlay
dlg:image
dlg:index
dlg:library-component-ref
dlg:shape
dlg:signature-field
dlg:table
dlg:table-of-contents
dlg:text
dlg:text-frame
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
bottom Num The bottom coordinate of the object On the Placement tab of the parent
represented by the parent element object properties, the sum of the
Vertical position and Height boxes
left Num The left coordinate of the object represented On the Placement tab of the parent
by the parent element object properties, the Horizontal
position box
right Num The right coordinate of the object represented On the Placement tab of the parent
by the parent element object properties, the sum of the
Horizontal position and Width boxes
top Num The top coordinate of the object represented On the Placement tab of the parent
by the parent element object properties, the Vertical
position box
Structure
Example
<dlg:shape brush="true" brush-fill-color="rgb(178,16,16)"
can-split="false" closed="true" current-angle="0" delay-comp="none"
design-var-ndx="0" flip-h="false" flip-v="false" flow-around="no"
flow-break="auto" h-auto-size="false" ignore-relative="no"
ignore-shape-angle="true" lock-proportions="true"
meta-props-options="do-not-read" pen="true" pen-color="rgb(0,0,0)"
pen-style="solid" pen-width="1lu" pos-rel-to-above="0"
reference-name="Shape" shadow="none" shape="rect" v-auto-size="false">
<dlg:rect bottom="171.00pt" left="216.00pt" right="252.00pt"
top="135.00pt"/>
</dlg:shape>
Parents
dlg:embedded-object
dlg:object
dlg:objects
Attributes
In addition to the following attributes, the dlg:shape element uses one or more of the common
attributes found in “Shared Design Object Attributes” on page 622.
beg-pt-type Enum One of the following: On the Lines and Fill tab of the shape
properties, the Begin style drop-
l none— down list
l arrow1—
l arrow2—
l arrow3—
l arrow4—
l circle—
l diamond—
l feather1—
l feather2—
l line—
l square—
end-pt-type Int One of the following: On the Lines and Fill tab of the shape
properties, the End style drop-down
l none— list
l arrow1—
l arrow2—
l arrow3—
l arrow4—
l circle—
l diamond—
l feather1—
l feather2—
l line—
l square—
shape Enum The type of shape defined by the element. The Selections on the Insert > Drawing
value of this attribute also determines whether Object and Insert > Shape menus
the shape is defined by a dlg:rect
element or a dlg:points element.
For valid values and the proper element to use
to define the shape, see “Values of the shape
Attribute” on the next page.
Polyline:
Polygon:
Structure
Examples
Regular pentagon:
<dlg:shape brush="true" brush-fill-color="rgb(0,128,0)" closed="true"
current-angle="0" flip-h="false" flip-v="false" flow-around="no"
flow-break="auto" ignore-shape-angle="true" language="Language|0|"
lock-proportions="true" meta-props-options="do-not-read" pen="true"
pen-color="rgb(0,0,0)" pen-style="solid" pen-width="1lu"
pos-rel-to-above="0" reference-name="Shape 31" shape="poly5">
<dlg:rect bottom="374.54pt" left="180.00pt" right="214.20pt" top=
"342.00pt"/>
</dlg:shape>
Eight-point star:
<dlg:shape beg-pt-size="102lu" beg-pt-type="none" brush="true"
brush-fill-color="rgb(0,128,0)" can-split="false" closed="true"
current-angle="0" delay-comp="none" design-var-ndx="0" end-pt-size=
"102lu" end-pt-type="none" flip-h="false" flip-v="false" flow-around=
"no" flow-break="auto" h-auto-size="false" ignore-relative="no"
ignore-shape-angle="true" language="Language|0|" lock-proportions=
"true" meta-props-options="do-not-read" pen="true" pen-color=
"rgb(0,0,0)" pen-style="solid" pen-width="1lu" pos-rel-to-above="0"
reference-name="Shape 42" shadow="none" shape="multistar" v-auto-size=
"false">
<dlg:points>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="4500.00lu 4750.00lu"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="4452.00lu 4884.00lu"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="4323.00lu 4823.00lu"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="4384.00lu 4952.00lu"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="4250.00lu 5000.00lu"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="4384.00lu 5047.00lu"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="4323.00lu 5176.00lu"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="4452.00lu 5115.00lu"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="4500.00lu 5250.00lu"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="4547.00lu 5115.00lu"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="4676.00lu 5176.00lu"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="4615.00lu 5047.00lu"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="4750.00lu 4999.00lu"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="4615.00lu 4952.00lu"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="4676.00lu 4823.00lu"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="4547.00lu 4884.00lu"/>
</dlg:points>
</dlg:shape>
Bezier curve:
<dlg:shape beg-pt-size="102lu" beg-pt-type="none" closed="false"
current-angle="0" end-pt-size="102lu" end-pt-type="none" flip-h=
"false" flip-v="false" flow-around="no" flow-break="auto"
ignore-shape-angle="true" language="Language|0|" lock-proportions=
"false" meta-props-options="do-not-read" pen="true" pen-color=
"rgb(0,0,0)" pen-style="solid" pen-width="1lu" pos-rel-to-above="0"
reference-name="Shape 30" shape="bezier">
<dlg:points>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="5125.00lu 4800.00lu"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="5235.00lu 4625.00lu"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="5272.00lu 5091.00lu"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="5309.00lu 5325.00lu"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="5382.00lu 5500.00lu"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="5529.00lu 5150.00lu"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="5603.00lu 4975.00lu"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="5640.00lu 4858.00lu"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="5750.00lu 5091.00lu"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="5750.00lu 5091.00lu"/>
</dlg:points>
</dlg:shape>
Parents
dlg:embedded-object
dlg:object
dlg:objects
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
email-variable Ref A reference to the non-array string variable On the Signature tab of the signature
that provides the email address of the recipient properties, the Signer email box
who must sign in this location
signaturefield-type Enum The type of data required in the signature field On the Signature tab of the signature
properties, the Signature type drop-
One of the following:
down list
l sign—Indicate that a signature is
required.
l initial—Indicate that initials are
required.
l full-name—Indicate that a full name
is required.
l date—Indicate that a date is required.
l other—Indicate that the type of data
specified for the other-type attribute
is required.
is-optional Bool Specifies whether the signature is optional On the Signature tab of the signature
properties, the Signing here is
optional check box
other-type Text When other-type is specified for the On the Signature tab of the signature
field-type attribute, the type of data properties, the Other signature type
required for the signature field box
Structure
Example
<dlg:signature-field brush="true" brush-fill-color="rgb(255,255,192)"
can-split="false" current-angle="0" delay-comp="none" design-var-ndx=
"0" disregard-shifts="sign" email-variable="Variable|0|" flip-h="false"
flip-v="false" flow-around="no" flow-break="auto" h-auto-size="false"
ignore-relative="no" is-optional="false" language="Language|0|"
lock-proportions="false" other-type="" pen="true" pen-color=
"rgb(125,122,0)" pen-style="solid" pen-width="10lu" pos-rel-to-above=
"0" reference-name="Signature" shadow="none" v-auto-size="false">
<dlg:rect bottom="203.40pt" left="216.00pt" right="288.00pt" top=
"189.00pt"/>
</dlg:signature-field>
Parents
dlg:embedded-object
dlg:object
dlg:objects
Attributes
In addition to the following attributes, the dlg:spacer element uses one or more of the common
attributes found in “Shared Design Object Attributes” on page 622.
fixed-height Bool Specifies whether the spacer has a fixed On the Spacer tab of the spacer
height. When true is specified for this properties, the Has fixed height
attribute, the height is specified for the check box
height attribute. When false is specified
for this attribute, the height is specified for the
percent-height attribute.
fixed-width Bool Specifies whether the spacer has a fixed width. On the Spacer tab of the spacer
When true is specified for this attribute, the properties, the Has fixed width check
width is specified for the width attribute. box
When false is specified for this attribute, the
width is specified for the percent-width
attribute.
height Int When true is specified for the fixed- On the Spacer tab of the spacer
height attribute, the height, in logical units, properties, the Height box
of the spacer
percent-height Int When false is specified for the fixed- On the Spacer tab of the spacer
height attribute, the percentage of the properties, the Percent height box
available vertical space that the spacer
occupies
percent-width Int When false is specified for the fixed- On the Spacer tab of the spacer
width attribute, the percentage of the properties, the Percent width box
available horizontal space that the spacer
occupies
width Int When true is specified for the fixed- On the Spacer tab of the spacer
width attribute, the width, in logical units, of properties, the Width box
the spacer
Structure
Example
<dlg:container …>
<dlg:rect …/>
…
<dlg:contained-ref fixed-height="true" fixed-width="true" has-z-index
="false" oid="6665482" page-oid="-1" x="1" y="4105"/>
…
</dlg:container>
<dlg:spacer fixed-height="true" fixed-width="false" height="125"
percent-width="100" ref-id="6665482" reference-name="Spacer">
<dlg:rect …/>
</dlg:spacer>
Parents
dlg:embedded-object
dlg:object
dlg:objects
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding
type Exstream Design and
Production setting
alternate-fill Bool When a value other than simple is specified On the Table tab of the table
for the table-type attribute, specifies properties, the Alternate fill in
whether the automated table rows have table rows check box
alternating fill. When true is specified for this
attribute, the background fill specified for the
background-color attribute of the
fo:table-row element that represents an
automated row is alternated with no
background fill as rows are added to the table
during production.
enable-data-sections Bool When sets, levels, or user is specified On the Table tab of the table
for the table-type attribute, specifies properties, the Enable data
whether data sections are used in the table sections/XML nodes check box
and whether the attributes of the or in the table-type
fo:table-row element that is related to attribute, the Enable data
data sections can be used sections/XML node
processing check box
enable-legend-boxes Bool Specifies whether a legend is included with On the Table tab of the table
the table. Not currently used. properties, the Add legend
boxes to rows check box
frame-style Enum The type of border to use for the table On the Table tab of the table
properties, the Frame style list
One of the following:
l frame—Use a single-line border.
l doubleline—Use a double-line
border.
keep-groups-together Bool Specifies whether repeating rows are kept On the Table tab of the table
together when the table breaks across pages properties, the Keep groups
together check box
legend-box-pos Int The offset, in logical units, between the left side On the Table tab of the table
of the table and the left side of each legend properties, the X position box
box. Not currently used.
legend-box-pos-y Int The offset, in logical units, between the top of On the Table tab of the table
each row in the table and the top of the properties, the Y position box
corresponding legend box. Not currently used.
legend-box-size Int The size, in logical units, of each legend box. On the Table tab of the table
Not currently used. properties, the Size box
legend-frame-color Color The color of the frame around each legend On the Table tab of the table
box. Not currently used. properties, the Frame style
color well below the Add legend
boxes to rows check box
legend-frame-style Enum The type of border to use around each legend On the Table tab of the table
box. Not currently used. properties, the Frame style box
below the Add legend boxes to
One of the following:
rows check box
l none—Do not use a border.
l frame—Use a single-line border.
l double-line—Use a double-line
border.
meta-props-alternate- Text The text that an accessibility tool reads to On the Accessibility tab of the
text represent the object when read- table properties, the Alternate
alternate-text is specified for the text box
meta-props-options attribute
meta-props-language Enum The language used when the meta- On the Accessibility tab of the
props-options attribute is set to read- table properties, the
alternate-text or read-object- Accessibility language list
text. If this attribute is omitted and no other
parent object has a language, the default
customer language is used. If this attribute is
omitted and a parent object has a language,
the language specified on the parent object is
inherited.
One of the following:
l default—The default customer
language
l amharic—Amharic
l arabic—Arabic
l armenian—Armenian
l bengali—Bengali
l catalan—Catalan
l cebuano—Cebuano
l chinese—Chinese (PRC)
l chinese-tw—Chinese (Taiwan)
l chinese-hk—Chinese (Hong Kong
SAR)
l chinese-sg—Chinese (Singapore)
l czech—Czech
l danish—Danish
l dutch—Dutch
l english-us—English (American)
l english-au—English (Australian)
l english-uk—English (British)
l farsi—Farsi (Persian)
l finnish—Finnish
l french—French
l french-creole—French Creole
l french-ca—French (Canadian)
l german—German
l gujarati—Gujarati
l hawaiian—Hawaiian
l hindi—Hindi
l hmong—Hmong
l hungarian—Hungarian
l igbo—Igbo
l ilokano—Ilokano
l italian—Italian
l japanese—Japanese
l khmer—Khmer
l korean—Korean
l kru—Kru
l lao—Lao
l marshallese—Marshallese
l navajo—Navajo
l nepali—Nepali
l norway—Norwegian
l norway-bokmal—Norwegian
(Bokmål)
l newnorway—Norwegian (Nynorsk)
l oromo—Oromo
l pohnpeian—Pohnpeian
l polish—Polish
l portug—Portuguese
l brazil—Portuguese (Brazilian)
l punjabi—Punjabi
l romanian—Romanian
l russian—Russian
l samoan—Samoan
l spanish—Spanish
l swedish—Swedish
l tagalog—Tagalog
l thai—Thai
l tongan—Tongan
l turkish—Turkish
l ukranian—Ukranian
l urdu—Urdu
l vietnamese—Vietnamese
l yoruba—Yoruba
meta-props-options Enum Specifies whether object text or alternate text is On the Accessibility tab of the
read by accessibility tools table properties, the Read
options list
One of the following:
l do-not-read—Do not read object
text or alternate text for this object or for
any of its child objects.
l read-alternate-text—Read the
alternate text specified for the meta-
props-alternate-text attribute.
l read-object-text—Read the text
that is associated with a textual object.
meta-props-order Int The numerical order in which you want this On the Accessibility tab of the
object to be read by accessibility tools when table properties, the Read order
the meta-props-option attribute is set box
to read-alternate-text or read-
object-text
meta-props-pdf-tag Enum The type of text that the object contains. On the Accessibility tab of the
table properties, the Read text
One of the following:
as list
l default—Tag the table with standard
table tags
l division—Tag the table as a layout
table
table-type Enum Specifies the type of table The Table Type dialog box,
accessed from the Table type
One of the following:
icon on the Table tab of the table
l simple—Use a simple table with no properties
automation.
l auto—Use a basic automated table with
automated rows, headers, and footers.
l sets—Use an automated table with
sections.
l levels—Use an automated table with
levels to enable complex header and
footer logic.
l autoboth—Use an automated table
with automated rows and columns.
l user—Use an automated table with all
features enabled.
unicode-script Enum The Unicode character set used for the table
One of the following:
l latin
l hebrew
l arabic
Structure
Example
<dlg:table anchor="tl" can-split="false" corner-size="4pt" current-angle="0"
delay-comp=
"none" design-var-ndx="0" dynamic="0" embed-info="0" flip-h="false" flip-
v="false"
flow-around="no" flow-break="auto" frame-style="frame" h-auto-size="false"
ignore-relative=
"no" in-available-objects="false" language="Language|0|" lock-
proportions="false"
meta-props-language="default" meta-props-options="read-object-text" meta-
props-order=
"2" meta-props-pdf-tag="division" min-height="0" pen="true" pen-color="rgb
(0,0,0)"
pen-style="solid" pen-width="10lu" pos-rel-to-above="0" ref-id="80001"
reference-name=
"Table" shadow="none" table-type="simple" unicode-digits="ascii" unicode-
script="latin"
v-auto-size="true">
<dlg:rect bottom="472.90pt" left="27.00pt" right="286.27pt" top=
"98.93pt"/>
<fo:table-column …/>
…
<fo:table-row …>
<fo:table-cell …>
…
</fo:table-cell>
<fo:table-cell …>
…
</fo:table-cell>
</fo:table-row>
…
</dlg:table>
Parents
fo:table-row
Attributes
In addition to the following attributes, the fo:table-cell element uses one or more of the
common attributes found in “Shared XSL-FO Attributes” on page 637.
meta-props-alternate- Text The text that an accessibility tool reads to On the Accessibility tab of the cell
text represent the object when read- properties, the Alternate text box
alternate-text is specified for the
meta-props-options attribute
meta-props-language Enum The language used when the meta- On the Accessibility tab of the cell
props-options attribute is set to read- properties, the Accessibility
alternate-text or read-object- language list
text. If this attribute is omitted and no other
parent object has a language, the default
customer language is used. If this attribute is
omitted and a parent object has a language,
the language specified on the parent object is
inherited.
One of the following:
l default—The default customer
language
l amharic—Amharic
l arabic—Arabic
l armenian—Armenian
l bengali—Bengali
l catalan—Catalan
l cebuano—Cebuano
l chinese—Chinese (PRC)
l chinese-tw—Chinese (Taiwan)
l chinese-hk—Chinese (Hong Kong
SAR)
l chinese-sg—Chinese (Singapore)
l czech—Czech
l danish—Danish
l dutch—Dutch
l english-us—English (American)
l english-au—English (Australian)
l english-uk—English (British)
l farsi—Farsi (Persian)
l finnish—Finnish
l french—French
l french-creole—French Creole
l french-ca—French (Canadian)
l german—German
l gujarati—Gujarati
l hawaiian—Hawaiian
l hindi—Hindi
l hmong—Hmong
l hungarian—Hungarian
l igbo—Igbo
l ilokano—Ilokano
l italian—Italian
l japanese—Japanese
l khmer—Khmer
l korean—Korean
l kru—Kru
l lao—Lao
l marshallese—Marshallese
l navajo—Navajo
l nepali—Nepali
l norway—Norwegian
l norway-bokmal—Norwegian
(Bokmål)
l newnorway—Norwegian (Nynorsk)
l oromo—Oromo
l pohnpeian—Pohnpeian
l polish—Polish
l portug—Portuguese
l brazil—Portuguese (Brazilian)
l punjabi—Punjabi
l romanian—Romanian
l russian—Russian
l samoan—Samoan
l spanish—Spanish
l swedish—Swedish
l tagalog—Tagalog
l thai—Thai
l tongan—Tongan
l turkish—Turkish
l ukranian—Ukranian
l urdu—Urdu
l vietnamese—Vietnamese
l yoruba—Yoruba
meta-props-options Enum Specifies whether object text or alternate text is On the Accessibility tab of the cell
read by accessibility tools properties, the Read options list
One of the following:
l do-not-read—Do not read object
text or alternate text for this object or for
any of its child objects.
l read-alternate-text—Read the
alternate text specified for the meta-
props-alternate-text attribute.
l read-object-text—Read the text
that is associated with a textual object.
meta-props-order Int The numerical order in which you want the text On the Accessibility tab of the cell
to be read by accessibility tools when the properties, the Read order box
meta-props-option attribute is set to
read-alternate-text or read-
object-text
meta-props-pdf-tag Enum The type of text that the object contains. On the Accessibility tab of the cell
properties, the Read text as list
One of the following:
l default
l table-data-cell
l table-header-cell
Structure
Example
<fo:table-cell border-after-style="none" border-after-width="0lu"
border-before-style="none" border-before-width="0lu"
border-bottom-style="none" border-bottom-width="0lu"
border-end-style="none" border-end-width="0lu" border-left-style="none"
border-left-width="0lu" border-right-style="none"
border-right-width="0lu" border-start-style="none"
border-start-width="0lu" border-top-style="none" border-top-width="0lu"
column-number="2" display-align="auto" height="167lu"
margin-bottom="50lu" margin-left="50lu" margin-right="50lu"
margin-top="50lu" meta-props-language="default"
meta-props-options="read-object-text" meta-props-order="2"
number-columns-spanned="2" number-rows-spanned="1" width="1900lu">
<fo:block end-indent="0lu" is-comment="false" keep-together="auto"
keep-with-next="auto" line-height="0lu" line-spacing="single"
space-after="0lu" space-before="0lu" start-indent="0lu"
tab-ruler="4" text-align="left" text-indent="0lu"
usage-rule="Rule|0|">
<fo:inline color="" font-family="Times New Roman"
font-size="10.00pt" font-style="normal" is-comment="false"
letter-spacing="0.00pt"
page-break-before="auto">Spanned cell R2C2-R2C3</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
</fo:table-cell>
Parents
dlg:table
Attributes
In addition to the following attributes, the fo:table-column element uses one or more of the
common attributes found in “Shared XSL-FO Attributes” on page 637.
column-width Int The width, in logical units, of the column On the Column Properties tab of the
table column properties, the Width
box
usage-rule Ref A reference to the rule that determines the The Rule tab of the Text paragraph
inclusion of the column for a customer properties dialog box
Structure
Example
<fo:table-column border-after-style="none" border-after-width="0lu"
border-before-style="none" border-before-width="0lu"
border-bottom-style="none" border-bottom-width="0lu"
border-end-style="none" border-end-width="0lu" border-left-style="none"
border-left-width="0lu" border-right-style="none"
border-right-width="0lu" border-start-style="none"
border-start-width="0lu" border-top-style="none" border-top-width="0lu"
column-number="1" column-width="1000lu" usage-rule="Rule|0|"/>
Parents
dlg:table
Attributes
In addition to the following attributes, the fo:table-row element uses one or more of the
common attributes found in “Shared XSL-FO Attributes” on page 637.
auto-row-column-flow Enum When any value except specified is On the Automated Row Properties
specified for the auto-row-process tab of the row properties, the Multi-
attribute, and the same variable is used in column flow method drop-down list
multiple cells of the repeated row, specifies the
order in which the cells are populated with
data from the variable
One of the following:
l column—First, fill data down the
column in which the variable is first used,
creating rows as necessary, and then fill
data down subsequent columns in which
the variable is used.
l row—First, fill data across the row in all
columns in which the variable is used,
and then create additional rows and fill
data in these rows as necessary.
l none—Duplicate the data for each
column in which the variable is used.
l serpentine—Repeat the number of
cells specified for the auto-row-
serpertine-cells attribute across
each row the number of times specified
for the auto-row-repeat-var-
count attribute. This setting is valid only
when true is specified for the can-
split attribute of the parent
dlg:table element.
l serpentine-spaced—Repeat the
number of cells specified for the auto-
row-serpertine-cells attribute
across each row the number of times
specified for the auto-row-repeat-
var-count attribute, and leave a cell
between each group. This setting is valid
only when true is specified for the
can-split attribute of the parent
dlg:table element.
auto-row-grouped Bool When none or row is specified for the row- On the Automated Row Properties
type attribute, specifies whether the row is tab of the row properties, the Group
grouped with the previous row with previous row check box
auto-row-grouped-mode Int
auto-row-include-higher Enum When a value of 2 or greater is specified for On the Automated Row Properties
the auto-row-level attribute, specifies tab of the row properties, the Include
whether headers from higher-level sections in headers from higher levels check
the table are included for this level box
One of the following:
l none—Do not include headers from
higher levels. (Space is still reserved in
the output if true is specified for the
auto-row-repeat-headers
attribute.)
l yes—Include headers from higher
levels, up to the level specified for the
auto-row-include-level
attribute.
auto-row-include-level Int When yes is specified for the auto-row- On the Automated Row Properties
include-higher attribute, the section tab of the row properties, the Include
level from which to include higher-level headers from higher levels drop-
headers down list
auto-row-level Int When true is specified for the auto-row- On the Automated Row Properties
section-begin attribute and levels or tab of the row properties, the Level of
user is specified for the table-type this table section drop down list
attribute of the parent dlg:table element,
the hierarchical level of the table section that is
begun by the row
auto-row-num-div-repeat- Int When divide-row is specified for the On the Automated Row Properties
rows row-type attribute, the number of rows that tab of the row properties, the Repeat
are placed before the divider row is repeated after number of data box
auto-row-num-repeat Int When specified is specified for the One of the following:
auto-row-process attribute, specifies
l On the Automated Row
one of the following, based on the value of the
Properties tab of the row
auto-row-special-row-props
properties, when Automated
attribute:
Row is selected from the Row
l When any value except make- type drop-down list, and the
multiple-sections is specified for Create multiple table sections
the auto-row-special-row- from single array (must begin
props attribute, the number of times to with header) check box is not
repeat the row selected, the Repeat count box
l When make-multiple-sections l On the Automated Row
is specified for the auto-row- Properties tab of the row
special-row-props attribute, the properties, when a header type
number of rows to include before is selected from the Row type
breaking the table for a new table section drop-down list and the Create
multiple table sections from
single array (must begin with
header) check box is selected,
the Number per break box
auto-row-page-begin Bool When true is specified for the auto-row- On the Automated Row Properties
section-begin attribute, specifies tab of the row properties, the Break
whether the row starts a new page flow check box
auto-row-process Enum Specifies one of the following, based on the One of the following:
value of the row-type and auto-row-
l On the Automated Row
special-row-props attributes:
Properties tab of the row
l When row is specified for the row- properties, when Automated
type attribute, and any value except Row is selected from the Row
make-multiple-sections is type drop-down list, and the
specified for the auto-row- Create multiple table sections
special-row-props attribute, this from single array (must begin
attribute specifies how the row is with header) check box is not
repeated, using one of the following selected, the Repeat method
settings: drop-down list
l specified—Repeat the row the l On the Automated Row
number of times specified for the Properties tab of the row
auto-row-num-repeat properties, when a header type
attribute. is selected from the Row type
drop-down list and the Create
l variable-count—Repeat the
multiple table sections from
row based on the number of
single array (must begin with
elements in an array variable
header) check box is selected,
referenced by the auto-row-
the Break method drop-down
ref-var attribute.
list
l var-filter-not-equal—
Repeat the row based on the
number of elements in an array
variable referenced by the auto-
row-ref-var attribute, but skip
rows in which the value of the array
element is not equal to the value
specified for the auto-row-
filter attribute.
l var-filter-equal—Repeat
the row based on the number of
elements in an array variable
referenced by the auto-row-
ref-var attribute, but skip rows in
which the value of the array element
is equal to the value specified for the
auto-row-filter attribute.
l variable-value—Repeat the
row based on the numeric value of a
variable referenced by the auto-
row-ref-var attribute.
l When header, header-top-
flow-frame, header-middle-
flow-frame, rpt-header, rpt-
header-not-first, header-
first-onpage, or header-not-
first-onpage is specified for the
row-type attribute, and make-
multiple-sections is specified for
the auto-row-special-row-
props attribute, this attribute specifies
auto-row-repeat-headers Bool When true is specified for the auto-row- On the Automated Row Properties
section-begin attribute and levels or tab of the row properties, the Repeat
user is specified for the table-type headers on lower levels check box
attribute of the parent dlg:table element,
specifies whether headers in the section that
begins at this row repeat in lower-level
sections
auto-row-section-begin Bool When sets, levels, or user is specified On the Automated Row Properties
for the table-type attribute of the parent tab of the row properties, the First
dlg:table element, specifies whether the row of table section check box
row begins a table section
auto-row-section-max- Int When true is specified for the auto-row- On the Automated Row Properties
rows section-begin attribute, specifies the tab of the row properties, the Limit
maximum number of rows from this section number of rows per page check box
allowed on each page. If 0 is specified for this and box
attribute, or if this attribute is omitted, no limit is
placed on the number of rows placed on each
page.
auto-row-section-name Text When named or named-first is specified On the Automated Row Properties
for the auto-row-section-use tab of the row properties, the Data
attribute, the name of the data section that section box
determines whether the table section that is
started by this row is included
auto-row-section-orphan Int When true is specified for the auto-row- On the Automated Row Properties
section-begin attribute, specifies the tab of the row properties, the Window
number of table rows in the section begun by and orphan rows check box and box
this row that must be able to appear before
and after a page break in order for the section
to be split. If 1 is specified for this attribute, or if
this attribute is omitted, widows and orphans
that consist of only one table row are allowed.
auto-row-section-use Enum When true is specified for the auto-row- On the Automated Row Properties
section-begin attribute, specifies when tab of the row properties, the When to
the table section begun by this row is included include section drop-down list
One of the following:
l always—Always include the section.
l variable-count—Include the
section when the variable referenced by
the auto-row-section-ref-var
attribute contains data for the customer.
l variable-value—Include the
section when the value of the variable
referenced by the auto-row-
section-ref-var attribute is
greater than 0.
l variable-count-not—Include
the section when the variable referenced
by the auto-row-section-ref-
var attribute does not contain data for
the customer.
l variable-value-not—Include
the section when the value of the variable
referenced by the auto-row-
section-ref-var attribute is 0.
l named—Include the section each time
the data section specified for the auto-
row-section-name is read in the
customer data. This setting is valid only
when true is specified for the
enable-data-sections attribute
of the parent dlg:table element.
l named-first—Include the section
the first time the data section specified for
the auto-row-section-name is
read in the customer data. This setting is
valid only when true is specified for the
enable-data-sections attribute
of the parent dlg:table element.
l level—Include the section each time
another section follows it.
l level-first—Include the section
the first time another section follows it.
l end-of-customer—Include the
section after all data sections are read in
the data. This setting is valid only when
true is specified for the enable-
data-sections attribute of the
parent dlg:table element.
auto-row-special-row- Enum When true is specified for the auto-row- On the Automated Row Properties
props section-begin attribute, specifies special tab of the row properties, the Add to
section properties for the section begun by this previous table section (to combine
row data sections for flow) and Create
multiple table sections from single
One of the following:
array (must begin with header)
l none—Do not set special properties. check boxes
l add-to-previous—Add data from
this table section to the previous table
section at the same level so that the table
sections are treated as a single section.
When this setting is specified for this
attribute, the auto-row-include-
higher, auto-row-include-
level, auto-row-page-begin,
auto-row-section-max-rows,
and auto-row-section-orphan
attributes are not used, and the values
specified for those attributes in the
fo:table-row element that begins
the previous table section also apply to
this table section. This setting is valid only
when named, named-first, or
end-of-customer is specified for
the auto-row-section-use
attribute.
l make-multiple-sections—
Automatically create table sections based
on an array variable.
fixed-height Bool Specifies whether the row height is fixed On the Row Properties tab of the row
during the engine run properties, the Fixed height in
Engine drop-down list
row-type Enum The type of automated row On the Automated Row Properties
tab of the row properties, the Row
One of the following:
type drop-down list
l none—Use the row as a static row. This
setting is valid for all values of the
table-type attribute of the parent
dlg:table element. When simple
is specified for the table-type
attribute of the parent dlg:table
element, this is the only valid setting.
l row—Use the row as a data row that
repeats, based on repeat criteria defined
for the row. This setting is valid when
auto, sets, levels, autoboth, or
user is specified for the table-type
attribute of the parent dlg:table
element.
l header—Use the row for a header row
that appears only once, at the start of the
table. This setting is valid when auto,
sets, levels, autoboth, or user
is specified for the table-type
attribute of the parent dlg:table
element.
l header-top-flow-frame—Use
the row for a header row that appears
only if the table is located at the top of a
flow frame. This setting is valid when
sets, levels, or user is specified for
the table-type attribute of the parent
dlg:table element.
l header-middle-flow-frame—
Use the row as a header row that
appears only when sections are applied
to the table and only when it is not the first
occurrence of the section on the page.
This setting is valid when sets,
levels, or user is specified for the
table-type attribute of the parent
dlg:table element.
l rpt-header—Use the row as a
header row that appears each time the
table flows to another page. This setting is
valid when auto, sets, levels,
autoboth, or user is specified for the
table-type attribute of the parent
dlg:table element.
l rpt-header-not-first—Use the
row as a header row that appears each
time the table flows to another page, but
not on the first page. This setting is valid
l footer-subsections—Use the
row as a footer row that appears after
each subsection. This setting is valid
when sets, levels, or user is
specified for the table-type attribute
of the parent dlg:table element.
The following values are not used:
l table-header
l rpt-table-footer
l rpt-table-footer-not-last
l rpt-table-header
l rpt-table-header-not-first
l table-footer
l table-row
usage-rule Ref A reference to the rule that determines The Rule tab of the Text paragraph
whether the row is included for a customer properties dialog box
Structure
Example
<fo:table-row border-after-style="none" border-after-width="0lu"
border-before-style="none" border-before-width="0lu"
border-bottom-style="none" border-bottom-width="0lu" border-end-style=
"none" border-end-width="0lu" border-left-style="none"
border-left-width="0lu" border-right-style="none" border-right-width=
"0lu" border-start-style="none" border-start-width="0lu"
border-top-style="none" border-top-width="0lu" fixed-height="false"
height="267lu" row-type="none">
<fo:table-cell … column-number="1" …>
<fo:block …>
…
</fo:block>
</fo:table-cell>
<fo:table-cell … column-number="2" …>
<fo:block …>
…
</fo:block>
</fo:table-cell>
<fo:table-cell … column-number="3" …>
<fo:block …>
…
</fo:block>
</fo:table-cell>
</fo:table-row>
You can define tab rulers for individual fo:block elements in two ways:
l Identify a dlg:tab-ruler within the fo:declarations element for the page using the
tab-ruler attribute of the fo:block element.
Keep in mind that you must use a separate dlg:tab-ruler element for each fo:block that
represents a separate item in a numbered list. Even when auto or never-restart is specified
for the user-set-number attribute, you must set the number of the list item using the number-
value attribute.
Parents
fo:block
fo:declarations
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
bullet-font Int
color-bullet Color When bullet or number is specified for In the Numbering Properties dialog
the list-type attribute, and true is box (accessed from the Format >
specified for the user-set-color Numbering menu selection) or the
attribute, the color of the bullet or number Bullet Properties dialog box
(accessed from the Format > Bullets
menu selection), the color well
default-tab Int The default tab spacing, in logical units. All On the Text paragraph properties
tabs after the rightmost tab specified by a child tab of the text paragraph properties,
dlg:tab-stop element occur at the the Tab size box, or, in the Tab
interval specified by this attribute. If no child Properties dialog box, the Default
dlg:tab-stop elements are used, all tabs tab size box
occur at the specified interval.
font-family Text When bullet or number is specified for In the View Character Set dialog box
the list-type attribute, the name of the (accessed from the symbol box in the
font face used for the bullet Bullet Properties dialog box, which is
itself accessed from the Format >
Bullets menu selection), the font
drop-down list
hierarchical Bool When bullet or number is specified for In the Numbering Properties dialog
the list-type attribute, specifies whether box (accessed from the Format >
hierarchical numbering (1.1, 1.1.1, and so on) Numbering menu selection), the
is used for a sub-numbered list item Hierarchical numbering check box
number-color Int
number-string Text When bullet or number is specified for In the View Character Set dialog box
the list-type attribute, the character or (accessed from the symbol box in the
characters used for the bullet or number of the Bullet Properties dialog box, which is
list item. May be omitted for numbered list itself accessed from the Format >
items when a value is specified for the Bullets menu selection), the
number-value attribute. character selection grid. This string is
determined automatically in a
numbered list.
number-type Enum When number is specified for the list- In the Numbering Properties dialog
type attribute, the type of numbering used for box (accessed from the Format >
a numbered list item. When bullet is Numbering menu selection), the
specified for the list-type attribute, this Default numbering method drop-
attribute should be omitted or should be down list
specified as bullet.
One of the following:
l bullet—Use a bullet. Only valid when
bullet is specified for the list-
type attribute.
l num—Use 1., 2., 3., and so on.
l alpha-upper—Use A., B., C., and so
on.
l alpha-lower—Use a., b., c., and so
on.
l roman-upper—Use I., II., III., and so
on.
l roman-lower—Use i., ii., iii., and so
on.
l text-upper—Use ONE., TWO.,
THREE., and so on.
l text-lower—Use one., two., three.,
and so on.
l text-mixed—Use One., Two., Three.,
and so on.
l num-ordinal—Use 1st., 2nd., 3rd.,
and so on.
l num-paren—Use 1), 2), 3), and so on.
l alpha-upper-paren—Use A), B),
C), and so on.
l alpha-lower-paren—Use a), b),
c), and so on.
l roman-upper-paren—Use I), II),
III), and so on.
l roman-lower-paren—Use i), ii),
iii), and so on.
l num-double-paren—Use (1), (2),
(3), and so on.
l alpha-upper-double-paren—
Use (A), (B), (C), and so on.
l alpha-lower-double-paren—
Use (a), (b), (c), and so on.
l roman-upper-double-paren—
Use (I), (II), (III), and so on.
l roman-lower-double-paren—
Use (i), (ii), (iii), and so on.
number-value Int When number is specified for the list- In the Numbering Properties dialog
type attribute, the numeric value of the list box (accessed from the Format >
item. The value must be specified even when Numbering menu selection), the
auto or never-restart is specified for Numbering box
the user-set-number attribute.
user-set-color Bool When bullet or number is specified for In the Numbering Properties dialog
the list-type attribute, specifies whether box (accessed from the Format >
the bullet or number color is determined by the Numbering menu selection) or the
value of the color-bullet attribute. Bullet Properties dialog box
When false is specified for the user- (accessed from the Format > Bullets
set-color attribute, the default color is menu selection), the Default color
used, regardless of the value of the color- check box. The check box is checked
bullet attribute. when false is specified for this
attribute.
user-set-number Enum When number is specified for the list- In the Numbering Properties dialog
type attribute, specifies how the numbering box (accessed from the Format >
continues or restarts for the associated list Numbering menu selection), the
item. Keep in mind that this setting only affects Numbering drop-down list
automatic numbering in Designer, after DXF is
imported or before it is exported. In the DXF
itself, all items in a numbered list must be
numbered explicitly using the number-
value attribute.
One of the following:
l auto—Numbering for the associated list
item is automatically set in Designer.
l restart—Numbering for the
associated list item is restarted at the
value specified for the number-value
attribute in Designer.
l never-restart—Numbering for the
associated list item is continued from a
previous list item (even in a different list)
in Designer.
user-set-type Bool When bullet is specified for the list- In the Bullet Properties dialog box
type attribute, specifies whether the bullet (accessed from the Format > Bullets
symbol is determined by the value of the menu selection), the Default symbol
number-string attribute. When number check box, or, in the Numbering
is specified for the list-type attribute, Properties dialog box (accessed from
specifies whether the type of numbering is the Format > Numbering menu
determined by the value of the number- selection), the Default numbering
type attribute. When false is specified for method check box. The
the user-set-type attribute, the default corresponding check box is checked
bullet symbol or numbering type is used, when false is specified for this
regardless of the values of the number- attribute.
string and number-type attributes.
Structure
Examples
"auto" user-set-type="false"/>
<fo:inline color="" font-family="Times New Roman" font-size=
"10.00pt" font-style="normal" letter-spacing="0.00pt">First
list item</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
<fo:block text-align="left">
<dlg:tab-ruler color-bullet="rgb(0,0,192)" default-tab="250u"
hierarchical="false" list-type="number" number-color="1"
number-indent="2" number-type="alpha-upper" number-value="1"
user-set-color="true" user-set-number="auto" user-set-type=
"true"/>
<fo:inline color="" font-family="Times New Roman" font-size=
"10.00pt" font-style="normal" letter-spacing="0.00pt">First
sub-item</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
<fo:block text-align="left">
<dlg:tab-ruler color-bullet="rgb(0,0,192)" default-tab="250u"
hierarchical="false" list-type="number" number-color="1"
number-indent="2" number-type="alpha-upper" number-value="2"
user-set-color="true" user-set-number="auto" user-set-type=
"true"/>
<fo:inline color="" font-family="Times New Roman" font-size=
"10.00pt" font-style="normal" letter-spacing="0.00pt">Second
sub-item</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
<fo:block text-align="left">
<dlg:tab-ruler color-bullet="rgb(0,0,192)" default-tab="250u"
hierarchical="false" list-type="number" number-color="1"
number-indent="2" number-type="alpha-upper" number-value="3"
user-set-color="true" user-set-number="auto" user-set-type=
"true"/>
<fo:inline color="" font-family="Times New Roman" font-size=
"10.00pt" font-style="normal" letter-spacing="0.00pt">Third
sub-item</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
<fo:block text-align="left">
<dlg:tab-ruler default-tab="250u" hierarchical="false"
list-type="number" number-indent="1" number-type="num"
number-value="2" user-set-color="false" user-set-number=
"auto" user-set-type="false"/>
<fo:inline color="" font-family="Times New Roman" font-size=
"10.00pt" font-style="normal" letter-spacing="0.00pt">Second
list item</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
<fo:block text-align="left">
<dlg:tab-ruler default-tab="250u" hierarchical="false"
list-type="number" number-indent="1" number-type="num"
number-value="3" user-set-color="false" user-set-number=
"auto" user-set-type="false"/>
<fo:inline color="" font-family="Times New Roman" font-size=
"10.00pt" font-style="normal" letter-spacing="0.00pt">Third
list item</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
</fo:flow>
</dlg:text>
Parents
dlg:tab-ruler
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
tab-align Enum The alignment of text at the tab stop In the Tab Properties dialog box, the
Align box. The Decimal setting is
One of the following:
equivalent to specifying align-on
l left—Left-align text at the tab stop. for this attribute and the decimal
character for the appropriate locale
l right—Right-align text at the tab stop.
for the align-on attribute.
l center—Center-align text at the tab
stop.
l align-on—Align text on the character
specified for the align-on attribute at
the tab stop.
tab-indent Num The distance, in logical units, of the tab stop In the Tab Properties dialog box, the
from the left margin Position box
Structure
Example
<dlg:page …>
…
<fo:declarations>
<dlg:tab-ruler default-tab="250u" id="7" list-type="none">
<dlg:tab-stop tab-align="center" tab-char="0" tab-indent=
"2500u"/>
<dlg:tab-stop align-on="." tab-align="align-on" tab-char="0"
tab-indent="4000u"/>
</dlg:tab-ruler>
</fo:declarations>
…
<dlg:objects>
<dlg:text …>
…
<fo:flow …>
<fo:block tab-ruler="7" text-align="left">
<fo:inline font-family="Times New Roman" font-size=
"10.00pt" font-style="normal">This is text before a tab.
Center-aligned tab 3.14159</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
</fo:flow>
</dlg:text>
</dlg:objects>
</dlg:page>
Parents
dlg:embedded-object
dlg:object
dlg:objects
Attributes
In addition to the following attributes, the dlg:text element uses one or more of the common
attributes found in “Shared Design Object Attributes” on page 622.
balance-cols Bool When a value greater than 1 is specified for On the Text tab of the text box
the columns attribute, specifies whether the properties, the Balance check box
lengths of the columns in the text box are
equal
column-color-pen Color When a value greater than 1 is specified for On the Lines and Fill tab of the text
the columns attribute, the color of the line box properties, the Vertical grid color
between columns well
column-pen-style Enum When a value greater than 1 is specified for On the Lines and Fill tab of the text
the columns attribute, the style of the line box properties, in the Vertical grid
between columns area, the line style selection box
One of the following:
l none—Do not include a border.
l solid—
l dashed—
l shortdashed—
l dotted—
l fardashed—
column-pen-width Int When a value greater than 1 is specified for On the Lines and Fill tab of the text
the columns attribute, the width, in logical box properties, the box in the Vertical
units, of the line between columns grid area that contains the line width
columns Int The number of columns in the text box On the Text tab of the text box
properties, the Columns box
corner-size Int When bevel, round, tab, tabtext, On the Text tab of the text box
roundlft, roundrt, bevellft, or properties, the Corners slider
bevelrt is specified for the frame-
style attribute, the radius, in points, of the
rounded corner, or the length, in points, of the
bevel
fit-max-point Int When grow is specified for the fit-text On the Text tab of the text box
attribute, the maximum font size allowed for the properties, the Maximum font size
text box
fit-min-point Int When shrink is specified for the fit- On the Text tab of the text box
text attribute, the minimum font size allowed properties, the Minimum font size
for the text box
fit-step Int When shrink, grow, or both is specified On the Text tab of the text box
for the fit-text attribute, the amount that properties, the Font step size box
the font size will decrease or increase each
time that the font size changes
fit-text Enum Specifies how the text size can change to fit the On the Text tab of the text box
text box properties, the Autofit text drop-
down list
One of the following:
l none—Do not allow the font size to
change to fit the text box.
l shrink—Allow the font size to be
reduced to fit the text box.
l grow—Allow the font size to be
increased to fit the text box.
l both—Allow the font size to be reduced
or increased to fit the text box.
frame-style Enum The shape of the text box frame On the Text tab of the text box
properties, the Frame style drop-
One of the following:
down list
l frame—
l top—
l bottom—
l both—
l bevel—
l round—
l doubleline—
l tab—
l tabtext—
l roundlft—
l roundrt—
l arrowleft—
l arrow—
l dblarrow—
l arrowup—
l arrowdown—
l bulletrt—
l bulletleft—
l sbulletrt—
l sbulletleft—
l bevellft—
l bevelrt—
l circle—
l diamond—
l star—
l plus—
gutter-size Int When a value greater than 1 is specified for On the Text tab of the text box
the columns attribute, the space, in logical properties, the Gutter size box
units, between columns
hide-empty Bool Specifies whether lines that contain variables On the Text tab of the text box
with empty values are removed properties, the Remove empty
variable lines check box
kern-amount Int When 1 is specified for the kerning On the Text tab of the text box
attribute, the minimum font size, in tenths of properties, the Kerning box
points, at which text will be kerned
kerning Int Specifies whether kerning is applied to the text On the Text tab of the text box
box properties, the Kerning check box
Must be in the range 0– 1, corresponding to
the following settings:
l 0—Do not kern the text in the text box.
l 1—Kern the text in the text box.
override-margins Bool Specifies whether extra space is removed On the Text tab of the text box
before or after a paragraph when it appears at properties, the Remove extra
the top or bottom of the text box spacing check box
unicode-script Enum
unicode-digits Enum
widows Int The number of widow or orphan lines (lines On the Text tab of the text box
that appear by themselves) allowed in the text properties, the Widow control check
box box and number entry box. A value of
0 is equivalent to clearing the check
box.
wrap-around-other Enum Specifies how text in the text box wraps around On the Text tab of the text box
other objects properties, the Flow around other
objects drop-down list
One of the following:
l none—Text overlaps other objects.
l fit—Text wraps around other objects
and follows the shape of each object.
l rect—Text wraps around other objects
and maintains a rectangular shape
around each object.
xy-font-scaling Bool When shrink, grow, or both is specified On the Text tab of the text box
for the fit-text attribute, specifies whether properties, the X/Y Font Scaling
the width of the font can change while the check box
current height of the font is maintained to best
fill the text box
Structure
Example
<dlg:text balance-cols="false" can-split="false" columns="1"
corner-size="5pt" current-angle="0" delay-comp="none" design-var-ndx=
"0" fit-max-point="0" fit-min-point="0" fit-step="5" fit-text="none"
fixed-height="false" flip-h="false" flip-v="false" flow-around="no"
flow-break="auto" frame-style="round" h-auto-size="false" hide-empty=
"false" ignore-relative="no" kern-amount="120" kerning="1" language=
"Language|0|" lock-proportions="false" meta-props-language="default"
meta-props-options="read-object-text" meta-props-order="2"
object-prerotated="true" override-margins="false" pen="true"
pen-color="rgb(0,0,0)" pen-style="solid" pen-width="1lu"
pos-rel-to-above="0" reference-name="Text 3" shadow="none"
unicode-digits="ascii" unicode-script="latin" v-auto-size="false"
widows="2" wrap-around-other="none" xy-font-scaling="false">
<dlg:rect bottom="504.00pt" left="189.00pt" right="252.00pt" top=
"459.00pt"/>
<fo:flow display-align="auto" height="625.00lu" margin-bottom=
"0.00lu" margin-left="0.00lu" margin-right="0.00lu" margin-top=
"0.00lu" width="875.00lu">
<fo:block end-indent="0lu" keep-together="auto" keep-with-next=
"auto" line-height="0lu" line-spacing="single" space-after="0lu"
space-before="0lu" start-indent="0lu" tab-ruler="21" text-align
="left" text-indent="0lu" usage-rule="Rule|0|">
<fo:inline color="" font-family="Times New Roman" font-size=
"12.00pt" font-style="normal" letter-spacing="0.00pt">lorem
ipsum</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
</fo:flow>
</dlg:text>
Parents
dlg:embedded-object
dlg:object
dlg:objects
Attributes
In addition to the following attributes, the dlg:text-frame element uses one or more of the
common attributes found in “Shared Design Object Attributes” on page 622.
frame-space-use Enum Specifies the type of messages accepted into On the Contents Frame tab of the
this frame when no messages are available embedded frame properties, or the
that use the template referenced by the oi- Insert Frame dialog box when
template attribute creating an embedded frame, the
Alternative contents drop-down list
One of the following:
l templateonly—Do not accept
messages that do not use the template
referenced by the oi-template
attribute.
l samemsgtype—Accept messages of
the same message type.
l any—Accept any other messages.
The following value is not used:
l passthrough
num-messages Int The maximum number of messages allowed in On the Contents Frame tab of the
the frame embedded frame properties, or the
Insert Frame dialog box when
creating an embedded frame, the
Maximum number of messages in
frame box
oi-template Int The internal object ID of the graphic message On the Contents Frame tab of the
template used for this frame. Use 0 to specify embedded frame properties, or the
that graphic messages are not allowed in the Insert Frame dialog box when
frame. creating an embedded frame, the
Primary template drop-down list
oi-message-type Int The internal object ID of the text message type On the Contents Frame tab of the
allowed for this frame. Use 0 to specify that text embedded frame properties, or the
messages are not allowed in the frame. Insert Frame dialog box when
creating an embedded frame, the
Allowed message type drop-down
list
Structure
The dlg:points and dlg:wrapper-coordinate elements are not used in XML (composed)
output for text boxes, but they can be used instead of the dlg:rect element within dlg:text
elements in DXF that will be imported.
Parents
array-wrapper-coordinate (dlg:array-wrapper-coordinate)
dlg:points
Attribute
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
Structure
Example
<dlg:text …>
<dlg:points>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="216pt 135pt"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="252pt 135pt"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="252pt 171pt"/>
<dlg:wrapper-coordinate value="216pt 171pt"/>
</dlg:points>
…
</dlg:text>
For more information about the design objects that are represented by elements in this section,
see Designing for LiveEditor in the Exstream Design and Production documentation.
l Button
l Radio button
l Check box
l Signature button
The font properties of the button or signature button design object are specified using a child
fo:font-props element.
For more information about buttons, radio buttons, check boxes, and signature buttons, see
Designing for LiveEditor in the Exstream Design and Production documentation.
Parents
dlg:embedded-object
dlg:object
dlg:objects
Attributes
In addition to the following attributes, the dlg:button element uses one or more of the common
attributes found in “Shared Design Object Attributes” on page 622.
button-border-style Enum The border style for the button On the Button tab of the button
properties, the Button style drop-
One of the following:
down list
l button—Use a standard button style,
specified using the button-style
attribute. This setting is valid only when
custom-button or signature-
button is specified for the button-
type attribute.
l image—Use images specified by
dlg:image-up, dlg:image-
down, and dlg:image-hover child
elements. When using this setting, you
should also specify image for the
button-style attribute.
l round—Use a standard radio button
style, specified using the button-
style attribute. This setting is valid only
when radio-button is specified for
the button-type attribute.
l square—Use a standard check box or
signature box style, specified using the
button-style attribute. This setting
is valid only when check-box or
signature-button is specified for
the button-type attribute.
button-style Enum The appearance of the button On the Button tab of the button
properties, the Button style and Box
This attribute is required.
style drop-down lists
When custom-button is specified for the
button-type attribute, one of the
following:
l button—Use a drawn standard button
shape.
l image—Use images specified by
dlg:image-up, dlg:image-
down, and dlg:image-hover child
elements. When using this setting, you
should also specify image for the
button-border-style attribute.
When check-box is specified for the
button-type attribute, one of the
following:
l check—Use a drawn two-dimensional
check mark in a three-dimensional check
box.
l check-thin—Use a drawn two-
dimensional check mark in a thin three-
dimensional check box.
l check-flat—Use a drawn two-
dimensional check mark in a two-
dimensional check box.
l check-3d—Use a drawn three-
dimensional check mark in a three-
dimensional check box.
l check-3d-thin—Use a drawn
three-dimensional check mark in a thin
three-dimensional check box.
l check-3d-flat—Use a drawn
three-dimensional check mark in a two-
dimensional check box.
l check-x—Use a drawn X mark in a
three-dimensional check box.
l check-x-thin—Use a drawn X mark
in a thin three-dimensional check box.
l check-x-flat—Use a drawn X mark
in a two-dimensional check box.
l check-x-wide—Use a drawn wide X
mark in a three-dimensional check box.
l check-x-wide-thin—Use a
drawn wide X mark in a thin three-
dimensional check box.
l check-x-wide-flat—Use a
caption Text The text that appears on or beside the button On the Button tab of the button
properties, the Caption box
caption-down Text The text that appears on or beside the button On the Button tab of the button
when true is specified for the toggle properties, the Down caption box
attribute and an end user clicks the button
content-variable Ref A reference to the variable that stores the On the Button tab of the button
specified value when the end user selects the properties, the Variable box
button. The value is either specified for the
value-if-clicked attribute or stored by
the variable referenced by the
selections-variable attribute.
down-image-placeholder- Ref When signed is specified for the button- On the Button tab of the button
variable style attribute, a reference to the image properties, the Down image
placeholder variable that specifies a signature placeholder variable box
image
enabled-variable Ref A reference to the variable that determines On the Interactive tab of the button
whether the button is enabled for end users properties, the Enable box
is-locked-on-sign Bool When signature-button is specified for On the Button tab of the button
the button-type attribute, specifies properties, the Locked on sign check
whether end users are prevented from box
removing an electronic signature and
unlocking a Live document for further editing
after it has been signed
selections-variable Ref A reference to the variable that provides the On the Button tab of the button
values that will be stored in the variable properties, the Array containing
referenced by the content-variable selection values box
attribute when the end user selects the button
signature-scope Enum When signature-button is specified for On the Button tab of the button
the button-type attribute, the portion of properties, the Signature scope
the document to lock after the end user adds drop-down list
an electronic signature
One of the following:
l file—Lock the entire Live document.
l customer—Lock the active customer.
l document—Lock the active document
within the Live document.
l page—Lock the active page.
l none—Do not lock anything in the Live
document.
toggle Bool When custom-button is specified for the On the Button tab of the button
button-type attribute, specifies whether properties, the Toggle check box
the button can be toggled
value-if-clicked Text The value that will be stored in the variable On the Button tab of the button
referenced by the content-variable properties, the Array containing
attribute when the end user selects the button selection values box
variable-index Int If the variable referenced by the content- On the Button tab of the button
variable attribute is an array, the index properties, the Array element box
value of the array element that will be
populated when an end user selects the
button. If you want the array to be populated
automatically in a table, specify 0 for this
attribute.
Structure
Example
<dlg:button brush="true" brush-fill-color="rgb(192,192,192)"
button-border-style="square" button-style="check-flat"
button-type="check-box" caption="Sample Check Box"
content-variable="Variable|622|CheckBoxTest" pen="true"
pen-color="rgb(0,0,0)" pen-style="solid" pen-width="1lu"
pos-rel-to-above="0" reference-name="sample_checkbox"
selections-variable="Variable|421|CheckBoxSelection">
<dlg:live allow-form-insert="true" auto-size="true"
can-be-moved="false" can-be-resized="false"
can-be-rotated="false" can-change-format="false"
can-change-properties="false"
can-change-text-properties="false"
can-do-object-properties="0" can-type="false" comb-type="box"
content-pick-type="none" content-variable-index="0"
content-variable-oi="Variable|0|" editable-area-name=""
editing-change-type="optional"
enable-variable-oi="Variable|0|" exclude-from-outline="false"
fill-color="rgb(196,196,196)" form-field-library="Form
Field|0|" form-field-source="application" form-height="200"
form-mask-name="" form-space="10" form-width="100"
function-call-button-end="Function|0|"
function-call-button-start="Function|0|" hidden-type="none"
line-color="rgb(0,0,0)" line-width="1" link-type="none"
list-can-multi-select="false" list-can-sort="false"
list-display-variable="Variable|0|"
list-return-variable="Variable|0|" list-type="dropdown"
live-caption-text="" live-inheritance-type="always"
live-validation="default" selection-prompt-type="object-name"
selector-value="" show-tab="true" static-hyperlink=""
tab-stop="true" text-field-minimum-width="100"
text-field-type="none" tooltip="" upload-prompt=""
variable-for-selector="Variable|0|"
variable-hyperlink="Variable|0|" want-fill="false"/>
<dlg:rect bottom="149.40pt" left="540.00pt" right="554.40pt"
top="135.00pt"/>
<fo:font-props font-family="Arial" font-size="10pt"/>
</dlg:button>
Parents
dlg:image-down
dlg:image-hover
dlg:image-up
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
angle Int The amount to rotate the image, in hundredths On the Placement tab of the image
of degrees, when importing properties, the Rotation box
black-color Color The color to convert to black when converting In the Image Color Management
the image to black-and-white dialog box for the image, the Color to
convert to black color well
convert Enum The set of colors used for the converted image In the Image Color Management
dialog box for the image, the
One of the following:
Highlight color drop-down list
l black-and-white—The colors in
the image are converted to black-and-
white, converting the color specified for
the black-color attribute to black.
l color-and-white—The colors in
the image are converted to white and a
highlight color determined by the output
device, converting the color specified for
the hl-color attribute to the highlight
color.
l highlight-color—The colors in
the image are converted to black and a
highlight color determined by the output
device, converting the color specified for
the black-color attribute to black
and the color specified for the hl-
color attribute to the highlight color.
dither-method Int The dithering method used for converting the In the Image Color Management
colors in the image dialog box for the image, the Color
conversion drop-down list
Must be in the range 0–8, corresponding to
the following settings:
l 0—None
l 1—Floyd-Steinberg
l 2—Stucki
l 3—Burkes
l 4—Sierra
l 5—Stevenson Arche
l 6—Jarvis
l 7—Ordered
l 8—Clustered
filename Text The path and file name of the image if the On the Image tab of the image
binary data for the image is not included in a properties, the User-specified path
child dlg:binary element box. (The Image path location setting
is assumed to be Use specified
URL/path if a child dlg:binary
element is not included.)
halftone Bool Specifies whether a halftone screen is used for In the Image Color Management
a black-and-white image dialog box for the image, the B/W
halftone check box
halftone-angle Int The rotation, in degrees, of the dots used for In the Image Color Management
halftone in the image, when 0, 3, or 5 is dialog box for the image, the Angle
specified for the halftone-shape box
attribute. Must be in the range 0–180.
halftone-grain Int The size, in pixels, of the dots used for halftone In the Image Color Management
in the image, when 1–5 is specified for the dialog box for the image, the Grain
halftone-shape attribute. Must be in the size box
range 1–15.
halftone-shape Int The shape of the dots used for halftone in the In the Image Color Management
image dialog box for the image, the Shape
box
Must be in the range 0–5, corresponding to
the following settings:
l 0—Default
l 1—Rectangular
l 2—Circular
l 3—Elliptical
l 4—Random
l 5—Linear
hl-color Color The color to convert to the highlight color In the Image Color Management
determined by the output device when dialog box for the image, the Color to
color-and-white or highlight- convert to highlight color color well
color is specified for the convert attribute
original-stored Bool Indicates whether the original image data has In the Image Color Management
been stored dialog box for the image, the Original
full-color image data stored check
box
Note: This attribute is provided only for
information in exported DXF and XML
(composed) output and is ignored in
imported DXF.
scale-x Int The percentage to horizontally scale the On the Placement tab of the image
image when importing properties, the Scale width box
scale-y Int The percentage to vertically scale the image On the Placement tab of the image
when importing properties, the Scale height box
Structure
Example
<dlg:button>
…
<dlg:image-down>
<dlg:dib filename="C:\images\[Link]" scale-x="75"
scale-y="75" />
</dlg:image-down>
<dlg:image-up>
<dlg:dib filename="C:\images\[Link]" scale-x="75"
scale-y="75" />
</dlg:image-up>
<dlg:image-hover>
<dlg:dib filename="C:\images\[Link]" scale-x="75"
scale-y="75" />
</dlg:image-hover>
</dlg:button>
Parents
dlg:button
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
font-family Text The font face used for the button text In the Select Font dialog box for the
button (accessed from the Format >
Font menu selection), the Font list
font-size Int The font size of the button text, in points In the Select Font dialog box for the
button (accessed from the Format >
Font menu selection), the Point size
drop-down list
font-weight Enum Specifies whether the button text is bold In the Select Font dialog box for the
button (accessed from the Format >
One of the following:
Font menu selection), the Bold check
l normal box
l bold
The following values are not used:
l bolder
l lighter
l 100
l 200
l 300
l 400
l 500
l 600
l 700
l 800
l 900
Structure
Example
<dlg:button …>
<dlg:live …/>
<dlg:rect …/>
<fo:font-props font-family="Times New Roman" font-size="10pt"/>
</dlg:button>
Parents
dlg:button
Attributes
None.
Structure
Example
<dlg:button button-style="image" button-type="custom-button"
caption="Confirm" reference-name="Confirm_Button">
<dlg:live can-be-moved="false" can-be-resized="false"
can-be-rotated="false" can-change-format="false"
can-change-properties="false" can-change-text-properties="false"
can-type="false" editing-change-type="optional"
function-call-button-end="Function|1|Confirm" tooltip="Confirm your
entries"/>
<dlg:rect bottom="291.60pt" left="284.11pt" right="338.11pt"
top="273.60pt"/>
<fo:font-props font-family="Arial" font-size="10pt"/>
<dlg:image-up>
<dlg:dib>
<dlg:binary encoding="base64">…</dlg:binary>
</dlg:dib>
</dlg:image-up>
<dlg:image-down>
<dlg:dib>
<dlg:binary encoding="base64">…</dlg:binary>
</dlg:dib>
</dlg:image-down>
<dlg:image-hover>
<dlg:dib>
<dlg:binary encoding="base64">…</dlg:binary>
</dlg:dib>
</dlg:image-hover>
</dlg:button>
For more information about using an image selector, see Designing for LiveEditor in the
Exstream Design and Production documentation.
Parents
dlg:image
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
caption Text The caption for the image On the Image tab of the image
properties, the Caption box
associated with each image in the
Image selections box
draw-error-placeholder Bool
is-default Bool Specifies whether this image is the default for On the Image tab of the image
the image selector. Only one dlg:image- properties, the Default selection
element element within a dlg:image check box associated with each
element should have true specified for this image in the Image selections box
attribute, and the number of that element
should be specified for the selection
attribute of the parent dlg:image element.
match Text The value stored in the variable referenced by On the Image tab of the image
the picker-variable attribute of the properties, the Selection value box
parent dlg:image element when the image associated with each image in the
represented by this element is selected Image selections box
uploaded Bool
Structure
Example
<dlg:image height="750.00lu" image-path-location="use-output-dir"
picker-variable="Selection Variable|563|Test_selection_variable"
reference-name="Image 4" width="750.00lu">
<dlg:live allow-form-insert="true" auto-size="true" can-be-moved
="false" can-be-resized="false" can-be-rotated="false"
can-change-format="false" can-change-properties="false"
can-change-text-properties="false" can-do-object-properties="0"
can-type="false" comb-type="box" content-pick-type="built-in"
editing-change-type="optional" selection="1"
selection-prompt-type="object-name"/>
<dlg:rect bottom="607.32pt" left="135.00pt" right="380.74pt" top
="423.00pt"/>
<dlg:image-element is-default="false" match="first image" uploaded="false">
<dlg:bitmap>
<dlg:binary encoding="base64">…</dlg:binary>
</dlg:bitmap>
</dlg:image-element>
<dlg:image-element is-default="true" match="second image" uploaded="false">
<dlg:bitmap>
<dlg:binary encoding="base64">…</dlg:binary>
</dlg:bitmap>
</dlg:image-element>
<dlg:image-element is-default="false" match="third image" uploaded="false">
<dlg:bitmap>
<dlg:binary encoding="base64">…</dlg:binary>
</dlg:bitmap>
</dlg:image-element>
<dlg:image-element is-default="false" match="fourth image"
uploaded="false">
<dlg:bitmap>
<dlg:binary encoding="base64">…</dlg:binary>
</dlg:bitmap>
</dlg:image-element>
</dlg:image>
Parents
dlg:button
Attributes
None.
Structure
Example
<dlg:button button-style="image" button-type="custom-button"
caption="Confirm" reference-name="Confirm_Button">
<dlg:live can-be-moved="false" can-be-resized="false"
can-be-rotated="false" can-change-format="false"
can-change-properties="false" can-change-text-properties="false"
can-type="false" editing-change-type="optional"
function-call-button-end="Function|1|Confirm" tooltip="Confirm your
entries"/>
<dlg:rect bottom="291.60pt" left="284.11pt" right="338.11pt"
top="273.60pt"/>
<fo:font-props font-family="Arial" font-size="10pt"/>
<dlg:image-up>
<dlg:dib>
<dlg:binary encoding="base64">…</dlg:binary>
</dlg:dib>
</dlg:image-up>
<dlg:image-down>
<dlg:dib>
<dlg:binary encoding="base64">…</dlg:binary>
</dlg:dib>
</dlg:image-down>
<dlg:image-hover>
<dlg:dib>
<dlg:binary encoding="base64">…</dlg:binary>
</dlg:dib>
</dlg:image-hover>
</dlg:button>
Parents
dlg:button
Attributes
None.
Structure
Example
<dlg:button button-style="image" button-type="custom-button"
caption="Confirm" reference-name="Confirm_Button">
<dlg:live can-be-moved="false" can-be-resized="false"
can-be-rotated="false" can-change-format="false"
can-change-properties="false" can-change-text-properties="false"
can-type="false" editing-change-type="optional"
function-call-button-end="Function|1|Confirm" tooltip="Confirm your
entries"/>
<dlg:rect bottom="291.60pt" left="284.11pt" right="338.11pt"
top="273.60pt"/>
<fo:font-props font-family="Arial" font-size="10pt"/>
<dlg:image-up>
<dlg:dib>
<dlg:binary encoding="base64">…</dlg:binary>
</dlg:dib>
</dlg:image-up>
<dlg:image-down>
<dlg:dib>
<dlg:binary encoding="base64">…</dlg:binary>
</dlg:dib>
</dlg:image-down>
<dlg:image-hover>
<dlg:dib>
<dlg:binary encoding="base64">…</dlg:binary>
</dlg:dib>
</dlg:image-hover>
</dlg:button>
For more information about defining Live properties of objects, see Designing for LiveEditor in
the Exstream Design and Production documentation.
Parents
dlg:barcode-use
dlg:button
dlg:chart
dlg:document
dlg:image
dlg:index
dlg:library-component-ref
dlg:page
dlg:paragraph
dlg:section
dlg:shape
dlg:table
dlg:table-of-contents
dlg:text
dlg:text-frame
dlg:variable-use
fo:basic-link
fo:inline
wrapper (fo:wrapper)
The following parent elements are specified in the Exstream Object and Content DTD but do not
have any Live settings defined by this element:
l dlg:campaign
l dlg:chart-overlay
l dlg:message
l dlg:signature-field
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
auto-size Bool When local is specified for the form- In the Field Properties dialog box for
field-source attribute, specifies whether the text entry area, the Autosize check
the size of the form field is determined box
automatically based on the contents
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
can-be-moved Bool Specifies whether the object can be moved by On the Interactive tab of the object
an end user in LiveEditor properties, the Move check box
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:barcode-use
l dlg:button
l dlg:chart
l dlg:image
l dlg:index
l dlg:shape
l dlg:table
l dlg:text
can-be-resized Bool Specifies whether the object can be resized by On the Interactive tab of the object
an end user in LiveEditor properties, the Size check box
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:barcode-use
l dlg:button
l dlg:chart
l dlg:image
l dlg:index
l dlg:shape
l dlg:table
l dlg:text
can-be-rotated Bool Specifies whether the object can be rotated by On the Interactive tab of the object
an end user in LiveEditor properties, the Rotate check box
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:shape
l dlg:text
can-change-format Bool When optional or required is specified On the Interactive tab of the object
for the editing-change-type attribute, properties, the Text format check box
specifies whether the formatting of text (such
as font face, font size, and font style) in an
object can be changed by an end user in
LiveEditor
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:chart
l dlg:index
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:section
l dlg:table
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
can-change-properties Bool When optional or required is specified On the Interactive tab of the object
for the editing-change-type attribute, properties, the Properties check box
specifies whether the properties of an object
(such as line and fill properties) can be
changed by an end user in LiveEditor
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:barcode-use
l dlg:image
l dlg:index
l dlg:shape
l dlg:table-of-contents
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
can-type Bool When optional or required is specified On the Interactive tab of the object
for the editing-change-type attribute, properties, the Text edit check box
specifies whether the text in an object can be
edited
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:table
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
comb-type Enum When local is specified for the form- In the Field Properties dialog box for
field-source attribute, the type of border the text entry area, the Character
that appears around each character in the frame drop-down list
form field
One of the following:
l none—
l box—
l bevel—
l comb—
l comb-top-bottom—
l underscore—
l corners—
content-pick-type Enum When optional or required is specified On the Interactive tab of the object
for the editing-change-type attribute, properties, the Use control to select
the type of control provided for the end user to content drop-down list
select content in the object
One of the following:
l none—Do not use a control for content
selection.
l static-list—Use a drop-down list
for content selection. List entries are
specified using child dlg:value-
pair elements. The end user's selection
is stored in the variable referenced by the
list-return-variable attribute.
This value is invalid when the parent
element is dlg:image.
l variable-list—Use a drop-down
list for content selection. List entries are
provided by the variable referenced by
the list-display-variable
attribute. The end user's selection is
stored in the variable referenced by the
list-return-variable attribute.
This value is invalid when the parent
element is dlg:image.
l calendar—Use a calendar to allow
the end user to select a date. This value is
invalid when the parent element is
dlg:image.
l built-in—Use an image selector to
allow the end user to select from images
specified by sibling dlg:image-
element elements. This value is valid
only when the parent element is
dlg:image.
l file-upload—Allow end users to
upload a file. This value is valid only
when the parent element is
dlg:image or dlg:text.
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:image
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
content-variable-oi Ref A reference to the variable that stores the On the Interactive tab of the object
content of the object properties, the Variable for content
and validation box
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:text
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
editable-area-name Text The name of the object used for navigation or In the Advanced properties dialog
identification in a selection group box accessed from the Interactive tab
of the object properties, the Name box
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:barcode-use
l dlg:button
l dlg:chart
l dlg:chart-overlay
l dlg:image
l dlg:index
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:section
l dlg:shape
l dlg:table
l dlg:table-of-contents
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
editing-change-type Enum Specifies whether changes to the object by an On the Interactive tab of the object
end user in LiveEditor are possible or properties, the Content change drop-
required down list
One of the following:
l none—An end user cannot make
changes to the object.
l optional—An end user can
optionally make changes to the object.
l required—An end user is required to
make changes to the object.
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:barcode-use
l dlg:button
l dlg:chart
l dlg:image
l dlg:index
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:section
l dlg:shape
l dlg:table
l dlg:table-of-contents
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
enable-variable-oi Ref A reference to a Boolean variable that On the Interactive tab of the object
determines when the object is enabled for end properties, the Enable box
users in LiveEditor. Omit this attribute or use
the value Variable|0| to specify that the
object is always enabled.
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:barcode-use
l dlg:button
l dlg:chart
l dlg:chart-overlay
l dlg:document
l dlg:image
l dlg:index
l dlg:page
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:section
l dlg:shape
l dlg:table
l dlg:table-of-contents
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
exclude-from-outline Bool Specifies whether the object represented by On the Interactive tab of the object
the parent element is excluded from the properties, the Exclude from outline
Outline Viewer in LiveEditor viewer check box
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:barcode-use
l dlg:button
l dlg:chart
l dlg:image
l dlg:index
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:section
l dlg:shape
l dlg:table
l dlg:table-of-contents
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
fill-color Color When local is specified for the form- In the Field Properties dialog box for
field-source attribute and true is the text entry area, the Fill color well
specified for the want-fill attribute, the
color of the background fill in the form field
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
form-field-library Ref When library is specified for the form- In the Field Properties dialog box for
field-source attribute, a reference to an the text entry area, the Library form
existing form field in the Library in Exstream field box
Design and Production
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
form-field-source Enum When form is specified for the text- In the Field Properties dialog box for
field-type attribute, the type of form field the text entry area, the Form field
used for text entry source drop-down list
One of the following:
l application—Use the default form
field for the application.
l library—Use an existing form field
from the Library, referenced by the
form-field-library attribute.
l local—Use a new form field defined by
the comb-type, line-color,
line-width, fill-color, want-
fill, auto-size, form-space,
form-height, and form-width
attributes
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
form-height Int When local is specified for the form- In the Field Properties dialog box for
field-source attribute and false is the text entry area, the Height box
specified for the auto-size attribute, the
height, in logical units, of the form field
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
form-mask-name Text The combination of characters and symbols In the Field Properties dialog box for
that defines the type of data that can be the text entry area, the Data entry
entered in the form field mask box
The following symbols are used in a data entry
mask:
l *—Any character
l #—A numeric character (0–9)
l ?—An alphabetic character (A–Z, a–z)
l A—An alphanumeric character (0–9, A–
Z, a–z)
l U—An uppercase alphabetic character
(A–Z)
l L—A lowercase alphabetic character (a–
z)
l H—A hexadecimal digit (0–9, A–F, a–f)
l \—Escape the following character and
use it as a literal.
Other characters included in the value are
used as literal characters included in the form
field.
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
form-space Int When local is specified for the form- In the Field Properties dialog box for
field-source attribute and false is the text entry area, the Spacing box
specified for the auto-size attribute, the
space, in logical units, between characters in
the form field
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
form-width Int When local is specified for the form- In the Field Properties dialog box for
field-source attribute and false is the text entry area, the Width box
specified for the auto-size attribute, the
width, in logical units, of the form field
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
function-call-button-end Ref A reference to the function that is triggered In the Advanced properties dialog
when an end user clicks a button or an object, box accessed from the Interactive tab
or makes a selection in a list of the object properties, the Button
action or Completed button action
Valid for the following parent elements:
box
l dlg:barcode-use
l dlg:button
l dlg:chart
hidden-type Enum Specifies whether and how an object can be On the Interactive tab of the object
hidden by end users properties, the Show and hide drop-
down list
One of the following:
l none—The object cannot be hidden.
l user-atomic—An end user can
show or hide the object.
l variable-user—The object is
shown or hidden based on a selection
group defined by the variable-
for-selector and selector-
value attributes, and the end user is
allowed to control the group using a
prompt defined by the selection-
prompt-type attribute.
l variable-auto—The object is
shown or hidden based on a selection
group defined by the variable-
for-selector and selector-
value attributes, and the group is
controlled by customer data.
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:barcode-use
l dlg:button
l dlg:chart
l dlg:chart-overlay
l dlg:document
l dlg:image
l dlg:index
l dlg:page
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:section
l dlg:shape
l dlg:table
l dlg:table-of-contents
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
line-color Color When local is specified for the form- In the Field Properties dialog box for
field-source attribute, the color of the the text entry area, the Line color well
border that appears around each character in
the form field
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
line-width Int When local is specified for the form- In the Field Properties dialog box for
field-source attribute, the line width, in the text entry area, the Line box
logical units, of the border that appears
around each character in the form field
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
link-type Enum Specifies whether a link is followed when the In the Advanced properties dialog
end user clicks the object, and specifies the box accessed from the Interactive tab
source of the link of the object properties, the Link drop-
down list
One of the following:
l none—Do not follow a link when an end
user clicks the object.
l static—Follow a link specified by the
static-hyperlink attribute when
an end user clicks the object.
l variable—Follow a link specified by
the variable referenced by the
variable-hyperlink attribute
when an end user clicks the object.
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:barcode-use
l dlg:button
l dlg:chart
l dlg:image
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:section
l dlg:shape
l dlg:table
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
list-can-multi-select Bool When static-list or variable- On the Interactive tab of the object
list is specified for the content-pick- properties, the Allow multiple select
type attribute, specifies whether the end user check box
can select multiple items from the list
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
list-can-sort Bool When static-list or variable- On the Interactive tab of the object
list is specified for the content-pick- properties, the Sort list items check
type attribute, specifies whether the list is box
sorted for display in LiveEditor
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
list-display-variable Ref When variable-list is specified for the On the Interactive tab of the object
content-pick-type attribute, a properties, the Display values for list
reference to the variable that provides the population box
content of the list
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
list-return-variable Ref When static-list or variable- On the Interactive tab of the object
list is specified for the content-pick- properties, the Selection index
type attribute, a reference to the variable that variable box
stores the index of the drop-down list item the
end user selects. This variable must be an
array if true is specified for the list-
can-multi-select attribute.
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
live-caption-text Text The text that appears for the object in the On the Interactive tab of the object
Outline Viewer in LiveEditor properties, the Live caption box
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:barcode-use
l dlg:button
l dlg:chart
l dlg:chart-overlay
l dlg:document
l dlg:image
l dlg:index
l dlg:page
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:section
l dlg:shape
l dlg:table
l dlg:table-of-contents
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
live-inheritance-type Enum Specifies how a section or paragraph inherits On the Interactive tab of the
the Live settings of the parent section paragraph or section properties, the
Honor parent's properties drop-
One of the following:
down list
l always—Inherit all Live properties from
the attributes of the dlg:live element
for the parent dlg:section element.
l honor-parent—Inherit Live
properties from the attributes of the
dlg:live element for the parent
dlg:section element for attributes
that have not been set in this dlg:live
element.
l never—Do not inherit Live properties
from the parent section; use only
properties specified by the attributes in
this dlg:live element.
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:section
live-validation Enum Specifies how an end user is notified of an In the Advanced properties dialog
entry that is invalid based on the variable box accessed from the Interactive tab
referenced by the content-variable- of the object properties, the Validation
oi attribute drop-down list
One of the following:
l default—The default validation
option from the Live setting object in
Design Manager is used.
l warn—The end user receives a warning
message, but can choose to continue to
edit the Live document. This option is the
default.
l require—The end user must correct
the invalid data and cannot navigate
away from the invalid field until it is
corrected.
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:text
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
selection-prompt-type Enum When variable-user is specified for the On the Interactive tab of the object
hidden-type attribute, the text that properties, the Selection prompt
appears in the dialog box when an end user drop-down list
clicks the content selection group
One of the following:
l edit-area-name—Use the text
specified for the editable-area-
name attribute.
l object-name—Use the text specified
for the reference-name attribute of
the parent element.
l pickup-text—Use the content of the
area of text or variable. This value is valid
only for the parent elements dlg:text,
dlg:variable-use, fo:basic-
link, and fo:inline.
l live-caption—Use the text
specified for the live-caption-
text attribute.
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:barcode-use
l dlg:button
l dlg:chart
l dlg:chart-overlay
l dlg:document
l dlg:image
l dlg:index
l dlg:page
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:section
l dlg:shape
l dlg:table
l dlg:table-of-contents
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
selector-value Text When variable-auto or variable- On the Interactive tab of the object
user is specified for the hidden-type properties, the Value box
attribute, the value associated with the parent
object that is stored in the variable referenced
by the variable-for-selector
attribute
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:barcode-use
l dlg:button
l dlg:chart
l dlg:chart-overlay
l dlg:document
l dlg:image
l dlg:index
l dlg:page
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:section
l dlg:shape
l dlg:table
l dlg:table-of-contents
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
show-tab Bool Specifies whether the tab order index of the On the Interactive tab of the object
object represented by the parent element is properties, the Show tab index check
shown in LiveEditor box
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:barcode-use
l dlg:button
l dlg:chart
l dlg:image
l dlg:index
l dlg:shape
l dlg:table
l dlg:table-of-contents
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
static-hyperlink Text When static-hyperlink is specified for In the Advanced properties dialog
the link-type attribute, the link to follow box accessed from the Interactive tab
when an end user clicks the object of the object properties, the Link box
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:barcode-use
l dlg:button
l dlg:chart
l dlg:image
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:section
l dlg:shape
l dlg:table
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
tab-stop Bool Specifies whether the object represented by On the Interactive tab of the object
the parent element is a tab stop in LiveEditor properties, the Tab stop check box
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:barcode-use
l dlg:button
l dlg:chart
l dlg:image
l dlg:index
l dlg:shape
l dlg:table
l dlg:table-of-contents
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
text-field-minimum-width Int The minimum width, in logical units, of a text In the Advanced properties dialog
edit area box accessed from the Interactive tab
of the object properties, the Minimum
Valid for the following parent elements:
width of edit area box
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:text
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
text-field-type Enum When true is specified for the can-type On the Interactive tab of the object
attribute, the type of text entry provided for end properties, the drop-down list beside
users in LiveEditor the Text edit check box
One of the following:
l text—Use standard text entry, and do
not highlight the existing content when
the end user initially places the cursor in
the editable area.
l data—Use standard text entry, and
highlight the existing content when the
end user initially places the cursor in the
editable area. This value is invalid when
the parent element is dlg:table.
l form—Use a form field for text entry.
This value is invalid when the parent
element is dlg:table.
l none—Do not use a text entry method.
This value is valid only for non-textual
parent elements and is equivalent to
omitting this attribute.
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:table
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
tool-tip Text The tooltip that appears for the object in On the Interactive tab of the object
LiveEditor properties, the Tip and description
box
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:barcode-use
l dlg:button
l dlg:chart
l dlg:chart-overlay
l dlg:image
l dlg:index
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:section
l dlg:shape
l dlg:table
l dlg:table-of-contents
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
upload-prompt Text When file-upload is specified for the On the Interactive tab of the object
content-pick-type attribute, the text properties, the Prompt to display
that appears in the object before the end user when there is no image box
uploads text or an image
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:image
l dlg:text
user-hidden Bool When user-atomic is specified for the On the Interactive tab of the object
hidden-type attribute, specifies whether properties, the Initially hidden check
the object or text area represented by the box
parent element is hidden by default in
LiveEditor
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:barcode-use
l dlg:button
l dlg:chart
l dlg:chart-overlay
l dlg:document
l dlg:image
l dlg:index
l dlg:page
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:section
l dlg:shape
l dlg:table
l dlg:table-of-contents
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
variable-for-selector Ref When variable-auto or variable- On the Interactive tab of the object
user is specified for the hidden-type properties, the Selection group
attribute, a reference to the content selection variable box
group array variable that controls the content
selection group
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:barcode-use
l dlg:button
l dlg:chart
l dlg:chart-overlay
l dlg:document
l dlg:image
l dlg:index
l dlg:page
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:section
l dlg:shape
l dlg:table
l dlg:table-of-contents
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
want-fill Bool When local is specified for the form- In the Field Properties dialog box for
field-source attribute, specifies whether the text entry area, the Fill color well. A
the form field background is filled. When value of false is equivalent to
true is specified for this attribute, the fill- selecting None.
color attribute is used to specify the color.
Valid for the following parent elements:
l dlg:paragraph
l dlg:text
l dlg:variable-use
l fo:basic-link
l fo:inline
Structure
Example
<dlg:text>
<dlg:live allow-form-insert="true" auto-size="true" can-be-moved=
"false" can-be-resized="false" can-be-rotated="false"
can-change-format="false" can-change-properties="false"
can-change-text-properties="false" can-do-object-properties="0"
can-type="true" comb-type="box" content-pick-type="static-list"
content-variable-index="0" content-variable-oi=
"Variable|560|Plan_Desc" editable-area-name="test name"
editing-change-type="optional" enable-variable-oi="Variable|0|"
exclude-from-outline="false" fill-color="rgb(196,196,196)"
form-field-library="Form Field|0|" form-field-source="local"
form-height="200" form-mask-name="" form-space="10" form-width=
"100" function-call-button-end="Function|2|test_function_2"
function-call-button-start="Function|0|" hidden-type="user-atomic"
line-color="rgb(0,0,0)" line-width="1" link-type="none"
list-can-multi-select="false" list-can-sort="true"
list-display-variable="Variable|0|" list-return-variable=
"Variable|531|Customer_Age" list-type="dropdown" live-caption-text=
"test Live caption" live-inheritance-type="always" live-validation=
"default" selection-prompt-type="pickup-text" selector-value="18"
show-tab="true" static-hyperlink="" tab-stop="true"
text-field-minimum-width="100" text-field-type="data" tooltip=
"test tip and description" user-hidden="false"
variable-for-selector="Variable|0|" variable-hyperlink=
"Variable|0|" want-fill="false"/>
<dlg:rect bottom="513.00pt" left="225.00pt" right="369.00pt" top=
"468.00pt"/>
<fo:flow display-align="auto" height="625.00lu" margin-bottom=
"0.00lu" margin-left="0.00lu" margin-right="0.00lu" margin-top=
"0.00lu" width="2000.00lu">
<fo:block>
<fo:inline color="" font-family="Times New Roman" font-size=
"10.00pt" font-style="normal" letter-spacing="0.00pt">test text
</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
</fo:flow>
</dlg:text>
Parents
dlg:live
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
name Text The name that appears in the content In the List Items dialog box, the Text
selection list of selected item box
Structure
Example
<dlg:text>
<dlg:live … content-pick-type="static-list" …
editing-change-type="optional" …
list-return-variable="Variable|531|Customer_Age" …>
<dlg:value-pair name="Joe Customer" value="customer,joe" />
<dlg:value-pair name="Sally Customer" value="customer,sally" />
<dlg:rect …>
<fo:flow …>
…
</fo:flow>
</dlg:text>
For more information about the design objects that are represented by elements in this section,
see Designing Customer Communications in the Exstream Design and Production
documentation.
Parents
dlg:page
Attributes
None.
Structure
Parents
fo:basic-link
fo:block
fo:inline
leader (fo:leader)
wrapper (fo:wrapper)
Attributes
In addition to the following attributes, the fo:basic-link element uses one or more of the
common attributes found in “Shared XSL-FO Attributes” on page 637.
external-destination Text The destination URL for the hyperlink In the Hyperlink Properties dialog
box (accessed from the Add text
hyperlink context menu selection),
the Static link drop-down list and box
link-type Enum Specifies whether the object links to an In the Hyperlink Properties dialog
external URL or to an internal hyperlink box for the object, the Static link,
anchor Dynamic link, and Internal link radio
buttons
One of the following:
l none—The object does not link to a URL
or a hyperlink anchor.
l static—The object links to the URL
specified for the static-hyperlink
attribute.
l dynamic—The object links to the URL
provided by the variable referenced by
the variable-hyperlink attribute.
l internal—The object links to the
internal location specified for the
hyperlink-anchor attribute.
meta-props-alternate- Text The text that an accessibility tool reads to On the Accessibility tab of the object
text represent the object when read- properties, the Alternate text box
alternate-text is specified for the
meta-props-options attribute
meta-props-language Enum The language used when the meta- On the Accessibility tab of the object
props-options attribute is set to read- properties, the Accessibility
alternate-text or read-object- language list
text. If this attribute is omitted and no other
parent object has a language specified, the
default customer language is used. If this
attribute is omitted and a parent object has a
language specified, the language on the
parent object is inherited.
One of the following:
l default—The default customer
language
l amharic—Amharic
l arabic—Arabic
l armenian—Armenian
l bengali—Bengali
l catalan—Catalan
l cebuano—Cebuano
l chinese—Chinese (PRC)
l chinese-tw—Chinese (Taiwan)
l chinese-hk—Chinese (Hong Kong
SAR)
l chinese-sg—Chinese (Singapore)
l czech—Czech
l danish—Danish
l dutch—Dutch
l english-us—English (American)
l english-au—English (Australian)
l english-uk—English (British)
l farsi—Farsi (Persian)
l finnish—Finnish
l french—French
l french-creole—French Creole
l french-ca—French (Canadian)
l german—German
l gujarati—Gujarati
l hawaiian—Hawaiian
l hindi—Hindi
l hmong—Hmong
l hungarian—Hungarian
l igbo—Igbo
l ilokano—Ilokano
l italian—Italian
l japanese—Japanese
l khmer—Khmer
l korean—Korean
l kru—Kru
l lao—Lao
l marshallese—Marshallese
l navajo—Navajo
l nepali—Nepali
l norway—Norwegian
l norway-bokmal—Norwegian
(Bokmål)
l newnorway—Norwegian (Nynorsk)
l oromo—Oromo
l pohnpeian—Pohnpeian
l polish—Polish
l portug—Portuguese
l brazil—Portuguese (Brazilian)
l punjabi—Punjabi
l romanian—Romanian
l russian—Russian
l samoan—Samoan
l spanish—Spanish
l swedish—Swedish
l tagalog—Tagalog
l thai—Thai
l tongan—Tongan
l turkish—Turkish
l ukranian—Ukranian
l urdu—Urdu
l vietnamese—Vietnamese
l yoruba—Yoruba
meta-props-options Enum Specifies whether object text or alternate text is On the Accessibility tab of the object
read by accessibility tools properties, the Read options list
One of the following:
l do-not-read—Do not read object
text or alternate text for this object or for
any of its child objects.
l read-alternate-text—Read the
alternate text specified for the meta-
props-alternate-text attribute.
l read-object-text—Read the text
that is associated with a textual object.
meta-props-order Int The numerical order in which you want the text On the Accessibility tab of the object
to be read by accessibility tools when the properties, the Read order box
meta-props-option attribute is set to
read-alternate-text or read-
object-text
variable-hyperlink Ref When variable is specified for the link- On the Hyperlink Properties dialog
type attribute, a reference to the variable that box for the object, the Dynamic link
provides the destination URL for the link box
Structure
Example
<fo:basic-link color="" external-destination="[Link]
font-family="" font-size="1.00pt" font-style="normal" is-comment="false"
letter-spacing="0.00pt" linefeed-treatment="ignore">
<fo:inline color="" font-family="Times New Roman" font-size="10.00pt"
font-style="normal" is-comment="false" letter-spacing="0.00pt"
page-break-before="auto">OpenText website</fo:inline>
</fo:basic-link>
Parents
fo:basic-link
fo:block
block-container (fo:block-container)
float (fo:float)
fo:flow
fo:footnote-body
fo:inline
inline-container (fo:inline-container)
list-item-body (fo:list-item-body)
list-item-label (fo:list-item-label)
table-caption (fo:table-caption)
fo:table-cell
wrapper (fo:wrapper)
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
populate Enum Specifies whether the variable referenced by In the Cross Reference Properties
the variable attribute stores the page dialog box (accessed from the
number or paragraph number of the target Paragraph > Add Cross Reference
defined by this element context menu selection), the Populate
the cross reference variable with
One of the following:
drop-down list
l page-number—Reference the page
number.
l paragraph-number—Reference
the paragraph number.
variable Ref A reference to a cross-reference variable used In the Cross Reference Properties
to store the page or paragraph number of the dialog box (accessed from the
target Paragraph > Add Cross Reference
context menu selection), the Specify
the variable to set for this cross-
reference ID box
Structure
Example
<fo:block end-indent="0lu" is-comment="false" keep-together="auto"
keep-with-next="auto" line-height="0lu" line-spacing="single"
space-after="0lu" space-before="0lu" start-indent="0lu" tab-ruler="7"
text-align="left" text-indent="0lu" usage-rule="Rule|0|">
<fo:cross-reference populate="page-number"
variable="Variable|588|Teaser_Page_Cross_Ref"/>
<fo:inline color="" font-family="Times New Roman" font-size="10.00pt"
font-style="normal" is-comment="false" letter-spacing="0.00pt"
page-break-before="auto">This text is the target of a
cross-reference.</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
Parents
fo:basic-link
fo:block
block-container (fo:block-container)
float (fo:float)
fo:flow
fo:footnote-body
fo:inline
inline-container (fo:inline-container)
leader (fo:leader)
list-item-body (fo:list-item-body)
list-item-label (fo:list-item-label)
table-caption (fo:table-caption)
fo:table-cell
wrapper (fo:wrapper)
Attributes
In addition to the following attributes, the fo:footnote element uses one or more of the
common attributes found in “Shared XSL-FO Attributes” on page 637.
content Enum The content source for the footnote In the Footnote Properties dialog
box (accessed from the Paragraph >
One of the following:
Add Footnote context menu
l text—Use a child fo:footnote- selection), the Content drop-down list
body element to specify the footnote text.
l variable—Use the variable
referenced by the variable attribute
to provide the footnote text.
l text-message—Use the message
referenced by the message attribute to
provide the footnote text.
identifier-placement Enum The placement of the footnote identifier In the Footnote Properties dialog
box (accessed from the Paragraph >
One of the following:
Add Footnote context menu
l current—Place the footnote identifier selection), the Identifier location
within the body of the text. drop-down list
l left—Place the footnote identifier
outside the left margin of the line
containing the footnote reference.
include Enum Specifies the conditions under which the In the Footnote Properties dialog
footnote is included box (accessed from the Paragraph >
Add Footnote context menu
One of the following:
selection), the When to include drop-
l always—Always include the footnote down list
for all customers.
l var-gt-0—Include the footnote if the
variable referenced by the include-
variable attribute has text content or
a value greater than zero.
l var-ne-1—Include the footnote if the
variable does not have content or is
equal to zero.
The following values are not used:
l if-count-var
l if-not-count-var
include-variable Ref When var-gt-0 or var-ne-1 is specified In the Footnote Properties dialog
for the include attribute, a reference to the box (accessed from the Paragraph >
variable that determines whether the footnote Add Footnote context menu
is included selection), the Reference variable
box
message Ref When text-message is specified for the In the Footnote Properties dialog
content attribute, a reference to the box (accessed from the Paragraph >
message that provides the footnote text Add Footnote context menu
selection), the drop-down list that
contains the available text messages
numbering-method Enum Specifies whether the footnote is numbered or In the Footnote Properties dialog
uses a specific marker, and whether duplicate box (accessed from the Paragraph >
footnotes share the specific marker Add Footnote context menu
selection), the Numbering drop-down
One of the following:
list
l auto—Allow the footnote to be
numbered automatically according to its
location in the document.
l specific—Use a specific marker to
identify the footnote. The marker is
specified using a child fo:inline
element.
l specific-collapse—Use a
specific marker to identify the footnote,
and have duplicate footnotes use the
same identifier automatically. The marker
is specified using a child fo:inline
element.
placement Enum The location of the footnote within the In the Footnote Properties dialog
customer documents box (accessed from the Paragraph >
Add Footnote context menu
One of the following:
selection), the Placement drop-down
l anywhere—Place the footnote text list
anywhere within any of the documents for
the customer.
l same-page—Place the footnote text
on the same page as the text it
references.
l same-document—Place the footnote
text in the same document as the text it
references, but not necessarily on the
same page.
variable Ref When variable is specified for the In the Footnote Properties dialog
content attribute, a reference to the box (accessed from the Paragraph >
variable that provides the footnote text Add Footnote context menu
selection), the variable box below the
Identifier location drop-down list
Structure
Example
<fo:block …>
<fo:inline …>This text includes a footnote.</fo:inline>
<fo:footnote content="text" identifier-placement="current" include=
"always" numbering-method="specific" placement="anywhere">
<fo:inline>*</fo:inline>
<fo:footnote-body>
<fo:block>This is a note about the above text.</fo:block>
</fo:footnote-body>
</fo:footnote>
<fo:inline …> This text follows the footnote identifier.</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
Parents
footnote (dlg:footnote)
Attributes
The fo:footnote-body element uses one or more of the common attributes found in “Shared
XSL-FO Attributes” on page 637.
Structure
Example
<fo:block …>
<fo:inline …>This text includes a footnote.</fo:inline>
<fo:footnote content="text" identifier-placement="current" include=
"always" numbering-method="specific" placement="anywhere">
<fo:inline>*</fo:inline>
<fo:footnote-body>
<fo:block>This is a note about the above text.</fo:block>
</fo:footnote-body>
</fo:footnote>
<fo:inline …> This text follows the footnote identifier.</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
Parents
dlg:page
Attributes
None.
Structure
Parents
fo:declarations
Attributes
Attribute Data type Description
Structure
Example
<dlg:hyperlink-anchor>
<dlg:basic folder="Folder|2000000000|Exstream" oid="16">
<dlg:name>All_Accounts</dlg:name>
<dlg:description>Summary of all accounts.</dlg:description>
</dlg:basic>
</dlg:hyperlink-anchor>
Parents
dlg:embedded-object
dlg:object
dlg:objects
Attributes
In addition to the following attributes, the dlg:index element uses one or more of the common
attributes found in “Shared Design Object Attributes” on page 622.
column-width Int When right is specified for the page- On the Index tab of the index
number-position attribute, the width, in properties, the Column width box
logical units, of the column that contains the
page numbers
custom-heading-order Enum When any value except none is specified for On the Index tab of the index
the custom-heading-position properties, the Heading order drop-
attribute, the order of the custom headings down list for custom headings
One of the following:
l alphabetical—Arrange the
headings alphabetically.
l page-order—Arrange the headings
by the page numbers on which the
entries within each heading appear.
l current-locale—Arrange the
headings according to the current locale
settings, taking language-specific
characters into account.
custom-heading-position Enum Specifies whether custom index headings are On the Index tab of the index
displayed, and where they appear within the properties, the Display custom
index headings check box and the Heading
position drop-down list for custom
One of the following:
headings
l none—Do not display custom headings.
l inline—Display custom headings and
arrange them in order along with the
alphabetical headings.
l before-alpha—Display custom
headings before all the alphabetical
headings.
l after-alpha—Display custom
headings after all the alphabetical
headings.
If false is specified for the display-
alphabetic-headings attribute,
specifying any value except none for the
custom-heading-position attribute
causes custom headings to be displayed.
display-alphabetic- Bool Specifies whether alphabetical headings are On the Index tab of the index
headings displayed properties, the Display alphabetic
headings check box
entry-order Enum The order in which entries appear under each On the Index tab of the index
heading properties, the Entry order drop-
down list
One of the following:
l alphabetical—Arrange the entries
alphabetically.
l page-order—Arrange the entries by
the page numbers to which they refer.
l current-locale—Arrange the
entries according to the current locale
settings, taking language-specific
characters into account.
entry-wrap Bool Specifies whether index entries that are longer On the Index tab of the index
than a single line wrap to the next line. If properties, the Wrap entry text check
false is specified for this attribute, entries box
that are longer than a single line are
truncated.
heading-justification Enum When true is specified for the display- On the Format menu, the Paragraph
alphabetic-headings attribute, or Alignment selection for the headings
when any value except none is specified for in the index
the custom-heading-position
attribute, the alignment of the index headings
One of the following:
l left
l right
l center
l span
The following values are not used:
l both
l nil
l right-tab
heading-position Enum When true is specified for the display- On the Index tab of the index
alphabetic-headings attribute, properties, the Use special heading
specifies whether a special index heading for non-alpha entries check box and
(specified by the heading-text attribute) the Heading position drop-down list
is used for non-alphabetical entries and where for the special heading
the heading appears within the index
One of the following:
l none—Do not include a special heading
for non-alphabetical entries.
l before-alpha—Include a special
heading for non-alphabetical entries and
place it before all the alphabetical
headings.
l after-alpha—Include a special
heading for non-alphabetical entries and
place it after all the alphabetical
headings.
The following value is not used:
l inline
heading-text Text When before-alpha or after-alpha On the Index tab of the index
is specified for the heading-position properties, the Heading text box for
attribute, the text of the special index heading the special heading
used for non-alphabetical entries
justification Enum When right is specified for the page- On the Index tab of the index
number-position attribute, the properties, the Column alignment
alignment of the page numbers in the column drop-down list
One of the following:
l left
l right
l center
The following values are not used:
l both
l nil
l right-tab
l span
leader Text When right is specified for the page- On the Index tab of the index
number-position attribute, the character properties, the Leader drop-down list
used for the leader that appears before the
page number
Must be one of the following characters:
l . (period)
l , (comma)
l : (colon)
l – (hyphen)
l _ (underscore)
level-indent Int The amount of space, in logical units, to indent On the Index tab of the index
each level of the index properties, the Level indent box
num-levels Int The number of levels to include in the index, On the Index tab of the index
not including headings. To allow Exstream to properties, the Levels to include
automatically determine the levels to include in drop-down list
the index, specify 0 for this attribute. A child
dlg:index-level element should be
included for each level anticipated in the
index, including headings.
Must be in the range 0–3
page-number-position Enum Specifies whether page numbers appear in On the Index tab of the index
the index and where the page number properties, the Show page number
appears in each index entry of entries check box and the Position
drop-down list
One of the following:
l none—Do not show page numbers.
l append—Show page numbers
following the text in each entry.
l right—Show page numbers in a
separate column.
show-every-page Bool When append or right is specified for the On the Index tab of the index
page-number-position attribute, properties, the Duplicate entries
specifies how multiple instances of the same drop-down list
index entry in a document are handled. If
true is specified for this attribute, the page
numbers are shown for every instance of the
entry in the document. If false is specified
for this attribute, only the page number of the
first instance of the entry is shown.
Structure
Example
<dlg:index can-split="false" column-width="500" current-angle="0"
custom-heading-position="none" delay-comp="none" design-var-ndx="0"
display-alphabetic-headings="true" entry-order="page-order" entry-wrap
="true" flip-h="false" flip-v="false" flow-around="no" flow-break=
"auto" h-auto-size="false" heading-justification="left"
heading-position="before-alpha" heading-text="#" ignore-relative="no"
justification="right" language="Language|0|" level-indent="250"
lock-proportions="false" meta-props-language="default"
meta-props-options="read-object-text" meta-props-order="1" num-levels=
"3" page-number-position="right" pen="true" pen-color="rgb(0,0,0)"
pen-style="solid" pen-width="1lu" pos-rel-to-above="0" ref-id=
"5708590" reference-name="Index" shadow="none" show-duplicates="false"
show-every-page="false" v-auto-size="false">
<dlg:rect bottom="747.00pt" left="135.00pt" right="495.00pt" top=
"351.00pt"/>
<dlg:index-level color="rgb(116,116,116)" font-family="Times New Roman"
font-size="20.00pt" font-style="normal" font-weight="bold"
level-indent="0" space-above="100"/>
<dlg:index-level color="rgb(0,0,0)" font-family="Times New Roman"
font-size="16.00pt" font-style="normal" level-indent="0"
space-above="200"/>
<dlg:index-level color="rgb(0,0,0)" font-family="Times New Roman"
font-size="10.00pt" font-style="normal" level-indent="2"
space-above="100"/>
<dlg:index-level color="rgb(0,0,0)" font-family="Times New Roman"
font-size="10.00pt" font-style="normal" level-indent="1"
space-above="100"/>
</dlg:index>
A dlg:index-entry element and its child elements represent the structure below a single first-
level entry. A separate dlg:index-entry element should be included for each first-level entry
and the sub-entries below it.
Parents
fo:basic-link
fo:block
block-container (fo:block-container)
float (fo:float)
fo:flow
fo:footnote-body
fo:inline
inline-container (fo:inline-container)
list-item-body (fo:list-item-body)
list-item-label (fo:list-item-label)
table-caption (fo:table-caption)
fo:table-cell
wrapper (fo:wrapper)
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
custom-heading Enum The source of the text that appears for the In the Index Entry Properties dialog
custom heading box (accessed from the Paragraph >
Add Index Entries context menu
One of the following:
selection), the Place this entry under
l none—Do not place this index entry a custom heading check box and
under a custom heading. drop-down list
l paragraph—Place this index entry
under a custom heading and use all of
the text in the paragraph as the custom
heading text. This value is valid only
when the dlg:index-entry
element is a child of an fo:block
element.
l variable—Place this index entry
under a custom heading, and use the
variable referenced by the custom-
heading-variable attribute to
provide custom heading text.
l text—Place this index entry under a
custom heading, and use the text
specified for the custom-heading-
text attribute as the custom heading
text.
custom-heading-text Text When text is specified for the custom- In the Index Entry Properties dialog
heading attribute, the text to use as the box (accessed from the Paragraph >
custom heading text Add Index Entries context menu
selection), the Place this entry under
a custom heading box
custom-heading-variable Ref When variable is specified for the In the Index Entry Properties dialog
custom-heading attribute, a reference to box (accessed from the Paragraph >
the variable that contains the custom heading Add Index Entries context menu
text selection), the Place this entry under
a custom heading variable box
Structure
Example
<fo:block …>
<dlg:index-entry custom-heading="static" custom-heading-text="Custom
index heading for first primary index entry">
<dlg:index-entry-level source="static"
text="First level 1 index entry"/>
<dlg:index-entry-level source="static"
text="Level 2 index entry for first primary entry"/>
<dlg:index-entry-level source="static"
text="Level 3 index entry for first primary entry"/>
</dlg:index-entry>
<dlg:index-entry custom-heading="static"
custom-heading-text=
"Custom index heading for second primary index entry">
<dlg:index-entry-level source="static"
text="Second level 1 index entry"/>
<dlg:index-entry-level source="static"
text="Level 2 index entry for second primary entry"/>
</dlg:index-entry>
<fo:inline …>This is the text for an index entry</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
The order of dlg:index-entry-level elements determines the index level associated with
each element. The first dlg:index-entry-level element is associated with the first-level
entry, the second is associated with the second-level entry, and the third is associated with the
third-level entry.
Parents
dlg:index-entry
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
source Enum The source of the text that appears for the In the Index Entry Properties dialog
index entry box (accessed from the Paragraph >
Add Index Entry context menu
One of the following:
selection), the Level 1, Level 2, or
l paragraph—Use all of the text in the Level 3 drop-down list (depending on
paragraph as the index entry text. This the relative position of this
value is valid only when the parent dlg:index-entry-level
dlg:index-entry element is a child element)
of an fo:block element.
l variable—Use the variable
referenced by the variable attribute
to provide custom text for the index entry
for each customer.
l text—Use the text specified for the
text attribute as the index entry text.
The following value is not used:
l none
text Text When text is specified for the source In the Index Entry Properties dialog
attribute, the text to use as the index entry text box (accessed from the Paragraph >
Add Index Entry context menu
selection), the Level 1, Level 2, or
Level 3 box (depending on the
relative position of this
dlg:index-entry-level
element)
variable Ref When variable is specified for the In the Index Entry Properties dialog
source attribute, a reference to the variable box (accessed from the Paragraph >
that contains the index entry text Add Index Entry context menu
selection), the Level 1, Level 2, or
Level 3 variable box (depending on
the relative position of this
dlg:index-entry-level
element)
Structure
Example
<dlg:index-entry custom-heading="static" custom-heading-text="Custom
index heading for first primary index entry">
<dlg:index-entry-level source="static"
text="First level 1 index entry"/>
<dlg:index-entry-level source="static"
text="Level 2 index entry for first primary entry"/>
<dlg:index-entry-level source="static"
text="Level 3 index entry for first primary entry"/>
</dlg:index-entry>
A dlg:index-level element should be included for each level anticipated in the index, including
headings (even if both custom and alphabetical index headings are disabled). Since three index
levels are supported, up to four dlg:index-level elements can be included. If the value
specified for the num-levels attribute of the parent dlg:index element is greater than 0, there
typically should be one more dlg:index-level element than that number, in order to account
for headings and all specified levels.
The order of dlg:index-level elements determines the index level associated with each
element. The first dlg:index-level element is always associated with headings, even if both
custom and alphabetical index headings are disabled. The second is associated with first-level
entries, the third is associated with second-level entries, and the fourth is associated with third-
level entries.
Parents
dlg:index
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
color Color The color of the text at the index level In the object properties or the Select
associated with this element Font dialog box for the index level
(accessed from the Format > Font
menu selection), the Color color well
font-family Text The font face of the text at the index level In the Select Font dialog box for the
associated with this element index level (accessed from the
Format > Font menu selection), the
Font box and list
font-size Int The font size, in points, of the text at the index In the Select Font dialog box for the
level associated with this element index level (accessed from the
Format > Font menu selection), the
Point size drop-down list
font-style Enum Specifies whether the text at the index level In the Select Font dialog box for the
associated with this element is italic index level (accessed from the
Format > Font menu selection), the
One of the following:
Italic check box
l normal
l italic
The following values are not supported:
l backslant
l oblique
font-weight Enum Specifies whether the text at the index level In the Select Font dialog box for the
associated with this element is bold index level (accessed from the
Format > Font menu selection), the
One of the following:
Bold check box
l normal
l bold
The following values are not supported:
l bolder
l lighter
l 100
l 200
l 300
l 400
l 500
l 600
l 700
l 800
l 900
Structure
Example
<dlg:index …>
…
<dlg:index-level color="rgb(116,116,116)" font-family="Times New Roman"
font-size="20.00pt" font-style="normal" font-weight="bold"
level-indent="0" space-above="100"/>
<dlg:index-level color="rgb(0,0,0)" font-family="Times New Roman"
font-size="16.00pt" font-style="normal" level-indent="0"
space-above="200"/>
<dlg:index-level color="rgb(0,0,0)" font-family="Times New Roman"
font-size="10.00pt" font-style="normal" level-indent="2"
space-above="100"/>
<dlg:index-level color="rgb(0,0,0)" font-family="Times New Roman"
font-size="10.00pt" font-style="normal" level-indent="1"
space-above="100"/>
</dlg:index>
Parents
fo:block
Attribute
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
hyperlink-anchor Ref A reference to the hyperlink anchor object that In Designer, the Choose Hyperlink
marks the internal destination for the link Anchor dialog box for the selected
text to which the internal hyperlink is
applied
Structure
Example
<fo:block end-indent="0lu" is-comment="false" keep-together="auto" keep-with-
next="auto" line-height="0lu" line-spacing="single" space-after="50lu" space-
before="200lu" start-indent="0lu" tab-ruler="6" text-align="left" text-
indent="0lu" usage-rule="Rule|0|">
<dlg:internal-link hyperlink-anchor="Hyperlink Anchor|1|Declarations"/>
<fo:inline color="rgb(0,128,255)">this is an internal
hyperlink.</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
Parents
dlg:embedded-object
dlg:object
dlg:objects
Attributes
In addition to the following attributes, the dlg:table-of-contents element uses one or more of
the common attributes found in “Shared Design Object Attributes” on page 622.
column-width Int When right is specified for the page- On the Table of Contents tab of the
number-position attribute, the width, in table of contents properties, the
logical units, of the column that contains the Column width box
page numbers
entry-wrap Bool Specifies whether table of contents entries that On the Table of Contents tab of the
are longer than a single line wrap to the next table of contents properties, the Wrap
line. If false is specified for this attribute, entry text check box
entries that are longer than a single line are
truncated.
justification Enum When right is specified for the page- On the Table of Contents tab of the
number-position attribute, the table of contents properties, the
alignment of the page numbers in the column Column alignment drop-down list
One of the following:
l left
l right
l center
The following values are not used:
l both
l nil
l right-tab
l span
leader Text When right is specified for the page- On the Table of Contents tab of the
number-position attribute, the character table of contents properties, the
used for the leader that appears before the Leader string check box and drop-
page number down list
Must be one of the following characters:
l . (period)
l , (comma)
l : (colon)
l – (hyphen)
l _ (underscore)
level-indent Int The amount of space, in logical units, to indent On the Table of Contents tab of the
each level of the table of contents table of contents properties, the Tab
size box
num-levels Int The number of levels to include in the table of On the Table of Contents tab of the
contents. To allow Exstream to automatically table of contents properties, the
determine the levels to include in the table of Levels to include drop-down list
contents, specify 0 for this attribute. A child
dlg:index-level element should be
included for each level anticipated in the table
of contents.
Must be in the range 0–6
page-number-position Enum Specifies whether page numbers appear in On the Table of Contents tab of the
the table of contents and where the page table of contents properties, the Page
number appears in each entry number position drop-down list
One of the following:
l none—Do not show page numbers.
l append—Show page numbers
following the text in each entry.
l right—Show page numbers in a
separate column.
toc-hyperlink Bool In PDF or HTML output, specifies whether the On the Table of Contents tab of the
entries in the table of contents are hyperlinks table of contents properties, the
that allow navigation to the associated Hyperlink check box
locations in the document
toc-type Enum Specifies the scope of the table of contents On the Table of Contents tab of the
table of contents properties, the Type
One of the following:
drop-down list
l complete—The table of contents
applies to all documents for each
customer.
l sub-document—The table of
contents applies only to the document in
which it is located.
Structure
Example
<dlg:table-of-contents can-split="false" column-width="500"
current-angle="0" delay-comp="none" design-var-ndx="0" entry-wrap=
"true" flip-h="false" flip-v="false" flow-around="no" flow-break=
"auto" h-auto-size="false" ignore-relative="no" justification="right"
language="Language|0|" leader="." level-indent="250" lock-proportions=
"false" meta-props-language="default" meta-props-options=
"read-object-text" meta-props-order="2" num-levels="4"
page-number-position="right-column" pen="true" pen-color="rgb(0,0,0)"
pen-style="solid" pen-width="1lu" pos-rel-to-above="0" ref-id="80001"
reference-name="TOC" shadow="none" toc-hyperlink="true" toc-type=
"complete" v-auto-size="false">
<dlg:rect bottom="756.00pt" left="306.00pt" right="585.00pt" top=
"513.00pt"/>
<dlg:table-of-contents-level color="rgb(0,0,0)" font-family="Times
New Roman" font-size="10.00pt" font-style="normal" include-leaders=
"false" level-indent="0" space-above="100"/>
<dlg:table-of-contents-level color="rgb(0,0,0)" font-family="Times
New Roman" font-size="10.00pt" font-style="normal" include-leaders=
"false" level-indent="1" space-above="100"/>
<dlg:table-of-contents-level color="rgb(0,0,0)" font-family="Times
New Roman" font-size="10.00pt" font-style="normal" include-leaders=
"false" level-indent="1" space-above="100"/>
<dlg:table-of-contents-level color="rgb(0,0,0)" font-family="Times
New Roman" font-size="10.00pt" font-style="normal" include-leaders=
"false" level-indent="1" space-above="100"/>
</dlg:table-of-contents>
Parents
fo:basic-link
fo:block
block-container (fo:block-container)
float (fo:float)
fo:flow
fo:footnote-body
fo:inline
inline-container (fo:inline-container)
list-item-body (fo:list-item-body)
list-item-label (fo:list-item-label)
table-caption (fo:table-caption)
fo:table-cell
wrapper (fo:wrapper)
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
level Int The level at which the associated table of In the TOC Entry Properties dialog
contents entry appears in the table of contents box (accessed from the Paragraph >
Add TOC Entry context menu
selection), the Entry drop-down list
source Enum The source of the text that appears for the In the TOC Entry Properties dialog
table of contents entry box (accessed from the Paragraph >
Add TOC Entry context menu
One of the following:
selection), the Text source drop-
l paragraph—Use all of the text in the down list
paragraph as the table of contents entry
text. This value is valid only when this
element is a child of an fo:block
element.
l variable—Use the variable
referenced by the variable attribute
to provide custom text for the table of
contents entry for each customer.
l text—Use the text specified for the
text attribute as the table of contents
entry text.
The following value is not used:
l none
text Text When text is specified for the source In the TOC Entry Properties dialog
attribute, the text to use as the table of contents box (accessed from the Paragraph >
entry text Add TOC Entry context menu
selection), the Text source box
variable Ref When variable is specified for the In the TOC Entry Properties dialog
source attribute, a reference to the variable box (accessed from the Paragraph >
that contains the table of contents entry text Add TOC Entry context menu
selection), the Text source variable
box
Structure
Example
<fo:block …>
<dlg:table-of-contents-entry level="1" source="static" text="Sample
Level 1 TOC entry"/>
<fo:inline …>Sample Level 1 Heading</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
<fo:block …>
<fo:inline …>This is the overview text under the level 1 heading.
</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
<fo:block …>
<dlg:table-of-contents-entry level="2" source="static" text="Sample
Level 2 TOC entry"/>
<fo:inline …>Sample Level 2 Heading</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
<fo:block …>
<fo:inline …>This is the text under the level 2 heading.</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
Parents
dlg:table-of-contents
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
color Color The color of the text at the table of contents In the Select Font dialog box for the
level associated with this element table of contents level (accessed from
the Format > Font menu selection),
the Color color well
font-family Text The font face of the text at the table of contents In the Select Font dialog box for the
level associated with this element table of contents level (accessed from
the Format > Font menu selection),
the Font box and list
font-size Int The font size, in points, of the text at the table of In the Select Font dialog box for the
contents level associated with this element table of contents level (accessed from
the Format > Font menu selection),
the Point size drop-down list
font-style Enum Specifies whether the text at the table of In the Select Font dialog box for the
contents level associated with this element is table of contents level (accessed from
italic the Format > Font menu selection),
the Italic check box
One of the following:
l normal
l italic
The following values are not supported:
l backslant
l oblique
font-weight Enum Specifies whether the text at the table of In the Select Font dialog box for the
contents level associated with this element is table of contents level (accessed from
bold the Format > Font menu selection),
the Bold check box
One of the following:
l normal
l bold
The following values are not supported:
l bolder
l lighter
l 100
l 200
l 300
l 400
l 500
l 600
l 700
l 800
l 900
Structure
Example
<dlg:table-of-contents …>
…
<dlg:table-of-contents-level color="rgb(0,0,0)" font-family="Times
New Roman" font-size="10.00pt" font-style="normal" include-leaders=
"false" level-indent="0" space-above="100"/>
<dlg:table-of-contents-level color="rgb(0,0,0)" font-family="Times
New Roman" font-size="10.00pt" font-style="normal" include-leaders=
"false" level-indent="1" space-above="100"/>
<dlg:table-of-contents-level color="rgb(0,0,0)" font-family="Times
New Roman" font-size="10.00pt" font-style="normal" include-leaders=
"false" level-indent="1" space-above="100"/>
<dlg:table-of-contents-level color="rgb(0,0,0)" font-family="Times
New Roman" font-size="10.00pt" font-style="normal" include-leaders=
"false" level-indent="1" space-above="100"/>
</dlg:table-of-contents>
For more information about the marketing objects that are represented by elements in this
section, see Managing Marketing Messages in the Exstream Design and Production
documentation.
The messages in the campaign can be fully defined using dlg:message child elements, or
referenced using dlg:message-use child elements. The order of these elements determines
the order of the messages used in the campaign.
Some of the attributes of this element limit the customers to whom the campaign is sent. Keep
in mind that all of the conditions defined by those attributes apply at the same time. For
example, if a rule is specified for the usage-rule attribute, and if-respond is specified for the
target-activity attribute, and true is specified for the in-file attribute, then the campaign
is sent only to customers for whom the specified rule is true, who responded to the previous
campaign specified by the campaign attribute, and who are in the list in the reference file
specified by the if-in-file attribute.
Parents
dlg:application
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
activity-delay-type Enum When any value except none is specified for On the Targeting tab of the campaign
the target-activity attribute, specifies properties, the Action drop down list
how to send the campaign if the criteria
specified by the target-activity
attribute are met for the previously-sent
campaign
One of the following:
l none—Send the campaign immediately
if the criteria specified by the target-
activity attribute are met for the
previous campaign.
l times—Send the campaign if the
criteria specified by the target-
activity attribute are met for the
previous campaign, and if the previous
campaign has been sent the number of
times specified by the was-sent-
times attribute.
l days—Send the campaign if the criteria
specified by the target-activity
attribute are met for the previous
campaign, and if it has been the number
of days specified by the was-sent-
times attribute since the previous
campaign was sent.
campaign Ref When any value except none is specified for On the Targeting tab of the campaign
the target-activity attribute, a properties, the Previous campaign
reference to the previously-sent campaign that box
determines the inclusion of this campaign for a
customer
campaign-type Enum Specifies the circumstances under which the On the Targeting tab of the campaign
campaign can force the document to add properties, the Campaign-driven
pages to fit the campaign pages drop-down list
One of the following:
l filler—Do not force the document to
add pages to fit the campaign.
l only-if-free—Force the document
to add pages to fit the campaign, only if
doing so does not add any additional
postage.
l always—Force the document to add
pages to fit the campaign, only if doing so
does not exceed the marketing page limit
set on the application object.
l must-go—Force the document to add
pages to fit the campaign, regardless of
any other limitations.
l content-only—Force the document
to add pages to fit the campaign, only if
the campaign was intended to be placed
only in content flow frames.
l exclude-all-if-no-teaser—
Do not include the remaining campaign
content if the document cannot fit the
teaser message for the campaign.
l exclude-all-if-add-
postage—Do not include the
remaining campaign content if additional
pages would be necessary, and if their
addition would add additional postage.
frequency Int When customer is specified for the On the Distribution tab of the
tracking-level attribute, and a value campaign properties, the Minimum
greater than 1 is specified for the max- days between each time this is
times-to-send attribute, the number of sent to same customer box
days to wait before the campaign can be sent
again
if-in-file Ref When true is specified for the in-file On the Targeting tab of the campaign
attribute, a reference to the reference file that properties, the Send to customers
specifies the list of customers to which the listed in reference file box
campaign is sent
in-file Bool Specifies whether the campaign is sent to a list On the Targeting tab of the campaign
of customers specified by the reference file properties, the Send to customers
referenced by the if-in-file attribute listed in reference file check box
max-job-times Int When summary or customer is specified On the Distribution tab of the
for the tracking-level attribute, the campaign properties, the Limit
maximum number of times the campaign can copies of this campaign sent in one
be sent in a single engine run Engine run check box and box
max-times-to-send Int When customer is specified for the On the Distribution tab of the
tracking-level attribute, the maximum campaign properties, the Limit total
number of times an individual customer can copies of this campaign sent to a
receive the campaign customer check box and box
max-total-times Int When summary or customer is specified On the Distribution tab of the
for the tracking-level attribute, the campaign properties, the Limit total
maximum number of times the campaign can copies of this campaign sent to all
be sent overall customer check box and box
priority Int When constant is specified for the On the Priority tab of the campaign
priority-type attribute, the priority level properties, the Priority box
of the campaign
priority-type Enum Specifies how the priority for this campaign On the Priority tab of the campaign
compared to other campaigns is determined properties, the Method for specifying
priority of this campaign compared
One of the following:
to other campaigns drop-down list
l rules—The priority level for each
customer is determined by the rule
specified within a dlg:priority-
formula child element.
l constant—The priority level specified
for the priority attribute is used for
all customers.
rule-timing Enum Specifies when the rule referenced by the On the Targeting tab of the campaign
usage-rule attribute is applied to the properties, the When to run drop-
campaign down list
One of the following:
l end—Run the rule once, after all
customer data is available.
l beginning—Run the rule once, after
only the initial customer data is available.
l named-first—Run the rule each
time the section with the name specified
for the rule-timing-section
attribute is encountered, until all data
sections have been read, or the
campaign is included once for the
customer.
l named-all—Run the rule each time
the section with the name specified for the
rule-timing-section attribute is
encountered, until all data sections have
been read, and include the campaign
each time the rule applies.
rule-timing-section Text When named-first or named-all is On the Targeting tab of the campaign
specified for the rule-timing attribute, the properties, the box adjacent to the
name of the data section for which the rule is When to run drop-down list
run
run-plan Enum Specifies how dates specified within On the Dates tab of the campaign
dlg:campaign-run child elements apply properties, the Active dates drop
to the campaign down list
One of the following:
l always—Deliver the campaign without
any date restrictions.
l include-dates—Deliver the
campaign only within the date ranges
specified within dlg:campaign-run
child elements.
l exclude-dates—Deliver the
campaign at any date except within the
date ranges specified within
dlg:campaign-run child elements.
target-activity Enum Specifies how a customer response to the On the Targeting tab of the campaign
previous campaign (referenced by the properties, the Send to customer
campaign attribute) determines whether to based on previous campaign drop-
send this campaign down list
One of the following:
l none—Send the campaign, regardless
of whether any previous campaign was
sent or received a response.
l if-sent—Send the campaign
(according to the action specified for the
activity-delay-type attribute) if
the campaign referenced by the
campaign attribute was previously sent
to the customer, regardless of whether
the customer responded to that
campaign.
l if-respond—Send the campaign
(according to the action specified for the
activity-delay-type attribute) if
the campaign referenced by the
campaign attribute was previously sent
to the customer and if the customer
responded to that campaign.
l if-not-respond—Send the
campaign (according to the action
specified for the activity-delay-
type attribute) if the campaign
referenced by the campaign attribute
was previously sent to the customer and if
the customer did not respond to that
campaign.
target-method Enum
teaser Ref A reference to the teaser message used with On the Basic tab of the campaign
the campaign properties, the Teaser message box
track-begin Date The date on which tracking of the campaign In the Period dialog box, accessed
begins from the Date Range box on the
Distribution tab of the campaign
properties, the From boxes and drop-
down list
track-end Date The date on which tracking of the campaign In the Period dialog box, accessed
ends from the Date Range box on the
Distribution tab of the campaign
properties, the To boxes and drop-
down list
tracking-level Enum The type of information to track for the On the Distribution tab of the
campaign campaign properties, the Customer
drop-down list
One of the following:
l none—Do not track the campaign.
l summary—Track a summary of
information about the campaign, but do
not track information about the customers
who receive the campaign.
l customer—Track a summary of
information about the campaign and track
information about each of the customers
who receives the campaign.
until-response Bool When customer is specified for the On the Distribution tab of the
tracking-level attribute, specifies campaign properties, the Do not
whether the campaign is no longer sent to send to customers after response
each customer after receiving a response from check box
the customer
usage-rule Ref A reference to the rule that determines the On the Targeting tab of the campaign
inclusion of the campaign for a customer. If a properties, the Rule box
rule is specified for this attribute, the rule timing
should be specified for the rule-timing
attribute.
user-sort1 Text
user-sort2 Text
user-sort3 Text
version Int The version number of the campaign object In the Administration dialog box for
the campaign object, the Version box;
or, in the history view for the
campaign object, the Version column
was-sent-times Int Specifies one of the following, based on the On the Targeting tab of the campaign
value of the activity-delay-type properties, the box adjacent to the
attribute: Action drop down list
l When times is specified for the
activity-delay-type attribute,
the number of times the campaign
referenced by the campaign attribute
must be sent before sending this
campaign
l When days is specified for the
activity-delay-type attribute,
the number of days to wait after the
campaign referenced by the campaign
attribute is sent before sending this
campaign
which-docs Enum Specifies how campaigns are included across On the Targeting tab of the campaign
multiple documents received by the customer properties, the When customer
receives multiple documents drop-
One of the following:
down list
l once—Include the campaign only once.
If it is included in one document, it cannot
be included in any remaining documents.
l copy—Repeat the campaign in each
document.
l current—Repeat the campaign in
qualified section documents. This option
is valid only when named-first or
named-all is specified for the rule-
timing attribute.
Structure
Example
<dlg:campaign xmlns:dlg=
"[Link] activity-delay-type=
"none" all-msg-together="false" always-first="false" campaign=
"Campaign|0|" campaign-type="always" can-be-used="true" exclusivity=
"non-exclusive" frequency="0" if-in-file="InputFile|0|" in-file=
"false" max-job-times="0" max-times-to-send="1" max-total-times="0"
priority="1" priority-type="constant" rule-timing="end"
rule-timing-section="" run-plan="always" schemaVersion="2.0"
target-activity="none" target-method="all" track-begin="" track-end=""
tracking-level="none" until-response="false" usage-rule=
"UsageRule|5|" user-sort1="0.10" user-sort2="123abc" user-sort3=""
was-sent-times="1" which-docs="once" xmlns:dxf=
"[Link] xmlns:fo=
"[Link]
<dlg:basic folder="Folder|2|Marketing" oid="3">
<dlg:name>Q3 New Service Offers</dlg:name>
</dlg:basic>
<dlg:message …>
<dlg:basic folder="Folder|2|Marketing" oid="7">
<dlg:name>Free Incoming Promo</dlg:name>
</dlg:basic>
<dlg:message-content xmlns:fo=
"[Link]
…
</dlg:message-content>
</dlg:message>
<dlg:message …>
<dlg:basic folder="Folder|2|Marketing" oid="7">
<dlg:name>American Beauty $170 Promo</dlg:name>
</dlg:basic>
<dlg:message-content xmlns:fo=
"[Link]
…
</dlg:message-content>
</dlg:message>
<dlg:message …>
<dlg:basic folder="Folder|2|Marketing" oid="7">
<dlg:name>DSL Offer</dlg:name>
</dlg:basic>
<dlg:message-content xmlns:fo=
"[Link]
…
</dlg:message-content>
</dlg:message>
</dlg:campaign>
Parents
dlg:application
Attribute
Attribute Data type Description
Structure
Example
<dlg:application …>
…
<dlg:campaign-reference campaign-ref="Campaign|3|Q3 New Service Offers" />
</dlg:application>
l When include-dates is specified for the run-plan attribute of the parent dlg:campaign
element, the dlg:campaign-run element represents the dates during which the campaign
represented by the parent dlg:campaign element is included.
l When exclude-dates is specified for the run-plan attribute of the parent dlg:campaign
element, the dlg:campaign-run element represents the dates during which the campaign
represented by the parent dlg:campaign element is excluded.
Parents
dlg:campaign
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
end-date Date The end date of the period during which the In the Period dialog box, accessed
campaign is included or excluded from one of the Data Range boxes on
the Dates tab of the campaign
properties, the To boxes and drop-
down list
start-date Date The start date of the period during which the In the Period dialog box, accessed
campaign is included or excluded from one of the Data Range boxes on
the Dates tab of the campaign
properties, the From boxes and drop-
down list
tracking Bool
Structure
Example
<dlg:campaign … run-plan="include-dates" …>
…
<dlg:campaign-run end-date="2025-04-01" start-date="2025-04-15"
tracking="true"/>
<dlg:campaign-run end-date="2025-05-01" start-date="2025-05-15"
tracking="true"/>
…
</dlg:campaign>
The character data of the element contains the rule logic, using the same syntax as that in the
Code Panel for a rule in Design Manager or Designer. For best results, use a CDATA section for
the rule logic.
Parents
dlg:priority-formula
Attributes
None.
Structure
Example
<dlg:priority-formula>
<dlg:formula-text><![CDATA[IF(Customer_Age >= 65) THEN
VALUE = 4
ELSE
VALUE = 2
ENDIF]
]></dlg:formula-text>
</dlg:priority-formula>
Some of the attributes of this element limit the customers for whom the message is included.
Keep in mind that all of the conditions defined by those attributes apply at the same time. For
example, if a rule is specified for the usage-rule attribute and specified is specified for the
jurisdiction-use attribute, then the message is included only for customers for whom the
specified rule is true and who are in an applicable jurisdiction as defined by a child dlg:ref-
many-jurisdiction element.
Parents
dlg:campaign
dlg:doc-message-use
dlg:embedded-object
dlg:object
dlg:objects
dlg:teaser-message
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
bottom-flow-margin Int When text is specified for the page-type On the Basic tab of the text message
attribute, the minimum space, in logical units, properties, the Flow box
required between the current message and
the next message in the frame before the next
message is forced to the next flow frame
can-split-text Bool When text is specified for the page-type On the Basic tab of the text message
attribute, specifies whether the message can properties, the Can split across
split across multiple frames or must remain frames check box
together in a single frame
default-as-background Bool Specifies whether objects common to all On the Languages tab of the
languages are placed on the default language properties of the containing page, the
layer Use default language as
background for other languages
check box
design-resolution Int The resolution at which you want to design the On the Basic tab of the properties of
page that contains the message the containing page, the Design
resolution box
flow-to-page Ref When text is specified for the page-type On the Flow tab of the properties of
attribute, a reference to the page that will the containing page, the Page box
contain overflow content when specific is
specified for the flow-type attribute
flow-type Enum When text is specified for the page-type On the Flow tab of the properties of
attribute, specifies how to handle overflow the containing page, the Destination
content from the message of overflow from this page list
One of the following:
l none—Discard overflow content from
the page and continue processing
without a warning message.
l repeat—Duplicate the page that
contains the message to contain the
overflow content.
l specific—Use the page specified for
the flow-to-page attribute to contain
the overflow content.
l warning—Discard overflow content but
continue processing with a warning
message.
l error—Discard overflow content and
stop processing with an error message.
hyperlink Text When static is specified for the link- On the Hyperlink Properties dialog
type attribute, the destination URL of the link box for the object, the Static link list
and box
hyperlink-new-window Bool When a URL is specified for the hyperlink On the Hyperlink Properties dialog
attribute, specifies whether the link opens in a box for the object, the Open in new
new window window check box
jurisdiction-use Enum Specifies how jurisdictional effectivity applies On the Regulatory tab of the
to the message message properties, the Enable
jurisdictional effectivity list
One of the following:
l all—Use the effectivity dates defined for
the object for all jurisdictions.
l specified—Include the message for
the jurisdictional effectivity dates specified
by the dlg:ref-many-
jurisdiction element.
l except—Exclude the message for the
jurisdictional effectivity dates specified by
the dlg:ref-many-
jurisdiction element.
link-type Enum When text, graphic, or both is specified On the Basic tab of the message
for the page-type attribute, specifies properties, the Link to URL (when
whether the object links to a URL and whether included in electronic output) list
the URL is static or provided by a variable
One of the following:
l none—The object does not link to a
URL.
l static—The object links to the URL
specified for the hyperlink attribute.
l dynamic—The object links to the URL
provided by the variable referenced by
the variable-hyperlink attribute.
message-template Ref When graphic or both is specified for the On the Basic tab of the graphic or
page-type attribute, a reference to the graphic/insert message properties,
message template associated with the the Template box
message
message-type Ref When text is specified for the page-type On the Basic tab of the text message
attribute, a reference to the message type properties, the Message type box
associated with the message
meta-props-alternate- Text The text that an accessibility tool reads to On the Accessibility tab of the
text represent the object when read- message properties, the Alternate
alternate-text is specified for the text box
meta-props-options attribute
meta-props-language Enum The language used when the meta- On the Accessibility tab of the
props-options attribute is set to read- message properties, the
alternate-text or read-object- Accessibility language list
text. If this attribute is omitted and no other
parent object has a language, the default
customer language is used. If this attribute is
omitted and a parent object has a language,
the language specified on the parent object is
inherited.
One of the following:
l default—The default customer
language
l amharic—Amharic
l arabic—Arabic
l armenian—Armenian
l bengali—Bengali
l catalan—Catalan
l cebuano—Cebuano
l chinese—Chinese (PRC)
l chinese-tw—Chinese (Taiwan)
l chinese-hk—Chinese (Hong Kong
SAR)
l chinese-sg—Chinese (Singapore)
l czech—Czech
l danish—Danish
l dutch—Dutch
l english-us—English (American)
l english-au—English (Australian)
l english-uk—English (British)
l farsi—Farsi (Persian)
l finnish—Finnish
l french—French
l french-creole—French Creole
l french-ca—French (Canadian)
l german—German
l gujarati—Gujarati
l hawaiian—Hawaiian
l hindi—Hindi
l hmong—Hmong
l hungarian—Hungarian
l igbo—Igbo
l ilokano—Ilokano
l italian—Italian
l japanese—Japanese
l khmer—Khmer
l korean—Korean
l kru—Kru
l lao—Lao
l marshallese—Marshallese
l navajo—Navajo
l nepali—Nepali
l norway—Norwegian
l norway-bokmal—Norwegian
(Bokmål)
l newnorway—Norwegian (Nynorsk)
l oromo—Oromo
l pohnpeian—Pohnpeian
l polish—Polish
l portug—Portuguese
l brazil—Portuguese (Brazilian)
l punjabi—Punjabi
l romanian—Romanian
l russian—Russian
l samoan—Samoan
l spanish—Spanish
l swedish—Swedish
l tagalog—Tagalog
l thai—Thai
l tongan—Tongan
l turkish—Turkish
l ukranian—Ukranian
l urdu—Urdu
l vietnamese—Vietnamese
l yoruba—Yoruba
meta-props-options Enum Specifies whether object text or alternate text is On the Accessibility tab of the
read by accessibility tools message properties, the Read
options list
One of the following:
l do-not-read—Do not read object
text or alternate text for this object or for
any of its child objects.
l read-alternate-text—Read the
alternate text specified for the meta-
props-alternate-text attribute.
l read-object-text—Read the text
that is associated with a textual object.
meta-props-order Int The numerical order in which you want the text On the Accessibility tab of the
to be read by accessibility tools when the message properties, the Read order
meta-props-option attribute is set to box
read-alternate-text or read-
object-text
page-type Enum The type of message In the second step of the New
Message dialog box when creating a
One of the following:
new message, the Type of message
l text—The message is a text message. list
l graphic—The message is a graphic
message.
l insert—The message is an insert
message.
l both—The message is a graphic/insert
message.
The following values are not used:
l form
l msg-analysis
l multipleup
l page
l paragraph
preprint-weight Text When static is specified for the weight- On the Basic tab of the insert or
selection-type attribute, the weight, in graphic/insert message properties,
ounces or grams, of the insert. The the Weight box
appropriate units must be specified.
renumber-text Bool When text is specified for the page-type On the Basic tab of the text message
attribute, specifies whether numbering in the properties, the Renumber this text
message is continued from the previous when placed in frame check box
message
send-default Bool When text, graphic, or both is specified On the Content tab of the text,
for the page-type attribute, specifies graphic, or graphic/insert message
whether to use the default language for a properties, the Send default
customer when the 'SYS_ language if customer language
LanguageCustomer' variable is not defined does not exist check box
size Coord When insert or both is specified for the On the Basic tab of the insert or
page-type attribute, the size of the insert graphic/insert message properties,
the Width and Height boxes
stylesheet Ref A reference to the default style sheet ( In Designer, the Select Style Sheet
stylesheet (dlg:stylesheet)) to dialog box for the message
use for the message
track-begin Date The date on which tracking of the message In the Period dialog box, accessed
begins from the Date Range box on the
Targeting tab of the message
properties, the From boxes and list
track-end Date The date on which tracking of the message In the Period dialog box, accessed
ends from the Date Range box on the
Targeting tab of the message
properties, the To boxes and list
tracking-level Enum The type of information to track for the On the Targeting tab of the message
message properties, the Customer list
One of the following:
l none—Do not track the message.
l summary—Track a summary of
information about the message, but do
not track information about the customers
who receive the message.
l customer—Track a summary of
information about the message and track
information about each of the customers
who receives the message.
usage-rule Ref A reference to the rule that determines On the Targeting tab of the message
whether the message is included for a properties, the Rule box
customer
user-identifier Text The identifier used in the print stream to On the Basic tab of the message
specify actions to be performed by post- properties, the External message
processing equipment when encountering the identifier
message
variable-hyperlink Ref When variable is specified for the link- On the Basic tab of the text, graphic,
type attribute, a reference to the variable that or graphic/insert message properties,
provides the destination URL for the link the Link to URL (when included in
electronic output) variable box
version Int The version number of the message In the Administration dialog box for
the object, the Version box; or, in the
history view for the object, the Version
column
weight-selection-type Enum When insert or both is specified for the On the Basic tab of the insert or
page-type attribute, specifies how the graphic/insert message properties,
weight of the insert is defined the Weight selection method list
One of the following:
l static—The weight of the insert is
specified by the preprint-weight
attribute.
l variable-oz—The weight of the
insert is specified, in ounces, by the
variable referenced by the weight-
variable attribute.
l variable-grams—The weight of the
insert is specified, in grams, by the
variable referenced by the weight-
variable attribute.
weight-variable Ref When variable-oz or variable- On the Basic tab of the insert or
grams is specified for the weight- graphic/insert message properties,
selection-type attribute, a reference to the Weight variable box
the variable that specifies the weight of the
insert
widow-orphan Int When true is specified for the can- On the Basic tab of the text message
split-text attribute, the number of lines properties, the Widow/orphan control
of text that must be able to appear before and box
after a split in order for the message to be split
Structure
Example
<dlg:message xmlns:dlg="[Link]
allow-doc-checksum="false" bottom-flow-margin="315" can-be-used=
"true" can-split-text="false" default-as-background="true"
design-resolution="300" flow-to-page="Page|0|" flow-type="none"
internet="false" jurisdiction-use="all" link-type="none"
message-template="MessageTemplate|0|" message-type=
"MessageType|2|Whitespace Message" meta-props-language="default"
meta-props-options="read-object-text" meta-props-order="0" page-duplex
="false" page-orientation="portrait" page-placement="any"
page-template="PageTemplate|0|" page-type="text" paper-type=
"PaperType|0|" renumber-text="false" schemaVersion="2.0" send-default=
"true" size="8500.00 460.00" stylesheet="StyleSheet|0|"
top-flow-margin="0" track-begin="" track-end="" tracking-level="none"
type="" url=" " usage-rule="UsageRule|0|" user-identifier=""
variable-hyperlink="Variable|0|" widow-orphan="2" xmlns:dxf=
"[Link] xmlns:fo=
"[Link]
<dlg:basic folder="Folder|2|Marketing" oid="13">
<dlg:name>TXT Trivia Giveaway</dlg:name>
</dlg:basic>
<dlg:message-content xmlns:fo=
"[Link]
<fo:declarations>
…
</fo:declarations>
<dlg:objects>
…
</dlg:objects>
</dlg:message-content>
</dlg:message>
Parents
dlg:message
dlg:paragraph
Attribute
Attribute Data type Description
Structure
Example
<dlg:message …>
<dlg:basic folder="Folder|2|Marketing" oid="13">
<dlg:name>TXT Trivia Giveaway</dlg:name>
</dlg:basic>
<dlg:message-content xmlns:fo="[Link]
<fo:declarations>
<dlg:tab-ruler …/>
</fo:declarations>
<dlg:objects>
<dlg:text …>
<dlg:rect …/>
<fo:flow …>
<fo:block …>
<fo:inline …>This is text in a message.</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
</fo:flow>
</dlg:text>
</dlg:objects>
</dlg:message-content>
</dlg:message>
Parents
dlg:campaign
dlg:doc-message-use
dlg:teaser-message
Attribute
Attribute Data type Description
Structure
Example
<dlg:doc—message—use …>
…
<dlg:message—use message="Message|13|TXT Trivia Giveaway" />
</dlg:doc—message—use>
Parents
dlg:campaign
Attributes
None.
Structure
Example
<dlg:priority-formula>
<dlg:formula-text><![CDATA[IF(Customer_Age >= 65) THEN
VALUE = 4
ELSE
VALUE = 2
ENDIF]
]></dlg:formula-text>
</dlg:priority-formula>
Parents
dlg:document
dlg:message
dlg:section
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
approved Date The date on which the jurisdictional effectivity In the Jurisdiction Version dialog
entry was last modified box (accessed by adding or editing
an item in the list on the Regulatory
tab of the object properties), the Date
box
approver Text The user who last modified the jurisdictional In the Jurisdiction Version dialog
effectivity entry box (accessed by adding or editing
an item in the list on the Regulatory
tab of the object properties), the
Modified by box
effective Date The date on which the document, message, or In the Jurisdiction Version dialog
section becomes effective for the jurisdiction box (accessed by adding or editing
referenced by the jurisdiction attribute an item in the list on the Regulatory
tab of the object properties), the
Effective date boxes and drop-down
list
expires Date The date on which the document, message, or In the Jurisdiction Version dialog
section expires for the jurisdiction referenced box (accessed by adding or editing
by the jurisdiction attribute an item in the list on the Regulatory
tab of the object properties), the
Expires boxes and drop-down list
jurisdiction Ref A reference to the jurisdiction in the Library to In the Jurisdiction Version dialog
which the dates specified for the effective box (accessed by adding or editing
and expires attributes apply an item in the list on the Regulatory
tab of the object properties), the
Jurisdiction drop-down list
Structure
Example
<dlg:message …>
<dlg:basic folder="Folder|2000000000|Exstream" oid="40">
<dlg:name>Test text message</dlg:name>
</dlg:basic>
<dlg:ref-many-jurisdiction approved="2013-04-05T14:42:50" approver=
"admin" approver-oi="1" effective="2025-01-01" expires="2025-12-31"
jurisdiction="Jurisdiction|1|Test Jurisdiction 1"/>
<dlg:ref-many-jurisdiction approved="2013-04-05T14:43:09" approver=
"admin" approver-oi="1" effective="2020-01-01" expires="2020-12-31"
jurisdiction="Jurisdiction|2|Test Jurisdiction 2"/>
<dlg:message-content xmlns:fo=
"[Link]
…
</dlg:message-content>
</dlg:message>
Parents
dlg:campaign
Attributes
None.
Structure
Example
<dlg:campaign …>
…
<dlg:teaser-message>
<dlg:message …>
<dlg:basic folder="Folder|2|Marketing" oid="27">
<dlg:name>Sample Teaser Message</dlg:name>
</dlg:basic>
<dlg:message-content xmlns:fo=
"[Link]
…
</dlg:message-content>
</dlg:message>
</dlg:teaser-message>
…
</dlg:campaign>
For more information about using variables in an application, see Using Data to Drive an
Application in the Exstream Design and Production documentation.
Note: Importing variable-related elements is supported only at run time. This element is
ignored in DXF imported at design time.
Parents
dlg:variable
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
language Ref A reference to the language object in the On the Values tab of the variable
Library to which the default value specified for properties, the Set initial values for
the value attribute applies. To specify the each language drop-down list
default language, specify Language|0| for
this attribute.
value Text The default value of the variable for the On the Values tab of the variable
language referenced by the language properties, the Initial value box
attribute
Structure
Example
<dlg:default-value language="Language|0|" value="This is the
intial value."/>
Note: Importing variable-related elements is supported only at run time. This element is
ignored in DXF imported at design time.
Parents
None; dlg:dxf-text is always a root element.
Attribute
Attribute Data type Description
Structure
Example
<dlg:dxf-text>
<fo:flow height="755.00pt" margin-bottom="0.00pt"
margin-left="0.00pt" margin-right="0.00pt" margin-top="0.00pt"
width="570.00pt">
<fo:block line-height="10.08pt" space-before="0.00pt"
start-indent="0.72pt" text-align="justify">
<dlg:tab-ruler id="1" list-type="none">
<dlg:tab-stop tab-align="left" tab-char="0"
tab-indent="36.00pt" />
<dlg:tab-stop tab-align="left" tab-char="0"
tab-indent="100.00pt" />
<dlg:tab-stop tab-align="left" tab-char="0"
tab-indent="144.00pt" />
</dlg:tab-ruler>
<fo:inline font-family="Arial" font-size="9.00pt"
text-decoration="underline">OWNERSHIP OF PROPERTY:
</fo:inline>
<fo:inline font-family="Arial" font-size="9.00pt">Borrower
represents that the Property is owned by Borrower free and
clear of all liens and encumbrances except those of which
Borrower has informed Lender in writing. Prior to any
default, Borrower may keep and use the Property at
Borrower's own risk, subject to the provisions of the
Uniform Commercial Code.</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
<fo:block line-height="10.08pt" space-before="5.04pt"
start-indent="0.72pt" text-align="left">
<fo:inline font-family="Arial" font-size="9.00pt"
text-decoration="underline">USE OF PROPERTY: </fo:inline>
<fo:inline font-family="Arial" font-size="9.00pt">Borrower
will not sell, lease, encumber, or otherwise dispose of the
Property without Lender's prior written consent. Borrower
will keep the Property at Borrower's address (as shown on
page 1) unless Lender has granted permission in writing for
the Property to be located elsewhere. The Property
will be used only in the state in which Borrower lives
unless the Property is a motor vehicle, in which case it
will be used outside the state only in the course of
Borrower's normal use of the Property.</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
</fo:flow>
</dlg:dxf-text>
Note: Importing variable-related elements is supported only at run time. This element is
ignored in DXF imported at design time.
Parents
dlg:variable
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
abbrev Text The identifier used for the string lookup In the Lookup String dialog box
(accessed from the String Lookup tab
of the variable properties), the
Identifier box
string-value Text The value that replaces the identifier during In the Lookup String dialog box
string lookup (accessed from the String Lookup tab
of the variable properties), the Value
box
Structure
Example
<dlg:lookup-string abbrev="KY" language="Language|0|"
string-value="Kentucky"/>
<dlg:lookup-string abbrev="US" language="Language|0|"
string-value="United States"/>
Note: Importing variable-related elements is supported only at run time. This element is
ignored in DXF imported at design time.
To specify a placeholder variable, specify placeholder for the data-type attribute, and use the
applicable attributes that begin with import- as well as the production-placeholder-
connector and test-placeholder-connector attributes to configure the placeholder settings.
For more information about using placeholder variables to import content, see Importing External
Content in the Exstream Design and Production documentation.
To configure a variable for use with Live documents, use the applicable attributes that begin with
live- and the appropriate setting for the varuse-substitution-time attribute.
For more information about using variables with Live documents, see Designing for LiveEditor in
the Exstream Design and Production documentation.
Parents
dlg:variables
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
array-max Int When static is specified for the array- On the Basic tab of the variable
type attribute, the number of elements in the properties, the box beside the Array
array drop-down list
array-reset Enum When any value except counter is specified On the Basic tab of the variable
for the var-calc-method attribute, properties, the Reset drop-down list
specifies the time within the engine run at
which a variable reinitializes or a growing
array variable resets to zero elements
One of the following:
l auto—The variable is reset before each
customer, or if the variable is mapped to a
section-based data file, the engine resets
the value before it reads any sections.
l customer—The variable is reset only
before each customer is read, regardless
of section-based data.
l none—The variable is reset only at the
beginning of each engine run.
l section-name—The variable is reset
before the engine reads the section
specified for the reset-name attribute.
l all-sections—The variable is reset
before each section.
array-type Enum When true is specified for the multi- On the Basic tab of the variable
valued attribute, specifies whether the array properties, the Array drop-down list
variable is static or growing
One of the following:
l static—The array has a fixed number
of values per customer, which is specified
for the array-max attribute.
l growing—The array grows to
accommodate a varying number of
values for each customer.
auto-lookup Bool Specifies whether codes and abbreviations On the String Lookup tab of the
are replaced with full strings during the engine variable properties, the
run. The replacement is performed using a Automatically convert to string
lookup table or an array variable, depending values from check box
on the value specified for the lookup-type
attribute.
code-trace-level Enum When formula is specified for the var- On the Values tab of the variable
calc-method attribute, specifies what properties, the Code trace drop-
information, if any, is written to the debug file down list
during execution of the formula when running
a code trace
One of the following:
l none—Do not write information to the
debug file during execution of the rule.
l sourceline—Write each code
statement during execution of the rule to
the debug file.
l assigned—Write each code statement
during execution of the rule to the debug
file, along with the names of variables as
they are used.
l all—Write each code statement during
execution of the rule to the debug file,
along with the values of variables as they
are used.
compute-section-name Text When named-section is specified for the On the Values tab of the variable
compute-time attribute, the name of the properties, the box below the
data section that determines when the engine Compute time drop-down list
computes the formula. The formula is
computed after the engine reads this section.
compute-time Enum When formula or counter is specified for On the Values tab of the variable
the var-calc-method attribute, the time properties, the Compute time drop-
at which the engine computes the formula down list
One of the following:
Note: XML node settings are
l as-needed—Compute the variable
not supported in DXF files.
when it is referenced in other objects.
Note that the as-needed setting Compute time for XML nodes
should not be specified for variables on does not have a corresponding
late compose objects. Also, if you specify attribute in the DXF elements.
as-needed, the formula cannot
contain references to itself.
l subaccount—Compute the variable
for each section as it is encountered in
the data.
l complete—Compute the variable after
processing the last customer.
l document—Compute the variable for
each customer, before any section data.
l initialize—Compute the variable
before processing the first customer.
l named-section—Compute the
variable after the engine reads the
named section specified for the
compute-section-name attribute.
l data-aggregration—Compute
the variable after the data aggregation
event.
l do-not-compute—Do not compute
the variable. Specify this setting if the
variable is computed only in a post-sort
processing run.
l page—Compute the variable for each
page. When this setting is specified,
page must also be specified for the
compute-time-post-sort
attribute.
l post-customer—Compute the
variable for each customer, after all
section data.
The following values are not used:
l init-post-sort
l row
compute-time-post-sort Enum When formula or counter is specified for On the Values tab of the variable
the var-calc-method attribute, and properties, the Post-sort compute
when you are creating a formula that time drop-down list
computes during a post-sort processing run,
the time at which the engine computes the
Note: XML node settings are
formula during the post-sort processing run
not supported in DXF files.
When page is specified for the compute-
Compute time for XML nodes
time attribute, page must also be specified
does not have a corresponding
for this attribute.
attribute in the DXF elements.
One of the following:
l as-needed—Compute the variable
when it is referenced in other objects.
Note that the as-needed setting
should not be specified for variables on
late compose objects. Also, if you specify
as-needed, the formula cannot
contain references to itself.
l complete—Compute the variable after
processing the last customer.
l initialize—Compute the variable
before processing the first customer.
l do-not-compute—Do not compute
the variable. Specify this setting if the
variable is computed only in a post-sort
processing run.
l post-customer—Compute the
variable for each customer, after all
section data.
l page—Compute the variable for each
page. This setting is valid only when
page is specified for the compute-
time attribute.
The following values are not used:
l data-aggregration
l document
l init-post-sort
l named-section
l row
l subaccount
data-type Enum The type of data that the variable contains On the Basic tab of the variable
properties, the Data type drop-down
One of the following:
list
l boolean—A value of true or false
l currency—A monetary amount with
units and language-dependent
formatting
l date—A date, time, or both, with
language-dependent formatting
l float—A floating-point numeric value
l integer—An integer value
l placeholder—Content from an
external source that is accessed during
an engine run
l string—A text value
l tagged-text—Text that includes
formatting tags
The following values are not used:
l none
l unknown
decimal Text When a decimal format is specified for the On the Output Format tab of the
format attribute, the symbol used to denote variable properties, the Decimal
the decimal symbol drop-down list
display-string Text The text that appears when the variable is On the Basic tab of the variable
used in Designer properties, the Design sample box
format Int The output format of the variable On the Output Format tab of the
variable properties, the Output
Must be one of the following values,
format drop-down list
corresponding to the listed settings:
l 0—Custom format, specified for the
format-string attribute
l 1—Keep Blanks
l 2—Trim Blanks
l 3—Trim Leading Blanks
l 4—Trim Trailing Blanks
l 5—General Number
l 6—Fixed Decimal
l 7—T/F
l 8—Y/N
l 9—1/0
l 10—TRUE/FALSE
l 11—Yes/No
l 12—Use Locale Specification
l 13—Packed (Left to Right)
l 14—Packed (Right to Right)
l 15—Binary Integer
l 16—Binary Float
l 17—Binary Double
l 18—Locale Currency
l 19—Significant Decimal
l 20—Fixed or Integer
l 21—Lower, Keep Blanks
l 22—Lower, Trim Blanks
l 23—Lower, Trim Leading
l 24—Lower, Trim Trailing
l 25—InitCap, Keep Blanks
l 26—InitCap, Trim Blanks
l 27—InitCap, Trim Leading
l 28—InitCap, Trim Trailing
l 29—Packed (Left to Left)
l 30—Packed (Right to Left)
l 31—Zoned
l 32—Alpha Upper (A, B, C)
format-string Text When 0 is specified for the format attribute, On the Output Format tab of the
the custom format of the variable variable properties, the Custom
format string box
format-zero Bool Specifies whether a variable value of 0 is On the Output Format tab of the
replaced with the text specified for the zero- variable properties, the Replace zero
string attribute check box
formula Text When formula or counter is specified for On the Values tab of the variable
the var-calc-method attribute, the properties, the Formula box
formula logic that determines the value of the
variable. The formula uses the same syntax as
that shown in the Code Panel for a rule in
Design Manager or Designer. For best results,
use a CDATA section for the formula logic.
import-keep Int When false is specified for the import- On the Placeholder tab of the
unique attribute, the number of files to keep variable properties, the Maximum
in memory so they are not read for each number of files to hold in memory
customer box
import-type Enum When placeholder is specified for the On the Placeholder tab of the
data-type attribute, the type of content that variable properties, the Placeholder
will be imported at run time drop-down list
One of the following:
l afpf-pseg-passthrough—AFP
page segment image file
l afpf-s45-passthrough—AFP
FS45, FS10, or FS11 IOCA image
l ascii—Plain text file
l epspassthrough—EPS image file
l imageresource—Images from a
printer resource (such as PostScript TIFF
images or Metacode IMGs)
l jpegpassthrough—JPEG image
file
l live—Text from a Live application
l overlayresource—Overlays from
a printer resource (such as Metacode
forms (FRMs), AFP overlays, PostScript
forms, and page segments)
l pdfpassthrough—PDF file
l pngpassthrough—PNG image file
l rtf—RTF text file
l tiff-g4—Black and white TIFF image
file with CCITT Group4 compression, or
uncompressed
l tiffpassthrough—Color TIFF
image file
The following values are not used:
l formattedtext
l none
l pdf
l png
l taggedtext
l webverse
import-unique Bool When placeholder is specified for the On the Placeholder tab of the
data-type attribute, specifies whether a variable properties, the The file for
different file is imported for each customer in each customer is unique check box
the run
language-dependent Bool Specifies whether a separate initial value is On the Values tab of the variable
specified for each language properties, the Set initial values for
each language check box
late-compose Bool
leading-zero Bool
live-caption-text Text The text that appears for the variable in the On the Interactive tab of the variable
Outline Viewer in LiveEditor, and, when a properties, the left-hand Live caption
value other than none is specified for the box
live-selection attribute, and live-
caption is specified for the selection-
prompt-type attribute of the dlg:live
element for the content selection group, the
text that appears in the dialog box when an
end user clicks the content selection group
live-form-mask Text The mask string used to specify the format of On the Interactive tab of the variable
the data entry in a Live document properties, the left-hand Default data
entry mask box
live-interview Bool Specifies whether the variable is a Live On the Interactive tab of the variable
interview variable, which is set on an interview properties, the Interview variable
page in a Live document and retains the same (unchanged across customers)
value for each customer check box
live-selection Enum Specifies whether the variable controls a On the Interactive tab of the variable
content selection group in a Live document properties, the Controls Live
and how many items end users can select in selection group drop-down list
the group
One of the following:
l none—The variable is not used to
control a content selection group.
l pick-0-or-1—The variable controls
a content selection group, and end users
are allowed to select one or zero items.
l pick-1—The variable controls a
content selection group, and end users
are required to select exactly one item.
l pick-n—The variable controls a
content selection group, and end users
are required to select the number of items
specified for the live-select-min
attribute.
l pick-n-to-m—The variable controls
a content selection group, and end users
are required to select at least the number
of items specified for the live-
select-min attribute, and allowed to
select up to the number of items specified
for the live-select-max attribute.
The following value is not used:
l overlayresource
live-select-max Int When pick-n-to-m is specified for the On the Interactive tab of the variable
live-selection attribute, the maximum properties, the left-hand Number of
number of items that the end user is allowed to selections box
select from the content selection group
live-select-min Int When pick-n or pick-n-to-m is On the Interactive tab of the variable
specified for the live-selection properties, the right-hand Number of
attribute, the minimum number of items that the selections box
end user is required to select from the content
selection group
lookup-action Enum When true is specified for the auto- On the String Lookup tab of the
lookup attribute, the action that occurs if an variable properties, the Action if not
identifier is not found in the lookup table or found drop-down list
array
One of the following:
l clear—The engine discards the value
and continues processing.
l keep—The engine retains the value
and continues processing.
l clearmsg—The engine discards the
value, issues an engine message, and
continues processing.
l keepmsg—The engine retains the
value, issues an engine message, and
continues processing.
l clearerr—The engine discards the
value and stops processing.
l keeperr—The engine retains the
value and stops processing.
lookup-key Ref When array or arraysorted is specified On the String Lookup tab of the
for the lookup-type attribute, a reference variable properties, the Array
to the array variable that contains the containing match values box
identifiers used for the string lookup
lookup-out Ref When array or arraysorted is specified On the String Lookup tab of the
for the lookup-type attribute, a reference variable properties, the Array
to the array variable that contains the string containing new values box
values that replace the identifiers during the
string lookup
lookups-sorted Bool
lookup-type Enum When true is specified for the auto- On the String Lookup tab of the
lookup attribute, the source of the lookup for variable properties, the
string values Automatically convert to string
values from drop-down list
One of the following:
l static—Perform the lookup within a
static lookup table defined by child
dlg:lookup-string elements.
l array—Perform the lookup using a
linear search in an array variable
referenced by the lookup-key
attribute, and replace with the
corresponding value from the array
variable referenced by the lookup-
out attribute.
l arraysorted—Perform the lookup in
a sorted array variable referenced by the
lookup-key attribute, and replace
with the corresponding value from the
array variable referenced by the
lookup-out attribute.
multi-valued Bool Specifies whether the variable is an array On the Basic tab of the variable
properties, the Array check box
neg-format Enum When a numeric format is specified for the On the Output Format tab of the
format attribute, the format of negative variable properties, the Negative
numbers format drop-down list
One of the following:
l minus— -[Link]
l minussp— - [Link]
l minusafter— [Link]-
l minusaftersp— [Link] -
l paren— ([Link])
l parensp— ( [Link] )
l brace— <[Link]>
l bracesp— < [Link] >
l c-rafter— [Link] CR
no-break Bool Specifies whether the variable value is On the Output Format tab of the
prevented from splitting across multiple lines variable properties, the Do not break
when it is substituted into a paragraph within variable check box
num-digits Int When a fixed decimal format is specified for On the Output Format tab of the
the format attribute, the number of digits variable properties, the Number of
that appear after the decimal point digits box
pdf-page-num Text
production-placeholder- Ref When placeholder is specified for the On the Placeholder tab of the
connector data-type attribute, a reference to the variable properties, the Production
connector you want to assign to the variable Import connector box
during production runs
For more information about assigning a
connector to a placeholder variable, see
Configuring Connectors in the Exstream
Design and Production documentation.
reset-name Text When section-name is specified for the On the Basic tab of the variable
array-reset attribute, the name of the properties, the Named section box
data section that determines when the variable
is reset. The variable is reset after the engine
reads this section.
show-to-users Enum Specifies when the variable is available for On the Basic tab of the variable
use properties, the Design use drop-
down list
One of the following:
l none—The variable is unavailable for
use in rules or design objects and is not
included in variable lists.
l personalize—The variable can be
used only for personalizing design
objects directly in a design. It cannot be
used in rules.
l rule—The variable can be used only to
create rules on design objects. It cannot
be used directly in a design.
l any—The variable can be used for both
personalization and in rules.
test-placeholder- Ref When placeholder is specified for the On the Placeholder tab of the
connector data-type attribute, a reference to the variable properties, the Test Import
connector you want to assign to the variable connector box
during test runs
For more information about assigning a
connector to a placeholder variable, see
Configuring Connectors in the Exstream
Design and Production documentation.
thousands Text When a numeric format is specified for the On the Output Format tab of the
format attribute, the thousands separator variable properties, the Thousands
character. If you want to omit the thousands check box and box
separator, omit this attribute.
uses-checksum-system- Bool
vars
validate1 Text When any value except none or function On the Basic tab of the variable
is specified for the validate-type properties, the left-hand Valid values
attribute, the value (or minimum value of the box
range, when value-range or length-
range is specified for the validate-
type attribute) used to validate the variable
validate2 Text When value-range or length-range On the Basic tab of the variable
is specified for the validate-type properties, the right-hand Valid
attribute, the maximum value of the range values box
used to validate the variable
validate-action Enum When any value except none is specified for On the Basic tab of the variable
the validate-type attribute, the action properties, the Action if drop-down
that the engine performs when a value is list
invalid
One of the following:
l continue—The engine issues a
message and continues processing.
l setdefault—The engine issues a
message, resets the variable to its default
value, and continues processing.
l error—The engine issues a message
and stops processing.
l skip—The engine issues a message
and skips the document.
validate-function Ref When function is specified for the On the Basic tab of the variable
validate-type attribute, a reference to properties, the Validation function
the function used to validate the variable. The box
'SYS_ValidationVariable' system variable
should be used within the function to access
the data to be validated. If the function cannot
be located or returns an error, the validation
fails.
validate-type Enum When currency, date, float, On the Basic tab of the variable
integer, or string is specified for the properties, the Validation method
data-type attribute, the validation method drop-down list
for the variable
One of the following:
l none—Do not validate the variable
value.
l value-range—Validate that the
variable value is within the range
specified for the validate1 and
validate2 attributes.
l length-range—Validate that the
length of the variable is within the range
specified for the validate1 and
validate2 attributes.
l eq—Validate that the variable is equal to
the value specified for the validate1
attribute.
l gt—Validate that the variable is greater
than the value specified for the
validate1 attribute.
l gteq—Validate that the variable is
greater than or equal to the value
specified for the validate1 attribute.
l lt—Validate that the variable is less
than the value specified for the
validate1 attribute.
l lteq—Validate that the variable is less
than or equal to the value specified for
the validate1 attribute.
l ne—Validate that the variable is not
equal to the value specified for the
validate1 attribute.
l function—Validate the variable
using the function referenced by the
validate-function attribute.
var-calc-method Enum Specifies how the values of the variable are On the Basic tab of the variable
generated properties, the Source drop-down list
One of the following:
l constant—The value of the variable
is specified by a child dlg:default-
value element.
l formula—The value of the variable is
determined by a formula specified by the
formula attribute.
l counter—The value of the variable
increments each time the value of the
formula specified by the formula
attribute changes.
l fileonly—The value of the variable
is read from a data file.
l crossref—The value of the variable
is the page number on which the cross-
reference target that references this
variable (represented in DXF by an
fo:cross-reference element with
a reference to this variable specified for
the variable attribute) is used in the
document. This value is valid only when
integer is specified for the data-
type attribute.
The following values are not used:
l system
l systemtable
watch-level Enum For debugging, specifies whether debug On the Basic tab of the variable
information is added to the debug file when properties, the Watch level drop-
the variable is set or changed down list
One of the following:
l none—The variable is not watched, and
no information is added to the debug file
when the variable is set or changed.
l set—The variable is watched, and
information is added to the debug file
when the variable is set.
l changed—The variable is watched,
and information is added to the debug file
each time the variable changes.
zero-string Text When true is specified for the format- On the Output Format tab of the
zero attribute, the text that replaces a variable properties, the Replace zero
variable value of 0 box
Structure
Example
<dlg:variable application="Application|0|" array-max="1"
array-reset="auto" array-type="growing" auto-lookup="true"
can-set-system-var="false" code-trace-level="none"
compute-section-name="" compute-time="as-needed"
compute-time-post-sort="as-needed" const="false" data-type="string"
decimal="." display-string="Test variable value"
file-only-ref="false" format="1" format-string=""
format-zero="false" formula="" full-name="" import-has-vars="false"
import-keep="5" import-type="none" import-unique="false"
is-a-formula="false" language-dependent="false" late-compose="false"
leading-zero="true" live-caption-text="" live-custom-options="0"
live-form-mask="" live-interview="false" live-select-max="1"
live-select-min="1" live-selection="none" lookup-action="clearmsg"
lookup-key="Variable|0|" lookup-out="Variable|0|"
lookup-type="static" lookups-sorted="false" multi-valued="false"
neg-format="c-rafter" no-break="false" num-digits="2"
pdf-page-num="" production-placeholder-connector="InputFile|1|Test
connector" reset-name="" show-to-users="personalize"
test-placeholder-connector="InputFile|1|Test connector" thousands=""
uses-checksum-system-vars="false" validate-action="continue"
validate-function="Function|0|" validate-type="none" validate1=""
validate2="" var-calc-method="fileonly" watch-level="none"
zero-string="">
<dlg:basic folder="Folder|2000000000|Exstream" oid="634">
<dlg:name>Test_variable</dlg:name>
<dlg:description></dlg:description>
</dlg:basic>
<dlg:default-value language="Language|0|" value="This is the
intial value."/>
<dlg:lookup-string abbrev="KY" language="Language|0|"
string-value="Kentucky"/>
<dlg:lookup-string abbrev="US" language="Language|0|"
string-value="United States"/>
</dlg:variable>
Parents
dlg:variables
Attributes
Attribute Data type Description
design Text The text that appears when the variable is used in Designer
Structure
Note: Importing variable-related elements is supported only at run time. This element is
ignored in DXF imported at design time.
Parents
fo:declarations
Attributes
None.
Structure
Example
<dlg:variables>
<dlg:variable …>
…
</dlg:variable>
<dlg:variable …>
…
</dlg:variable>
</dlg:variables>
For more information about using a variable in a design, see Designing Customer
Communications in the Exstream Design and Production documentation.
For more information about using a variable in a Live document, see Designing for LiveEditor in
the Exstream Design and Production documentation.
Parents
fo:basic-link
fo:inline
wrapper (fo:wrapper)
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
varuse-aggregration Enum When the variable is an array, specifies On the Variable Use tab of the
whether array elements are combined during variable properties in Designer, the
data aggregation. When the variable is not an Combine array elements during
array, specifies whether duplicate paragraphs data aggregation and Must match
are removed when the variable values match during data aggregation check boxes
during data aggregation.
One of the following:
l none—When the variable is an array,
do not combine array elements during
data aggregation. When the variable is
not an array, do not remove duplicate
paragraphs when the variable values
match.
l combine—Combine array elements
during data aggregation. The combine
setting is valid only when the variable is
an array.
l must-match—When the variable
values match, remove duplicate
paragraphs. The must-match setting
is valid only when the variable is not an
array.
varuse-array-index Int When specified is specified for the On the Variable Use tab of the
varuse-array-use attribute, the index of variable properties in Designer, the
the array element to use for this instance of the box beside the Array element to use
variable list
varuse-array-use Enum When the variable is an array, specifies how On the Variable Use tab of the
the array elements are used in the document variable properties in Designer, the
Array element to use list
One of the following:
l automatic—Automatically use an
element of the array for each occurrence
of the variable.
l specified—Use the specific element
of the array specified by the varuse-
array-index attribute.
l all-with-blank-separator—
Use all elements of the array for this
instance of the variable, including blank
spaces.
l all-with-line-breaks—Use all
elements of the array for this instance of
the variable, separated by line breaks
(soft return).
l all-as-paragraphs—Use all
elements of the array for this instance of
the variable, separated by paragraph
breaks (hard return).
l all-as-list—Use all elements of
the array in list form for this instance of the
variable.
varuse-custom-format Text When 0 is specified for the varuse- On the Variable Use tab of the
format attribute, the custom format of the variable properties in Designer, the
variable box below the Special Formatting list
varuse-display-string Text The text that appears for this instance of the On the Variable Use tab of the
variable in Designer variable properties in Designer, the
Design string box
varuse-format Int The output format of this instance of the On the Variable Use tab of the
variable variable properties in Designer, the
Special Formatting list
Must be one of the following values,
corresponding to the listed settings:
l 0—Custom format, specified for the
varuse-custom-format attribute
l 1—Keep Blanks
l 2—Trim Blanks
l 3—Trim Leading Blanks
l 4—Trim Trailing Blanks
l 5—General Number
l 6—Fixed Decimal
l 7—T/F
l 8—Y/N
l 9—1/0
l 10—TRUE/FALSE
l 11—Yes/No
l 12—Use Locale Specification
l 13—Packed (Left to Right)
l 14—Packed (Right to Right)
l 15—Binary Integer
l 16—Binary Float
l 17—Binary Double
l 18—Locale Currency
l 19—Significant Decimal
l 20—Fixed or Integer
l 21—Lower, Keep Blanks
l 22—Lower, Trim Blanks
l 23—Lower, Trim Leading
l 24—Lower, Trim Trailing
l 25—InitCap, Keep Blanks
l 26—InitCap, Trim Blanks
l 27—InitCap, Trim Leading
l 28—InitCap, Trim Trailing
l 29—Packed (Left to Left)
l 30—Packed (Right to Left)
l 31—Zoned
varuse-justification Enum Specifies whether fixed-length output is On the Variable Use tab of the
created for this instance of the variable and in variable properties in Designer, when
which direction the value is justified the Create fixed length output check
box is selected, the Justification
One of the following:
radio buttons
l none—Do not create fixed-length output
for this instance of the variable.
l left—Left-justify the value, and pad
with the character specified for the
varuse-pad-character attribute
to reach the length specified for the
varuse-length attribute.
l right—Right-justify the value, and pad
with the character specified for the
varuse-pad-character attribute
to reach the length specified for the
varuse-length attribute.
varuse-length Int When left or right is specified for the On the Variable Use tab of the
varuse-justification attribute, the variable properties in Designer, when
fixed length of the value. The value is padded the Create fixed length output check
with the character specified for the varuse- box is selected, the Length box
pad-character attribute to reach the
specified length.
varuse-locator-search- Ref A reference to the search key Library object On the Variable Use tab of the
key that is applied for this instance of the variable variable properties in Designer, the
Search key list
varuse-number-of-digits Int
varuse-offset Int When left or right is specified for the On the Variable Use tab of the
varuse-justification attribute, the variable properties in Designer, when
offset for the fixed-length output the Create fixed length output check
box is selected, the Offset box
varuse-pad-character Enum When left or right is specified for the On the Variable Use tab of the
varuse-justification attribute, the variable properties in Designer, when
character to use to pad the variable value to the Create fixed length output check
reach the length specified for the varuse- box is selected, the Pad radio buttons
length attribute
One of the following:
l space
l zero
varuse-substitution-time Int When using the variable in a Live document, On the Variable Use tab of the
the time at which the variable is substituted variable properties in Designer, the
When to substitute list
Must be one of the following values,
corresponding to the listed settings:
l 0— Initial engine run only. Read data
only during the first engine run when the
Live document is produced.
l 1— Initial engine run and LiveEditor.
Read data during the first engine run and
when end users upload distribution lists
in LiveEditor.
l 2— Initial Engine, Interactive Editor,
and Final Engine. Read data during the
first engine run, last (fulfillment) engine
run, and when end users upload
distribution lists in LiveEditor.
Structure
Example
<dlg:variable-use varuse-aggregration="none" varuse-array-index="1"
varuse-array-use="automatic" varuse-custom-format=""
varuse-display-string="" varuse-format="1"
varuse-justification="right" varuse-length="40"
varuse-locator-search-key="Search Key|0|" varuse-number-of-digits="2"
varuse-offset="0" varuse-pad-character="space"
varuse-substitution-time="1"
varuse-variable="Variable|634|Test_variable"/>
For more information about the rules that are represented by elements in this section, see Using
Logic to Drive an Application in the Exstream Design and Production documentation.
The character data of the element contains the rule logic, using the same syntax as the Code
Panel for a rule in Design Manager or Designer. For best results, use a CDATA section for the
rule logic.
Parents
dlg:usage-rule
Attributes
None.
Structure
Example
<dlg:content><![CDATA[IF(Customer_Age >= 13) THEN
INCLUDE
ENDIF]
]></dlg:content>
Parents
fo:basic-link
fo:inline
wrapper (fo:wrapper)
Attribute
Attribute Data type Description
Structure
Example
<fo:inline …>This text depends on a rule.
<dlg:text-rule usage-rule="Rule|21|Test rule"/>
</fo:inline>
Parents
fo:declarations
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
code-trace Enum Specifies what information, if any, is written to On the Rule tab of the Rule dialog
the debug file during execution of the rule box for a rule or object, the Code
when running a code trace trace drop-down list
One of the following:
l none—Do not write information to the
debug file during execution of the rule.
l sourceline—Write each code
statement during execution of the rule to
the debug file.
l assigned—Write each code statement
during execution of the rule to the debug
file, along with the names of variables as
they are used.
l all—Write each code statement during
execution of the rule to the debug file,
along with the values of variables as they
are used.
default-include Bool Specifies whether the object is included when On the Rule tab of the Rule dialog
the rule is true. When false is specified for box for a rule or object, the Include
this attribute, the object is excluded when the check box, or, when using the logic
rule is true and included otherwise. code view, the Include by default
check box
in-library Bool Specifies whether the rule is stored separately On the Rule tab of the Rule dialog
as a Library object. When false is specified
for this attribute, the rule is associated only with box for a rule or object, the
the object represented by the parent element.
When true is specified for this attribute, use and buttons
a dlg:basic child element to define the
Library properties of the rule.
max-copies Int In instances where a Library object can be On the Rule tab of the Rule dialog
included multiple times, the number of times it box for a rule or object, the box
can be included when the rule conditions are beside the Include check box
met
watch-level Enum When debugging, specifies whether debug On the Rule tab of the Rule dialog
information is added to the debug file when box for a rule or object, the Watch
the rule is run level drop-down list
One of the following:
l none—The rule is not watched, and no
information is added to the debug file
when the rule is run.
l fired—Information is added to the
debug file each time the rule is run.
Structure
Example
<dlg:usage-rule advanced="false" code-trace="none"
default-include="false" in-library="true" max-copies="1"
watch-level="none">
<dlg:basic folder="Folder|2000000000|Exstream" oid="21">
<dlg:name>Age check</dlg:name>
<dlg:description>Age check for parent/guardian
consent</dlg:description>
</dlg:basic>
<dlg:content><![CDATA[IF(Customer_Age >= 13) THEN
INCLUDE
ENDIF]
]></dlg:content>
</dlg:usage-rule>
For more information about the design objects that are represented by elements in this section,
see Creating Output in the Exstream Design and Production documentation.
Parents
dlg:barcode-use
dlg:inserter
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Correspondin
type g Exstream
Design and
Production
setting
barcode-type Enum The type of barcode defined by the element On the Basic tab of
the barcode
One of the following:
properties, the
l 2of5 Barcode type box
l 3of9
l code128
l data-matrix
l ean128
l ean8
l four-state
l gbr-omr
l general
l japanese-postal
l modified-plessey
l omr
l pdf417
l postnet
l qr-code
l upc
bar-size1 Int When true is specified for the draw-lines attribute, the width, in dots, of the On the Basic tab of
narrowest bars in the barcode the barcode
properties, in the
Valid for the following values of the barcode-type attribute:
Barcode sizes in
l 2of5 dots area, in the
Bars column, the
l 3of9
Size 1 box
l code128
l ean128
l ean8
l modified-plessey
l upc
bar-size2 Int When true is specified for the draw-lines attribute, the width, in dots, of the On the Basic tab of
second-narrowest bars in the barcode the barcode
properties, in the
Valid for the following values of the barcode-type attribute:
Barcode sizes in
l 2of5 dots area, in the
Bars column, the
l 3of9
Size 2 box
l code128
l ean128
l ean8
l modified-plessey
l upc
bar-size3 Int When true is specified for the draw-lines attribute, the width, in dots, of the On the Basic tab of
second-widest bars in the barcode the barcode
properties, in the
Valid for the following values of the barcode-type attribute:
Barcode sizes in
l code128 dots area, in the
Bars column, the
l ean128
Size 3 box
l ean8
l upc
bar-size4 Int When true is specified for the draw-lines attribute, the width, in dots, of the On the Basic tab of
widest bars in the barcode the barcode
properties, in the
Valid for the following values of the barcode-type attribute:
Barcode sizes in
l code128 dots area, in the
Bars column, the
l ean128
Size 4 box
l ean8
l upc
bcoca-check- Bool When bcoca is specified for the output-type attribute, specifies whether Bar On the Basic tab of
digit Code Object Content Architecture (BCOCA) objects are used to generate a check the barcode
digit in the barcode in AFP output properties, the Use
BCOCA check digit
Valid for the following values of the barcode-type attribute:
check box
l 2of5
l 3of9
l japanese-postal
l modified-plessey
Because a check digit is required and is automatically included, this attribute does
not need to be defined when the following values are specified for the barcode-
type attribute:
l code128
l ean128
l ean8
l postnet
l upc
bcoca-hri Bool When bcoca is specified for the output-type attribute, specifies whether Bar On the Basic tab of
Code Object Content Architecture (BCOCA) objects are used to generate a human- the barcode
readable identifier (HRI) for the barcode in AFP output. Use the hri-placement properties, the Use
attribute to specify the location of the BCOCA-generated HRI. BCOCA check digit
check box
Valid for the following values of the barcode-type attribute:
l 2of5
l 3of9
l code128
l ean128
l ean8
l four-state
l japanese-postal
l modified-plessey
l upc
bcoca-no- Bool When bcoca is specified for the output-type attribute; true is specified for On the Basic tab of
asterisk the bcoca-hri attribute; and 3of9 is specified for the barcode-type the barcode
attribute, specifies whether the asterisks at the beginning and end of the human- properties, in the
readable identifier are omitted Human readable
(HRI) area, the Do
not include asterisk
check box
bcoca-width Int When bcoca is specified for the output-type attribute, the approximate width, On the Basic tab of
in logical units, of the barcode in AFP output. The actual printed width might vary, the barcode
depending on the specifications for spacing and bar thickness for the barcode type. properties, the
BCOCA width box
Valid for the following values of the barcode-type attribute:
l 2of5
l 3of9
l code128
l ean128
l ean8
l japanese-postal
l modified-plessey
l upc
bottom Int The distance, in logical units, from the top of the page (using the reference specified On the Basic tab of
for the placement attribute) to the bottom of the barcode the barcode
properties, the
Bottom box
design- Text The characters displayed when the barcode is used in Designer On the Basic tab of
sample the barcode
properties, the
Design sample box
dm-data-type Enum When data-matrix is specified for the barcode-type attribute, and any On the Basic tab of
value except 200 is specified for the dm-error-level attribute, the character the barcode
set that can be encoded by the barcode properties, in the 2D
barcode properties
One of the following:
area, the Data type
l full—Allow the full 128–character ASCII set to be encoded. drop-down list
l numeric—Allow only numeric characters to be encoded.
l upper-alpha—Allow only uppercase alphabetic characters to be encoded.
l upper-alpha-num—Allow only uppercase alphabetic characters and
numeric characters to be encoded.
l upper-alpha-punc—Allow only uppercase alphabetic characters and
punctuation characters to be encoded.
dm-error- Enum When data-matrix is specified for the barcode-type attribute, the error On the Basic tab of
level correction level for the barcode. When bcoca is specified for the output-type the barcode
attribute, you must specify 200 for this attribute. properties, in the 2D
barcode properties
One of the following:
area, the Error
l none correction level
drop-down list
l 10
l 40
l 50
l 60
l 70
l 80
l 90
l 100
l 110
l 120
l 130
l 140
l 200
dm-height Int When data-matrix is specified for the barcode-type attribute, the number On the Basic tab of
of squares that make up the barcode vertically. To allow Exstream to determine the the barcode
most efficient height automatically, specify 0 for this attribute. properties, in the 2D
barcode properties
area, the Dimension
HxW drop-down list
dm-pixel- Int When data-matrix is specified for the barcode-type attribute, the size of On the Basic tab of
size each of the squares in the barcode the barcode
properties, in the 2D
barcode properties
area, the Pixel block
size box
dm-width Int When data-matrix is specified for the barcode-type attribute, the number On the Basic tab of
of squares that make up the barcode horizontally. To allow Exstream to determine the barcode
the most efficient width automatically, specify 0 for this attribute. properties, in the 2D
barcode properties
area, the Dimension
HxW drop-down list
draw-lines Bool Specifies whether the barcode is generated in the output by drawing lines. When On the Basic tab of
false is specified for this attribute, the barcode is generated using a barcode font. the barcode
When true is specified for this attribute, the sizes of the bars and spaces are properties, the Draw
determined by the bar-size1, bar-size2, bar-size3, bar-size4, lines check box
space-size1, space-size2, space-size3, and space-size4
attributes.
Valid for the following values of the barcode-type attribute:
l 2of5
l 3of9
l code128
l ean128
l ean8
l japanese-postal
l modified-plessey
l upc
font-face Text When false is specified for the draw-lines attribute, the font face used to On the Basic tab of
generate the barcode the barcode
properties, the
Barcode font (size
is based on barcode
height) box
height Int The height, in logical units, of the barcode On the Basic tab of
the barcode
properties, the
Height box
hri-bottom Int When position is specified for the hri-placement attribute, specifies one of On the Basic tab of
the following, based on the value specified for the hri-relative attribute: the barcode
properties, in the
l When true is specified for the hri-relative attribute, the distance, in
Human readable
logical units, between the bottom of the barcode and the bottom of the human-
(HRI) area, the
readable identifier (HRI)
Bottom box
l When false is specified for the hri-relative attribute, the distance, in
logical units, between the top of the page and the bottom of the HRI
hri-font- Bool When any value except none is specified for the hri-placement attribute, On the Basic tab of
bold specifies whether the human-readable identifier font is bold the barcode
properties, in the
Human readable
(HRI) area, the Bold
check box
hri-font- Text When any value except none is specified for the hri-placement attribute, the On the Basic tab of
face font face used for the human-readable identifier the barcode
properties, in the
Human readable
(HRI) area, the Font
box
hri-font- Bool When any value except none is specified for the hri-placement attribute, On the Basic tab of
italic specifies whether the human-readable identifier font is italic the barcode
properties, in the
Human readable
(HRI) area, the Italic
check box
hri-font- Int When any value except none is specified for the hri-placement attribute, the On the Basic tab of
size font size used for the human-readable identifier the barcode
properties, in the
Human readable
(HRI) area, the Size
box
hri-left Int When position is specified for the hri-placement attribute, specifies one of On the Basic tab of
the following, based on the value specified for the hri-relative attribute: the barcode
properties, in the
l When true is specified for the hri-relative attribute, the distance, in
Human readable
logical units, between the left side of the barcode and the left side of the human-
(HRI) area, the Left
readable identifier (HRI)
box
l When false is specified for the hri-relative attribute, the distance, in
logical units, between the left side of the page and the left side of the HRI
hri- Enum When any value except none is specified for the hri-placement attribute, the On the Basic tab of
orientation rotation of the human-readable identifier (HRI) the barcode
properties, in the
One of the following:
Human readable
l portrait—The bottom of the HRI faces the left side of the page. (The HRI is (HRI) area, the
rotated 90 degrees.) Orientation drop-
down list
l landscape—The bottom of the HRI faces the bottom of the page. (The HRI is
not rotated.)
l portrait-reversed—The bottom of the HRI faces the right side of the
page. (The HRI is rotated 270 degrees.)
l landscape-reversed—The bottom of the HRI faces the top of the page.
(The HRI is rotated 180 degrees.)
The following values are not used:
l any
l none
hri- Enum The placement of the human-readable identifier (HRI) On the Basic tab of
placement the barcode
One of the following:
properties, in the
l above—Place the HRI above the barcode. Human readable
(HRI) area, the
l below—Place the HRI below the barcode.
Placement box
l none—When false is specified for the bcoca-hri attribute, do not show
an HRI with the barcode. When true is specified for the bcoca-hri
attribute, place the HRI in the default position determined by the settings of the
AFP output device.
l position—Position the HRI using the coordinates specified for the hri-
bottom and hri-left attributes, relative to the origin determined by the
hri-relative attribute. This setting is valid only when false is specified
for the bcoca-hri attribute.
Valid for the following values of the barcode-type attribute:
l 2of5
l 3of9
l code128
l ean128
l ean8
l four-state
l japanese-postal
l modified-plessey
l upc
hri-relative Bool When position is specified for the hri-placement attribute, specifies On the Basic tab of
whether the human-readable identifier (HRI) is positioned relative to the barcode. the barcode
When false is specified for this attribute, the HRI is positioned absolutely on the properties, in the
page. Human readable
(HRI) area, the
Relative check box
left Int The distance, in logical units, from the left side of the page (using the reference On the Basic tab of
specified for the placement attribute) to the left side of the barcode the barcode
properties, the Left
box
map-base Int When 3of9 is specified for the barcode-type attribute, the numerical base On the Basic tab of
used to encode the barcode the barcode
properties, the Base
box
map-string Text The map string that defines the character mapping in the barcode On the Basic tab of
the barcode
Valid for the following values of the barcode-type attribute, with the default map
properties, the Map
string listed for each value:
string box
l 2of5— 0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
l 3of9— 0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
l code128— ‰Š !"#$%&'
()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXY
Z[\]
l ean128— ‰Š† !"#$%&'
()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXY
Z[\]
l ean8— 0123456789[|]ABCDEFGHIJQRSTUVWXYZ
l japanese-postal— 0123456789-abcdefgh()
l modified-plessey— 0123456789[]ABCDEF
l upc— 0123456789[|]ABCDEFGHIJQRSTUVWXYZ
output-type Enum Specifies whether Bar Code Object Content Architecture (BCOCA) objects are used On the Basic tab of
to generate the barcode in AFP output the barcode
properties, the
One of the following:
Generate AFP
l bcoca—Use BCOCA objects to generate the barcode in AFP output. BCOCA barcode
check box
l pdl-draw—Use a barcode font or draw lines (depending on the value of the
draw-lines attribute) to generate the barcode in AFP output.
Valid for the following values of the barcode-type attribute:
l 2of5
l 3of9
l code128
l data-matrix
l ean128
l ean8
l four-state
l japanese-postal
l modified-plessey
l pdf417
l postnet
l qr-code
l upc
pdf417- Enum When pdf417 is specified for the barcode-type attribute, the number of On the Basic tab of
columns columns in the barcode. To allow Exstream to automatically determine the number of the barcode
columns needed, specify auto for this attribute. properties, in the 2D
barcode properties
One of the following:
area, the Columns
l auto drop-down list
l 1
l 2
l 3
l 4
l 5
l 6
l 7
l 8
l 9
l 10
l 11
l 12
l 13
l 14
l 15
l 16
l 17
l 18
l 19
l 20
l 21
l 22
l 23
l 24
l 25
l 26
l 27
l 28
l 29
l 30
pdf417- Enum When pdf417 is specified for the barcode-type attribute, specifies which On the Basic tab of
compaction characters can be encoded by the barcode and the resulting maximum compaction the barcode
available properties, in the 2D
barcode properties
One of the following:
area, the
l text—Allow only printable ASCII characters (character values 32–126, and Compaction type
certain control characters) to be encoded. The maximum compaction is two drop-down list
characters per codeword.
l byte—Allow all 128 ASCII characters to be encoded. The maximum
compaction is 1.2 bytes per codeword.
l numeric—Allow only numeric characters to be encoded. The maximum
compaction is 2.9 digits per codeword.
The following value is not used:
l mixed
pdf417- Enum When pdf417 is specified for the barcode-type attribute, the error correction On the Basic tab of
error-level level for the barcode the barcode
properties, in the 2D
One of the following:
barcode properties
l 10—0 (2 EC codewords) area, the Error
correction level
l 11—1 (4 EC codewords)
drop-down list
l 12—2 (8 EC codewords)
l 13—3 (16 EC codewords)
l 14—4 (32 EC codewords)
l 15—5 (64 EC codewords)
l 16—6 (128 EC codewords)
l 17—7 (256 EC codewords)
l 18—8 (512 EC codewords)
pdf417-rows Int When pdf417 is specified for the barcode-type attribute, the number of rows On the Basic tab of
in the barcode. To allow Exstream to automatically determine the number of rows the barcode
needed, specify 0 for this attribute. properties, in the 2D
barcode properties
area, the Rows box
placement Enum The reference point for the position measurement values specified for the bottom On the Basic tab of
and left attributes the barcode
properties, the
One of the following:
Placement drop-
l ulp—The measurements represent the distance from the upper left corner of down list
a portrait page (upper left portrait).
l ull—The measurements represent the distance from the upper left corner of
a landscape page (upper left landscape).
qr-error- Enum When qr-code is specified for the barcode-type attribute, the error On the Basic tab of
level correction level for the barcode the barcode
properties, in the 2D
One of the following:
barcode properties
l low—7% area, the Error
correction level
l medium—15%
drop-down list
l quartil—25%
l high—30%
qr-mask- Enum When qr-code is specified for the barcode-type attribute, the mask pattern On the Basic tab of
pattern for the barcode the barcode
properties, in the 2D
One of the following:
barcode properties
l auto area, the Mask
pattern drop-down
l 0
list
l 1
l 2
l 3
l 4
l 5
l 6
l 7
qr-module- Int When qr-code is specified for the barcode-type attribute, the size of each On the Basic tab of
width module in the bar code the barcode
properties, in the 2D
barcode properties
area, the Module
width box
qr-symbol- Enum When qr-code is specified for the barcode-type attribute, the version of the On the Basic tab of
version bar code, which determines the size the barcode
properties, in the 2D
One of the following:
barcode properties
l auto—Automatic sizing area, the Symbol
version (size) drop-
l 1—21 x 21 modules
down list
l 2—25 x 25 modules
l 3—29 x 29 modules
l 4—33 x 33 modules
l 5—37 x 37 modules
l 6—41 x 41 modules
l 7—45 x 45 modules
l 8—49 x 49 modules
l 9—53 x 53 modules
l 10—57 x 57 modules
l 11—61 x 61 modules
l 12—65 x 65 modules
l 13—69 x 69 modules
l 14—73 x 73 modules
l 15—77 x 77 modules
l 16—81 x 81 modules
l 17—85 x 85 modules
l 18—89 x 89 modules
l 19—93 x 93 modules
l 20—97 x 97 modules
l 21—101 x 101 modules
l 22—105 x 105 modules
l 23—109 x 109 modules
l 24—113 x 113 modules
l 25—117 x 117 modules
l 26—121 x 121 modules
l 27—125 x 125 modules
l 28—129 x 129 modules
l 29—133 x 133 modules
l 30—137 x 137 modules
l 31—141 x 141 modules
ref-id Int In a container design, the reference ID of the object that is used by the oid attribute
of the dlg:contained-ref element to place the object within a container
space Int The width, in logical units, of the space between the bars; or, when pdf417 is On the Basic tab of
specified for the barcode-type attribute, the height of each row in the stacked the barcode
barcode properties, the
Space box
Valid for the following values of the barcode-type attribute:
l four-state
l gbr-omr
l japanese-postal (when true is specified for the draw-lines
attribute)
l omr
l pdf417
space-size1 Int When true is specified for the draw-lines attribute, the width, in dots, of the On the Basic tab of
narrowest spaces in the barcode the barcode
properties, in the
Valid for the following values of the barcode-type attribute:
Barcode sizes in
l 2of5 dots area, in the
Spaces column, the
l 3of9
Size 1 box
l code128
l ean128
l ean8
l modified-plessey
l upc
space-size2 Int When true is specified for the draw-lines attribute, the width, in dots, of the On the Basic tab of
second-narrowest spaces in the barcode the barcode
properties, in the
Valid for the following values of the barcode-type attribute:
Barcode sizes in
l 2of5 dots area, in the
Spaces column, the
l 3of9
Size 2 box
l code128
l ean128
l ean8
l modified-plessey
l upc
space-size3 Int When true is specified for the draw-lines attribute, the width, in dots, of the On the Basic tab of
second-widest spaces in the barcode the barcode
properties, in the
Valid for the following values of the barcode-type attribute:
Barcode sizes in
l code128 dots area, in the
Spaces column, the
l ean128
Size 3 box
l ean8
l upc
space-size4 Int When true is specified for the draw-lines attribute, the width, in dots, of the On the Basic tab of
widest spaces in the barcode the barcode
properties, in the
Valid for the following values of the barcode-type attribute:
Barcode sizes in
l code128 dots area, in the
Spaces column, the
l ean128
Size 4 box
l ean8
l upc
thickness Int The width, in logical units, of the bars the barcode; or, when pdf417 is specified for On the Basic tab of
the barcode-type attribute, the narrowest bar or space allowed in the barcode the barcode
properties, the
Valid for the following values of the barcode-type attribute:
Thickness box
l four-state
l gbr-omr
l japanese-postal
l omr
l pdf417
use Enum The type of objects that can use the barcode On the Basic tab of
the barcode
One of the following:
properties, the
l all—Any object can use the barcode. Objects that can
reference this
l inserter—Only inserters can use the barcode.
barcode drop-down
l message—Only messages can use the barcode. list
l page—Only pages can use the barcode.
l template—Only templates can use the barcode.
Structure
Example
<dlg:barcode xmlns:dlg="[Link]
bar-size1="2" bar-size2="6" barcode-type="3of9"
bcoca-check-digit="false" bcoca-hri="false" bcoca-no-asterisk="false"
bcoca-width="500" bottom="1000" design-sample="" draw-lines="false"
font-face="3 of 9 Barcode" height="500" hri-bottom="1000"
hri-font-bold="true" hri-font-face="Arial" hri-font-italic="false"
hri-font-size="110" hri-left="1000" hri-orientation="landscape"
hri-placement="below" hri-relative="false" left="1000" map-base="16"
map-string="0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
orientation="landscape" output-type="pdl-draw" placement="ulp"
schemaVersion="2.0" space-size1="3" space-size2="7" use="page"
xmlns:dxf="[Link]
xmlns:fo="[Link]
<dlg:basic folder="Folder|2000000000|Exstream" oid="3">
<dlg:name>3 of 9 Example</dlg:name>
<dlg:description></dlg:description>
</dlg:basic>
<dlg:build-part allow-zero="true" num-digits="2" type="doc-page-num"
use-map="false" variable="Variable|0|"/>
<dlg:build-part allow-zero="true" num-digits="2" type="total-pages"
use-map="false" variable="Variable|0|"/>
<dlg:build-part allow-zero="true" num-digits="8" type="variable"
use-map="false" variable="Variable|625|Saving_Account_Number"/>
<dlg:build-part allow-zero="true" num-digits="5" type="check-base"
use-map="false" variable="Variable|0|"/>
</dlg:barcode>
Although an instance of a barcode in Designer references a barcode Library object, DXF does
not currently allow referencing an existing barcode Library object. Instead, the barcode must be
defined using a child dlg:barcode element. If you want to duplicate an existing barcode
Library object, you can export the barcode object from Design Manager and copy the resulting
dlg:barcode element.
For more information about exporting DXF from the Library in Design Manager, see “Creating a
Sample DXF File to Help You Understand How an Existing Design is Constructed” on page 17.
Parents
dlg:embedded-object
dlg:object
dlg:objects
Attributes
In addition to the following attributes, the dlg:barcode-use element uses one or more of the
common attributes found in “Shared Design Object Attributes” on page 622.
barcode-auto-id Bool Specifies whether Exstream provides a On the Barcode tab of the barcode
tracking ID for this barcode. When false is properties in Designer, the Use
specified for this attribute, the barcode-id automatic ID value check box
attribute is used to specify a tracking ID.
barcode-id Text When false is specified for the barcode- On the Barcode tab of the barcode
auto-id attribute, the tracking ID of the properties in Designer, the Barcode
barcode value box
show-hri Bool Specifies whether the human-readable On the Barcode tab of the barcode
identifier (HRI) defined in the barcode Library properties in Designer, the Include
object is displayed in this instance text (HRI) check box
Structure
Example
<dlg:barcode-use barcode-auto-id="true" barcode-id="000031" can-split=
"false" current-angle="0" delay-comp="none" design-var-ndx="0" flip-h=
"false" flip-v="false" flow-around="no" flow-break="auto" h-auto-size=
"false" ignore-relative="no" language="Language|0|" lock-proportions=
"false" meta-props-options="do-not-read" pen="true" pen-color=
"rgb(0,0,0)" pen-style="solid" pen-width="1lu" pos-rel-to-above="0"
ref-id="6707978" reference-name="Barcode" shadow="none" show-hri=
"true" v-auto-size="false">
<dlg:rect bottom="378.65pt" left="107.86pt" right="504.58pt" top=
"351.50pt"/>
<dlg:barcode bar-size1="2" bar-size2="6" barcode-type="3of9"
bcoca-check-digit="false" bcoca-hri="false" bcoca-no-asterisk=
"false" bcoca-width="500" bottom="1000" design-sample="" draw-lines
="false" font-face="3 of 9 Barcode" height="500" hri-bottom="1000"
hri-font-bold="true" hri-font-face="Arial" hri-font-italic="false"
hri-font-size="110" hri-left="1000" hri-orientation="landscape"
hri-placement="below" hri-relative="false" left="1000" map-base=
"16" map-string="0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" orientation=
"landscape" output-type="pdl-draw" placement="ulp" space-size1="3"
space-size2="7" use="page">
<dlg:basic folder="Folder|2000000000|Exstream" oid="3">
<dlg:name>3 of 9</dlg:name>
<dlg:description></dlg:description>
</dlg:basic>
<dlg:build-part allow-zero="true" num-digits="2" type=
"doc-page-num" use-map="false" variable="Variable|0|"/>
<dlg:build-part allow-zero="true" num-digits="2" type=
"total-pages" use-map="false" variable="Variable|0|"/>
<dlg:build-part allow-zero="true" num-digits="8" type="variable"
use-map="false" variable="Variable|625|Saving_Account_Number"/>
<dlg:build-part allow-zero="true" num-digits="5" type=
"check-base" use-map="false" variable="Variable|0|"/>
</dlg:barcode>
</dlg:barcode-use>
Parents
dlg:inserter
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
language Ref A reference to the language object that In the inserter properties, the
specifies the language of the insert associated message box for the bin associated
with this inserter bin. To specify generic with this element
language for the insert, omit this attribute or
specify Language|0|.
message Ref A reference to the insert message associated In the inserter properties, the
with this inserter bin. If the reference is to a language box for the bin associated
dlg:message element in the DXF, with this element
insert must be specified for the page-
type attribute of that element.
Structure
Example
<dlg:bin-content input-action="no-change" language="Language|0|"
message="Message|33|Insert 1"/>
<dlg:bin-content input-action="no-change" language="Language|0|"
message="Message|34|Insert 2"/>
<dlg:bin-content input-action="no-change" language="Language|0|"
message="Message|35|Insert 3"/>
<dlg:bin-content input-action="no-change" language="Language|0|"
message="Message|36|Insert 4"/>
Parents
dlg:barcode
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
allow-zero Bool When gbr-omr or omr is specified for the On the Contents tab of the barcode
barcode-type attribute of the parent properties, in the row that represents
dlg:barcode element, specifies whether a this segment of the barcode, the
zero value is allowed for this segment of the check box in the Zero column
barcode
num-digits Int The number of digits in this segment of the On the Contents tab of the barcode
barcode properties, in the row that represents
this segment of the barcode, the box
in the Digits column
type Enum The type of data contained in this segment of On the Contents tab of the barcode
the barcode properties, in the row that represents
this segment of the barcode, the drop-
For a list of supported values for this attribute,
down list in the Content column
see “build-part (dlg:build-part)” above.
use-map Bool When 3of9 is specified for the barcode- On the Contents tab of the barcode
type attribute of the parent dlg:barcode properties, in the row that represents
element, specifies whether Exstream converts this segment of the barcode, the
decimal integer values to the numerical base check box in the Map column
specified for the map-base attribute of the
parent dlg:barcode element
variable Ref When variable is specified for the type On the Contents tab of the barcode
attribute, a reference to the variable that properties, in the row that represents
provides the data for this segment of the this segment of the barcode, the
barcode variable box in the Value column
total-sheets The total number of sheets in the All values except four-state All values except message
document
total-pages The total number of pages in the All values except four-state All values except message
document
sheet-number The current sheet number All values except four-state All values except message
doc-page-num The current page number All values except four-state All values except message
q-page-num The current page number in the All values except four-state All values except message
current output queue
stream-page-num The current page number within the All values except four-state All values except message
current break of the current output
queue
first-page If the current page is the first page, 1; All values except four-state All values except message
otherwise, 0
last-page If the current page is the last page, 1; All values except four-state All values except message
otherwise, 0
not-first-page If the current page is not the first All values except four-state All values except message
page, 1; otherwise, 0
not-last-page If the current page is not the last All values except four-state All values except message
page, 1; otherwise, 0
q-sheet-num The current sheet number in the All values except four-state All values except message
current output queue
stream-sheet-num The current sheet number in the All values except four-state All values except message
current break of the current output
queue
q-doc-num The current customer number being All values except four-state All values except message
written into the current output queue
stream-doc-num The current customer number within All values except four-state All values except message
the current break of the current
output queue
bin1 A specific inserter bin number or All values except four-state All values except message
range of inserter bin numbers
bin2
bin3
bin4
bin5
bin6
bin7
bin8
bin9
bin10
bin11
bin12
bin13
bin14
bin15
bin16
bin17
bin18
bin19
bin20
bin21
bin22
bin23
bin24
bin25
bin26
bin27
bin28
bin29
bin30
bin31
bin32
bins-1to4
bins-5to8
bins-9to12
bins-13to16
Message tracking ID
Checksum types
Not used
campaign-id
check-3x1x
Structure
Example
<dlg:build-part allow-zero="true" num-digits="2" type="doc-page-num"
use-map="false" variable="Variable|0|"/>
Child dlg:barcode elements are used to define any barcodes that control the inserter.
Although barcode Library objects are referenced in the inserter properties, DXF does not
currently allow referencing an existing barcode Library object. Instead, the barcode must be fully
defined using the child dlg:barcode element. If you want to duplicate an existing barcode
Library object, you can export the barcode object from Design Manager and copy the resulting
dlg:barcode element.
For more information about exporting DXF from the Library in Design Manager, see “Creating a
Sample DXF File to Help You Understand How an Existing Design is Constructed” on page 17.
Parents
None; dlg:inserter is always a root element.
Attributes
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
bin-action Enum Specifies whether the language of each insert In the inserter properties, the
must match the language of each customer in Language matching drop-down list
order to be sent to that customer
One of the following:
l ignore—Do not use language settings
for inserts.
l language-only—Send each insert
only to customers whose language is the
same as that specified for the
language attribute of the associated
child dlg:bin-content element.
The following setting is not used:
l electronic
bins Int The number of insert bins on the inserter In the inserter properties, the Bins
device. The same number of dlg:bin- drop-down list
content child elements should be defined
within this element.
model Text The model and type string that helps identify In the inserter properties, the Model
the inserter device box
weight Text When static is specified for the weight- In the inserter properties, the Weight
selection-type attribute, the weight, in box
ounces or grams, of the carrier envelope
associated with this inserter. The appropriate
units must be specified.
weight-selection-type Enum Specifies how the weight of the carrier In the inserter properties, the Weight
envelope associated with this inserter is selection method drop-down list
specified
One of the following:
l static—The weight of the carrier
envelope is specified by the weight
attribute.
l variable-oz—The weight of the
carrier envelope is specified, in ounces,
by the variable referenced by the
weight-variable attribute.
l variable-grams—The weight of the
carrier envelope is specified, in grams, by
the variable referenced by the weight-
variable attribute.
weight-variable Ref When variable-oz or variable- In the inserter properties, the Weight
grams is specified for the weight- variable box
selection-type attribute, a reference to
the variable that specifies the weight of the
carrier envelope associated with this inserter
Structure
Example
<dlg:inserter xmlns:dlg="[Link]
bin-action="ignore" bins="6" model="" schemaVersion="2.0"
weight="0.150000 oz" weight-selection-type="static"
weight-variable="Variable|0|"
xmlns:dxf="[Link]
xmlns:fo="[Link]
<dlg:basic folder="Folder|2000000000|Exstream" oid="1">
<dlg:name>BandH Inserter</dlg:name>
<dlg:description></dlg:description>
</dlg:basic>
<dlg:page-side value="front"/>
<dlg:bin-content input-action="no-change" language="Language|0|"
message="Message|33|Insert 1"/>
<dlg:bin-content input-action="no-change" language="Language|0|"
message="Message|34|Insert 2"/>
<dlg:bin-content input-action="no-change" language="Language|0|"
message="Message|35|Insert 3"/>
<dlg:bin-content input-action="no-change" language="Language|0|"
message="Message|36|Insert 4"/>
<dlg:barcode barcode-type="data-matrix" bottom="9000"
design-sample="" dm-data-type="full" dm-error-level="200"
dm-height="18" dm-pixel-size="12" dm-width="18" left="50"
orientation="landscape" output-type="pdl-draw" placement="ulp"
use="inserter">
<dlg:basic folder="Folder|2000000000|Exstream" oid="1">
<dlg:name>2D</dlg:name>
<dlg:description></dlg:description>
</dlg:basic>
<dlg:build-part allow-zero="true" num-digits="10" type="variable"
use-map="false" variable="Variable|579|Account_Number"/>
<dlg:build-part allow-zero="true" num-digits="4"
type="sheet-number" use-map="false" variable="Variable|0|"/>
<dlg:build-part allow-zero="true" num-digits="4"
type="total-sheets" use-map="false" variable="Variable|0|"/>
</dlg:barcode>
</dlg:inserter
If you use multiple barcodes with a single inserter, you must include a dlg:page-side element
for every dlg:barcode element within the same dlg:inserter element, and the order of
the dlg:page-side elements and dlg:barcode elements determines which dlg:page-side
element is associated with each dlg:barcode element. That is, the first dlg:page-side
element within the dlg:inserter element is associated with the first dlg:barcode element
within the dlg:inserter element, the second is associated with the second, and so on.
Parents
dlg:inserter
Attribute
Attribute Data Description Corresponding Exstream
type Design and Production
setting
page-side Enum The side of the page or the multiple-up frame In the inserter properties, in the
where the barcode appears Placement column, the drop-down
list for each barcode
One of the following:
l front—Place the barcode on the front
of the page.
l back—Place the barcode on the back of
the page.
l both—Place the barcode on both the
front and back of the page.
l mup-even—Place the barcode in
even-numbered multiple-up frames.
l mup-odd—Place the barcode in odd-
numbered multiple-up frames.
l mup12—Place the barcode in multiple-
up frames 1 and 2.
l mup14—Place the barcode in multiple-
up frames 1 and 4.
l mup23—Place the barcode in multiple-
up frames 2 and 3.
l mup34—Place the barcode in multiple-
up frames 3 and 4.
l mup1—Place the barcode in multiple-up
frame 1.
l mup2—Place the barcode in multiple-up
frame 2.
l mup3—Place the barcode in multiple-up
frame 3.
l mup4—Place the barcode in multiple-up
frame 4.
Structure
Example
<dlg:page-side value="front"/>
<dlg:barcode barcode-type="data-matrix" bottom="9000"
design-sample="" dm-data-type="full" dm-error-level="200"
dm-height="18" dm-pixel-size="12" dm-width="18" left="50"
orientation="landscape" output-type="pdl-draw" placement="ulp"
use="inserter">
<dlg:basic folder="Folder|2000000000|Exstream" oid="1">
<dlg:name>2D</dlg:name>
<dlg:description></dlg:description>
</dlg:basic>
<dlg:build-part allow-zero="true" num-digits="10" type="variable"
use-map="false" variable="Variable|579|Account_Number"/>
<dlg:build-part allow-zero="true" num-digits="4"
type="sheet-number" use-map="false" variable="Variable|0|"/>
<dlg:build-part allow-zero="true" num-digits="4"
type="total-sheets" use-map="false" variable="Variable|0|"/>
</dlg:barcode>
l “Shared Design Object Attributes” on the next page—This group of attributes applies to most
design objects. These attributes specify many of the settings that appear on the Dynamic
Size and Placement, Lines and Fill, and Accessibility tabs of the object properties, as
well as a few other settings that are common to most design objects.
l “Shared XSL-FO Attributes” on page 637—This group of attributes applies to many elements
in the fo namespace. These attributes specify table, font, and paragraph properties.
l “Shared XSL-FO Attributes Not Used in Exstream” on page 648—This group of attributes
contains those that are specified by the Exstream Object and Content DTD for many
elements in the fo namespace but are not currently used in DXF.
anchor Enum When true is specified for the h-auto- On the Dynamic Size and
size or v-auto-size attribute, the Placement tab of the object
corner of the object from which it expands properties, the Grow drop-down list
(A setting of tl is equivalent to
One of the following:
selecting Down, and a setting of bl is
l tl—The object is anchored at the top- equivalent to selecting Up. The values
left corner and expands down and to the tr and br do not have
right. corresponding selections.)
l bl—The object is anchored at the
bottom-left corner and expands up and to
the right.
l tr—The object is anchored at the top-
right corner and expands down and to
the left.
l br—The object is anchored at the
bottom-right corner and expands up and
to the left.
brush Bool Specifies whether the object contains a color On the Lines and Fill tab of the object
fill. If false is specified for this attribute, the properties, the Fill color well. (A
object appears transparent. setting of false is equivalent to
clicking None in the Color dialog box.)
brush-fill-color Color The color with which to fill the object when On the Lines and Fill tab of the object
true is specified for the brush attribute properties, the Fill color well
can-split Bool Specifies whether the object can split across On the Dynamic Size and
multiple frames or must remain together in a Placement tab of the object
single frame. This attribute is valid only for properties, the Can split and flow
objects that contain text that can flow, such as check box
text boxes and tables.
current-angle Int The rotation, in degrees, of the object On the Placement tab of the object
properties, the Rotation box
design-var-ndx Int The index of the array element that stores the In the object properties, the Array
value of a selection control or an image Element box associated with the
selector in a Live document applicable variable. For example, on
the Image tab of the properties of an
image object, the Array Element box
beside the Selection variable box.
flip-h Bool Specifies whether to flip the object horizontally In Designer, on the Draw menu, the
when importing it Flip Horizontal selection
flip-v Bool Specifies whether to flip the object vertically In Designer, on the Draw menu, the
when importing it Flip Vertical selection
flow-around Enum Specifies how text wraps around the object On the Dynamic Size and
Placement tab of the object
One of the following:
properties, the How text wraps
l no—The object appears in the design, around this object drop-down list
but text appears over it.
l yes—Text wraps around the object.
l hide—The object is hidden, but text still
wraps around it.
l hideonly—The object is hidden and
does not affect text wrapping.
flow-break Enum Specifies whether the object causes a page On the Dynamic Size and
break. This attribute applies only when a Placement tab of the object
setting other than 0 is specified for the pos- properties, the Break flow on this
rel-to-above attribute. object drop-down list
One of the following:
l auto— Designer automatically
determines page breaks. The placement
of the object is determined by space on a
page.
l always—The object always begins a
new page, regardless of the amount of
white space available on the page before
it.
l notfirst—If the object is on the first
page, the object appears directly under
the object to which it is relatively
positioned. If flow forces the object to any
overflow pages, then the object always
begins a new page.
h-auto-size Bool Specifies whether the width of the object will On the Dynamic Size and
be changed automatically while being edited Placement tab of the object
in Designer or during engine processing. This properties, the Autosize width box
attribute applies only to objects that can
change size based on the contents of
variables, such as text boxes and frames.
hyper-meta-props- Text The text that an accessibility tool reads to On the Accessibility tab of the object
alternate-text represent the hyperlink on the object when properties, the Alternate text box
read-alternate-text is specified for
the hyper-meta-props-options
attribute
hyper-meta-props- Enum The language used when the hyper- On the Accessibility tab of the object
language meta-props-options attribute is set to properties, the Accessibility
read-alternate-text or read- language list
object-text. If this attribute is omitted and
no other parent object has a language
specified, the default customer language is
used. If this attribute is omitted and a parent
object has a language specified, the language
on the parent object is inherited.
One of the following:
l default—The default customer
language
l amharic—Amharic
l arabic—Arabic
l armenian—Armenian
l bengali—Bengali
l catalan—Catalan
l cebuano—Cebuano
l chinese—Chinese (PRC)
l chinese-tw—Chinese (Taiwan)
l chinese-hk—Chinese (Hong Kong
SAR)
l chinese-sg—Chinese (Singapore)
l czech—Czech
l danish—Danish
l dutch—Dutch
l english-us—English (American)
l english-au—English (Australian)
l english-uk—English (British)
l farsi—Farsi (Persian)
l finnish—Finnish
l french—French
l french-creole—French Creole
l french-ca—French (Canadian)
l german—German
l gujarati—Gujarati
l hawaiian—Hawaiian
l hindi—Hindi
l hmong—Hmong
l hungarian—Hungarian
l igbo—Igbo
l ilokano—Ilokano
l italian—Italian
l japanese—Japanese
l khmer—Khmer
l korean—Korean
l kru—Kru
l lao—Lao
l marshallese—Marshallese
l navajo—Navajo
l nepali—Nepali
l norway—Norwegian
l norway-bokmal—Norwegian
(Bokmål)
l newnorway—Norwegian (Nynorsk)
l oromo—Oromo
l pohnpeian—Pohnpeian
l polish—Polish
l portug—Portuguese
l brazil—Portuguese (Brazilian)
l punjabi—Punjabi
l romanian—Romanian
l russian—Russian
l samoan—Samoan
l spanish—Spanish
l swedish—Swedish
l tagalog—Tagalog
l thai—Thai
l tongan—Tongan
l turkish—Turkish
l ukranian—Ukranian
l urdu—Urdu
l vietnamese—Vietnamese
l yoruba—Yoruba
hyper-meta-props-options Enum Specifies whether object text or alternate text On the Accessibility tab of the object
on the hyperlink on the object is read by properties, the Read options list
accessibility tools
One of the following:
l do-not-read—Do not read object
text or alternate text for this object or for
any of its child objects.
l read-alternate-text—Read the
alternate text specified for the meta-
props-alternate-text attribute.
l read-object-text—Read the text
that is associated with a textual object.
hyper-meta-props-order Int The numerical order in which you want the text On the Accessibility tab of the object
to be read by accessibility tools when the properties, the Read order box
hyper-meta-props-option attribute
is set to read-alternate-text or
read-object-text
hyperlink-anchor Ref When internal is specified for the link- In the Hyperlink Properties dialog
type attribute, a reference to the hyperlink box for the object, the Internal link
anchor object that marks the internal box
destination for the link
hyperlink-new-window Bool When static or dynamic is specified for On the Hyperlink Properties dialog
the link-type attribute, specifies whether box for the object, the Open in new
the link opens in a new window window check box
ignore-relative Enum Specifies how the object affects the flow of On the Dynamic Size and
other objects on the page Placement tab of the object
properties, the Ignore for relative
One of the following:
flow drop-down list
l no—Other objects can move relative to
this object if it grows, shrinks, or
disappears.
l ignore—This object does not affect the
position of other objects.
l ignorebreak—This object does not
affect the position of other objects, but it
causes a page break. Objects above it
break at a fixed margin above this object
and flow to another page.
in-available-objects Bool Specifies whether the object is listed in the In Designer, in the Outline Viewer, the
Available Objects section of the Outline position of the object in either the
Viewer. If true is specified for this attribute, Available Objects section (a setting
the object does not appear in the standard of true) or the In Use Objects
design. section (a setting of false)
language Ref A reference to the language object in the In Designer, on the View menu, the
Library that is associated with the language Language Layer selection. This
layer on which the object appears attribute specifies which layer
contains the object.
link-type Enum Specifies whether the object links to an In the Hyperlink Properties dialog
external URL or to an internal hyperlink box for the object, the Static link,
anchor Dynamic link, and Internal link radio
buttons
One of the following:
l none—The object does not link to a URL
or a hyperlink anchor.
l static—The object links to the URL
specified for the static-hyperlink
attribute.
l dynamic—The object links to the URL
provided by the variable referenced by
the variable-hyperlink attribute.
l internal—The object links to the
internal location specified for the
hyperlink-anchor attribute.
meta-props-alternate- Text The text that an accessibility tool reads to On the Accessibility tab of the object
text represent the object when read- properties, the Alternate text box
alternate-text is specified for the
meta-props-options attribute
meta-props-language Enum The language used when the meta- On the Accessibility tab of the object
props-options attribute is set to read- properties, the Accessibility
alternate-text or read-object- language list
text. If this attribute is omitted and no other
parent object has a language specified, the
default customer language is used. If this
attribute is omitted and a parent object has a
language specified, the language on the
parent object is inherited.
One of the following:
l default—The default customer
language
l amharic—Amharic
l arabic—Arabic
l armenian—Armenian
l bengali—Bengali
l catalan—Catalan
l cebuano—Cebuano
l chinese—Chinese (PRC)
l chinese-tw—Chinese (Taiwan)
l chinese-hk—Chinese (Hong Kong
SAR)
l chinese-sg—Chinese (Singapore)
l czech—Czech
l danish—Danish
l dutch—Dutch
l english-us—English (American)
l english-au—English (Australian)
l english-uk—English (British)
l farsi—Farsi (Persian)
l finnish—Finnish
l french—French
l french-creole—French Creole
l french-ca—French (Canadian)
l german—German
l gujarati—Gujarati
l hawaiian—Hawaiian
l hindi—Hindi
l hmong—Hmong
l hungarian—Hungarian
l igbo—Igbo
l ilokano—Ilokano
l italian—Italian
l japanese—Japanese
l khmer—Khmer
l korean—Korean
l kru—Kru
l lao—Lao
l marshallese—Marshallese
l navajo—Navajo
l nepali—Nepali
l norway—Norwegian
l norway-bokmal—Norwegian
(Bokmål)
l newnorway—Norwegian (Nynorsk)
l oromo—Oromo
l pohnpeian—Pohnpeian
l polish—Polish
l portug—Portuguese
l brazil—Portuguese (Brazilian)
l punjabi—Punjabi
l romanian—Romanian
l russian—Russian
l samoan—Samoan
l spanish—Spanish
l swedish—Swedish
l tagalog—Tagalog
l thai—Thai
l tongan—Tongan
l turkish—Turkish
l ukranian—Ukranian
l urdu—Urdu
l vietnamese—Vietnamese
l yoruba—Yoruba
meta-props-options Enum Specifies whether object text or alternate text is On the Accessibility tab of the object
read by accessibility tools properties, the Read options list
One of the following:
l do-not-read—Do not read object
text or alternate text for this object or for
any of its child objects.
l read-alternate-text—Read the
alternate text specified for the meta-
props-alternate-text attribute.
l read-object-text—Read the text
that is associated with a textual object.
meta-props-order Int The numerical order in which you want the text On the Accessibility tab of the object
to be read by accessibility tools when the properties, the Read order box
meta-props-option attribute is set to
read-alternate-text or read-
object-text
min-flow-size Int The minimum size, in inches, of a frame to On the Dynamic Size and
which the object is allowed to flow Placement tab of the object
properties, the Minimum flow size
box
pen Bool Specifies whether the object has a visible On the Lines and Fill tab of the object
outline properties, the Frame selection area.
(A setting of false is equivalent to
selecting None.)
pen-color Color When true is specified for the pen attribute, On the Lines and Fill tab of the object
the color of the object outline properties, the Frame color well
pen-style Text The type of outline to use for the object On the Lines and Fill tab of the object
properties, the Frame selection area
The following entries are valid:
l solid—
l dashed—
l shortdashed—
l dotted—
l fardashed—
pen-width Int The width, in logical units, of the object outline On the Lines and Fill tab of the object
properties, the box in the Frame area
that contains the outline width
pos-rel-to-above Int The relative placement behavior of the object On the Dynamic Size and
Placement tab of the object
Must be in the range 0–8, corresponding to
properties, the Move relative to the
the following settings:
object drop-down list
l 0—None; the object is static and is not
affected by the movement or growth of
other objects.
l 1—Above; the object moves if the object
above it moves or grows.
l 2—Above, at fixed page position; the
object always appears at the same place
on a page when moved, but additional
pages are allowed to be composed
before the page on which the object
appears. When using this setting, use the
rel-pos-reqd-y attribute to specify
the vertical position of the object.
l 3—Above, shrink to fit page (applies only
to frames); the frame moves when the
object above it moves, but the frame
shrinks if needed in order to fit on the
page. When using this setting, use the
size-minimum attribute to specify the
minimum size of the frame.
l 4—Above, grow/shrink to fit page
(applies only to frames); the frame moves
when the object above it moves, and it
grows or shrinks if needed in order to fit
on the page. When using this setting, use
the size-minimum and size-
maximum attributes to specify the
minimum and maximum size of the frame.
l 5—To the left; the object moves if the
object to the left of it moves.
l 6—To the right; the object moves if the
object to the right of it moves.
l 7—Left, grow to bottom (applies only to
frames); the frame moves with the object
to the left and grows until it reaches the
bottom of the page.
l 8—Right, grow to bottom (applies only to
frames); the frame moves with the object
to the right and grows until it reaches the
bottom of the page.
reference-name Text The name of the object On the Dynamic Size and
Placement tab of the object
properties, the Reference name box
rel-pos-reqd-y Int When 2 is specified for the pos-rel-to- On the Dynamic Size and
above attribute, the fixed vertical position, in Placement tab of the object
inches, of an object properties, the Y position box
shadow Enum Specifies whether the object has a shadow On the Lines and Fill tab of the object
properties, the Shadow color well. (A
setting of false is equivalent to
clicking None in the Color dialog box.)
shadow-color Color When true is specified for the shadow On the Lines and Fill tab of the object
attribute, the color of the shadow of the object properties, the Shadow color well
shadow-fill Int The hatching or pattern used for the color of The Fill Effects dialog box for the
the shadow of the object shadow of the object
Must be in the range 0–15, corresponding to
the following settings:
l 0—
l 1—
l 2—
l 3—
l 4—
l 5—
l 6—
l 7—
l 8—
l 9—
l 10—
l 11—
l 12—
l 13—
l 14—
l 15—
size-minimum Int When 3 or 4 is specified for the pos-rel- On the Dynamic Size and
to-above attribute, the minimum size, in Placement tab of the object
inches, of a frame properties, the Minimum size box
static-hyperlink Text When static is specified for the link- On the Hyperlink Properties dialog
type attribute, the destination URL of the link box for the object, the Static link
drop-down list and box
variable-hyperlink Ref When variable is specified for the link- On the Hyperlink Properties dialog
type attribute, a reference to the variable that box for the object, the Dynamic link
provides the destination URL for the link box
v-auto-size Bool Specifies whether the height of the object will On the Dynamic Size and
be changed automatically while being edited Placement tab of the object
in Designer or during engine processing. This properties, the Autosize height box
attribute applies only to objects that can
change size based on the contents of
variables, such as text boxes and frames.
background-color Color The background color of the object In the object properties, the
Background color well
baseline-shift Int The distance, in logical units, that text is placed In the Adjust Baseline dialog box for
above the baseline. A negative value indicates a selection of text (accessed from the
a distance below the baseline. Format > Adjust Baseline menu
selection), the Position drop-down list
and the By box
border-bottom-color Color The color of the bottom border line On the Row Properties tab of the row
properties, the Line below color well;
or, on the Table Cell Properties tab of
the cell properties, in the Border
Properties dialog box for the bottom
border line, the Line properties color
well
border-bottom-style Enum The style of the bottom border line On the Row Properties tab of the row
properties, the Line below style
One of the following:
selection box; or, on the Table Cell
l none—Do not include a border. Properties tab of the cell properties,
in the Border Properties dialog box
l solid— for the bottom border line, the Line
properties style selection box
l dashed—
l shortdashed—
l dotted—
l fardashed—
border-bottom-width Int The width, in logical units, of the bottom border On the Row Properties tab of the row
line properties, the Line below width box;
or, on the Table Cell Properties tab of
the cell properties, in the Border
Properties dialog box for the bottom
border line, the Line properties width
box
border-color Color The color of the entire border On the Lines and Fill tab of the table
properties, the Frame color well
border-left-color Color The color of the left border line On the Column Properties tab of the
column properties, the Line left color
well; or, on the Table Cell Properties
tab of the cell properties, in the Border
Properties dialog box for the left
border line, the Line properties color
well
border-left-style Enum The style of the left border line On the Column Properties tab of the
column properties, the Line left style
One of the following:
selection box; or, on the Table Cell
l none—Do not include a border. Properties tab of the cell properties,
in the Border Properties dialog box
l solid— for the left border line, the Line
properties style selection box
l dashed—
l shortdashed—
l dotted—
l fardashed—
border-left-width Int The width, in logical units, of the left border line On the Column Properties tab of the
column properties, the Line left width
box; or, on the Table Cell Properties
tab of the cell properties, in the Border
Properties dialog box for the left
border line, the Line properties width
box
border-right-color Color The color of the right border line On the Column Properties tab of the
column properties, the Line right color
well; or, on the Table Cell Properties
tab of the cell properties, in the Border
Properties dialog box for the right
border line, the Line properties color
well
border-right-style Enum The style of the right border line On the Column Properties tab of the
column properties, the Line right style
One of the following:
selection box; or, on the Table Cell
l none—Do not include a border. Properties tab of the cell properties,
in the Border Properties dialog box
l solid— for the right border line, the Line
properties style selection box
l dashed—
l shortdashed—
l dotted—
l fardashed—
border-right-width Int The width, in logical units, of the right border On the Column Properties tab of the
line column properties, the Line right
width box; or, on the Table Cell
Properties tab of the cell properties,
in the Border Properties dialog box
for the right border line, the Line
properties width box
border-style Enum The style of the entire border line On the Lines and Fill tab of the table
properties, the Frame style selection
One of the following:
box
l none—Do not include a border.
l solid—
l dashed—
l shortdashed—
l dotted—
l fardashed—
border-top-color Color The color of the top border line On the Row Properties tab of the row
properties, the Line above color well;
or, on the Table Cell Properties tab of
the cell properties, in the Border
Properties dialog box for the top
border line, the Line properties color
well
border-top-style Enum The style of the right border line On the Row Properties tab of the row
properties, the Line above style
One of the following:
selection box; or, on the Table Cell
l none—Do not include a border. Properties tab of the cell properties,
in the Border Properties dialog box
l solid— for the top border line, the Line
properties style selection box
l dashed—
l shortdashed—
l dotted—
l fardashed—
border-top-width Int The width, in logical units, of the right border On the Row Properties tab of the row
line properties, the Line above width box;
or, on the Table Cell Properties tab of
the cell properties, in the Border
Properties dialog box for the top
border line, the Line properties width
box
border-width Int The width, in logical units, of the entire border On the Lines and Fill tab of the table
line properties, the Frame width box
color Color The color of the object or text In the object properties, or, for a
selection of text, the Select Font
dialog box (accessed from the Format
> Font menu selection), the Color
color well
end-indent Int The right margin of the text, in logical units In the Text paragraph properties
dialog box for a selection of text
(accessed from the Format >
Paragraph menu selection), the Right
margin box
font-family Text The font face of the text In the Select Font dialog box for a
selection of text (accessed from the
Format > Font menu selection), the
Font box and list
font-size Int The font size of the text, in points In the Select Font dialog box for a
selection of text (accessed from the
Format > Font menu selection), the
Point size drop-down list
font-style Enum Specifies whether the text is italic In the Select Font dialog box for a
selection of text (accessed from the
One of the following:
Format > Font menu selection), the
l normal Italic check box
l italic
The following values are not supported:
l backslant
l oblique
font-weight Enum Specifies whether the text is bold In the Select Font dialog box for a
selection of text (accessed from the
One of the following:
Format > Font menu selection), the
l normal Bold check box
l bold
The following values are not supported:
l bolder
l lighter
l 100
l 200
l 300
l 400
l 500
l 600
l 700
l 800
l 900
height Int The height of the object, in logical units On the Placement tab of the text box
properties, the Height box; or, on the
Row Properties tab of the row
properties, the Current height box
keep-together Enum Specifies whether lines in the text can break In the Text paragraph properties
across columns, frames, or pages dialog box for a selection of text
(accessed from the Format >
One of the following:
Paragraph menu selection), the
l auto—Automatically break the text Cannot split check box
selection as necessary.
l always—Keep the text selection
together.
letter-spacing Int The amount, in points, to expand the tracking In the Select Font dialog box for a
(or, letter spacing) of the text. A negative value selection of text (accessed from the
specifies an amount to condense the tracking Format > Font menu selection), the
of the text. Tracking drop-down list and box
line-height Int The measurement to use in setting line In the Text paragraph properties
spacing. The value specified for the line- dialog box for a selection of text
spacing attribute determines how the value (accessed from the Format >
specified for this attribute is used. Paragraph menu selection), the
Space box
line-spacing Enum The line spacing in the text In the Text paragraph properties
dialog box for a selection of text
One of the following:
(accessed from the Format >
l single—Lines are single-spaced. Paragraph menu selection), the Line
spacing drop-down list
l one-and-half—Lines are one-and-
one-half-spaced.
l double—Lines are double-spaced.
l at-least—The space below each line
must be at least the amount specified for
the line-height attribute, in logical
units. The space is increased if the font
requires more room.
l exact—The space below each line is
always the distance specified for the
line-height attribute, in logical units,
even if the text overlaps.
l multiple—The space below each line
is the distance specified for the line-
height attribute, in tenths of the line
height determined by the font size used
for the text.
l exact-word—Lines behave as they
do in Microsoft Word and use the amount
of space specified by the line-
height attribute, in logical units. Any
excess space appears above the line of
text.
margin-bottom Int The bottom margin of a text box or table cell, in On the Text tab of the text box
logical units properties, or on the Table Cell
Properties tab of the table cell
properties, the Bottom margin box
margin-left Int The left margin of a text box or table cell, in On the Text tab of the text box
logical units properties, or on the Table Cell
Properties tab of the table cell
properties, the Left margin box
margin-right Int The right margin of a text box or table cell, in On the Text tab of the text box
logical units properties, or on the Table Cell
Properties tab of the table cell
properties, the Right margin box
margin-top Int The top margin of a text box or table cell, in On the Text tab of the text box
logical units properties, or on the Table Cell
Properties tab of the table cell
properties, the Top margin box
space-after Int The space below the paragraph of text, in In the Text paragraph properties
logical units dialog box for a selection of text
(accessed from the Format >
Paragraph menu selection), the
Below box
space-before Int The space above the paragraph of text, in In the Text paragraph properties
logical units dialog box for a selection of text
(accessed from the Format >
Paragraph menu selection), the
Above box
start-indent Int The left margin of the text, in logical units In the Text paragraph properties
dialog box for a selection of text
(accessed from the Format >
Paragraph menu selection), the Left
margin box
supersub Enum Specifies whether the text is formatted as The Format > Text > Subscript and
subscript or superscript. For normal text, leave Format > Text > Superscript menu
this attribute undefined. selections
One of the following:
l subscript
l superscript
text-align Enum The alignment of a block of text The selections on the Format >
Paragraph Alignment menu for a
One of the following:
selection of text
l left
l center
l right
l justify
The following values are not supported:
l start
l end
text-decoration Enum Specifies whether underlining or strike- In the Select Font dialog box for a
through formatting is added to the text selection of text (accessed from the
Format > Font menu selection), the
One of the following:
Underline drop-down list and the
l none Strike check box
l underline
l line-through
The following values are not supported:
l overline
l blink
text-indent Int The distance, in logical units, to indent the first In the Text paragraph properties
line of a block of text. A negative value dialog box for a selection of text
indicates a hanging indent, and specifies the (accessed from the Format >
distance that all subsequent lines are Paragraph menu selection), the Auto
indented. layout check box, the Hanging
indented or Indented radio button,
and the Offset box
width Int The width of the object, in logical units On the Placement tab of the text box
properties, or on the Column
Properties tab of the column
properties, the Width box
absolute-position Enum
alignment-adjust Text
alignment-baseline Enum
azimuth Text
background Text
background-attachment Text
background-image Text
background-position Text
background-position-horizontal Text
background-position-vertical Text
background-repeat Text
block-progression-dimension Text
[Link] Text
[Link] Text
[Link] Text
border Text
border-after-color Color
border-after-precedence Text
border-after-style Enum
border-after-width Int
[Link] Enum
[Link] Text
border-before-color Color
border-before-precedence Text
border-before-style Enum
border-before-width Int
[Link] Enum
[Link] Text
border-bottom Text
border-bottom-left-color Color
border-bottom-left-corner-style Enum
border-bottom-left-corner-visible Bool
border-bottom-left-radius Int
border-bottom-left-style Enum
border-bottom-left-width Int
border-bottom-right-color Color
border-bottom-right-corner-style Enum
border-bottom-right-corner-visible Bool
border-bottom-right-radius Int
border-bottom-right-style Enum
border-bottom-right-width Int
[Link] Enum
[Link] Text
border-collapse Text
border-end-color Color
border-end-precedence Text
border-end-style Enum
border-end-width Int
[Link] Enum
[Link] Text
border-left Text
[Link] Enum
[Link] Text
border-right Text
[Link] Enum
[Link] Text
border-separation Text
border-separation-block-progression-dimension Text
border-separation-inline-progression-dimension Text
border-spacing Text
border-start-color Color
border-start-precedence Text
border-start-style Enum
border-start-width Int
[Link] Enum
[Link] Text
border-top Text
border-top-left-color Color
border-top-left-corner-style Enum
border-top-left-corner-visible Bool
border-top-left-radius Int
border-top-left-style Enum
border-top-left-width Int
border-top-right-color Color
border-top-right-corner-style Enum
border-top-right-corner-visible Bool
border-top-right-radius Int
border-top-right-style Enum
border-top-right-width Int
[Link] Enum
[Link] Text
bottom Text
break-after Enum
break-before Enum
caption-side Text
clear Enum
clip Text
country Text
cue Text
cue-after Text
cue-before Text
direction Enum
display-align Enum
dominant-baseline Enum
elevation Text
empty-cells Text
float Enum
font Text
font-selection-strategy Enum
font-size-adjust Text
font-stretch Enum
font-variant Enum
glyph-orientation-horizontal Enum
glyph-orientation-vertical Enum
hyphenate Text
hyphenation-character Text
hyphenation-keep Enum
hyphenation-ladder-count Text
hyphenation-push-character-count Text
hyphenation-remain-character-count Text
inline-progression-dimension Text
[Link] Text
[Link] Text
[Link] Text
intrusion-displace Enum
keep-together-within-column Enum
keep-together-within-line Enum
keep-together-within-page Enum
keep-with-next Enum
[Link]-column Enum
[Link]-line Enum
[Link]-page Enum
keep-with-previous Enum
[Link]-column Enum
[Link]-line Enum
[Link]-page Enum
language Text
last-line-end-indent Int
leader-alignment Enum
leader-length Text
[Link] Text
[Link] Text
[Link] Text
leader-pattern Enum
leader-pattern-width Text
left Text
[Link] Enum
[Link] Int
[Link] Int
[Link] Int
[Link] Int
linefeed-treatment Enum
[Link] Enum
[Link] Int
[Link] Int
[Link] Int
[Link] Int
line-height-shift-adjustment Enum
line-stacking-strategy Enum
margin Int
margin-after Int
margin-before Int
margin-end Int
margin-start Int
max-height Int
max-width Int
min-height Int
min-width Int
orphans Int
overflow Enum
padding Text
padding-after Text
[Link] Enum
[Link] Text
padding-before Text
[Link] Enum
[Link] Text
padding-bottom Text
[Link] Enum
[Link] Text
padding-end Text
[Link] Enum
[Link] Text
padding-left Text
[Link] Enum
[Link] Text
padding-right Text
[Link] Enum
[Link] Text
padding-start Text
[Link] Enum
[Link] Text
padding-top Text
[Link] Enum
[Link] Text
page-break-after Enum
page-break-before Enum
page-break-inside Enum
pause Text
pause-after Text
pause-before Text
pitch Text
pitch-range Text
play-during Text
position Text
provisional-distance-between-starts Text
provisional-label-separation Text
reference-orientation Enum
relative-align Enum
relative-position Text
richness Text
right Text
role Text
rule-style Enum
rule-thickness Text
score-spaces Bool
script Text
source-document Text
[Link] Int
[Link] Int
[Link] Int
[Link] Int
[Link] Int
[Link] Int
[Link] Int
[Link] Int
[Link] Int
[Link] Int
space-end Int
[Link] Enum
[Link] Int
[Link] Int
[Link] Int
[Link] Int
space-start Int
[Link] Enum
[Link] Int
[Link] Int
[Link] Int
[Link] Int
span Enum
speak Enum
speak-header Enum
speak-numeral Enum
speak-punctuation Enum
speech-rate Text
stress Text
suppress-at-line-break Enum
table-layout Text
table-omit-footer-at-break Bool
table-omit-header-at-break Bool
target-presentation-context Text
target-processing-context Text
target-stylesheet Text
text-align-last Enum
text-altitude Text
text-depth Text
text-shadow Text
text-transform Enum
top Text
treat-as-word-space Enum
unicode-bidi Enum
vertical-align Text
visibility Enum
voice-family Text
volume Text
white-space Enum
white-space-collapse Bool
white-space-treatment Enum
widows Int
word-spacing Int
[Link] Enum
[Link] Int
[Link] Int
[Link] Int
[Link] Int
wrap-option Enum
writing-mode Enum
z-index Text
You can also create your own sample DXF file to see the structure for existing objects that are
similar to objects you want to import.
For more information about creating a sample DXF file, see “Creating a Sample DXF File to Help
You Understand How an Existing Design is Constructed” on page 17.
l “Page with Embedded Objects, a Table, and Live Properties” on page 673
<fo:declarations>
<dlg:tab-ruler default-tab="0.00lu" id="0" list-type="none"
number-indent="0" number-string="" number-type="num"
user-set-color="false" user-set-type="false"/>
<dlg:tab-ruler default-tab="0.00lu" id="1" list-type="none"
number-indent="0" number-string="" number-type="num"
user-set-color="false" user-set-type="false"/>
</fo:declarations>
<dlg:object>
<dlg:text balance-cols="false" can-split="false"
column-color-pen="rgb(0,0,0)" column-pen-style="none"
column-pen-width="1lu" columns="1" corner-size="0pt"
current-angle="0" delay-comp="none" design-var-ndx="0"
fit-max-point="0" fit-min-point="0" fit-step="5" fit-text="none"
fixed-height="false" flip-h="false" flip-v="false" flow-around=
"no" flow-break="auto" frame-style="frame" gutter-size="0lu"
h-auto-size="false" hide-empty="false" hyperlink-new-window=
"false" ignore-relative="no" kern-amount="120" kerning="0"
link-type="static" lock-proportions="false" meta-props-language=
"default" meta-props-options="read-object-text" meta-props-order=
"0" object-prerotated="true" override-margins="false"
pos-rel-to-above="0" reference-name="AAA1" shadow="none"
static-hyperlink="" unicode-digits="ascii" unicode-script="latin"
v-auto-size="false" variable-hyperlink="Variable|0|" widows="2"
wrap-around-other="none" xy-font-scaling="false">
<dlg:rect bottom="55.01pt" left="0.00pt" right="110.02pt" top=
"32.98pt"/>
<fo:flow display-align="auto" height="306.00lu" margin-bottom=
"0.00lu" margin-left="0.00lu" margin-right="0.00lu"
margin-top="0.00lu" width="1528.00lu">
<fo:block end-indent="0lu" is-comment="false"
keep-together="auto" keep-with-next="auto" line-height=
"153lu" line-spacing="exact" space-after="0lu"
space-before="0lu" start-indent="0lu" tab-ruler="0"
text-align="left" text-indent="0lu" usage-rule="Rule|0|">
<fo:inline color="" font-family="Times New Roman"
font-size="11.00pt" font-style="normal"
is-comment="false" letter-spacing="0.00pt"
page-break-before="auto" text-decoration="none">
Have a nice day.</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
<fo:block end-indent="0lu" is-comment="false"
keep-together="auto" keep-with-next="auto" line-height=
"153lu" line-spacing="exact" space-after="0lu"
space-before="0lu" start-indent="0lu" tab-ruler="1"
text-align="left" text-indent="0lu" usage-rule="Rule|0|">
<fo:inline color="" font-family="Times New Roman"
font-size="11.00pt" font-style="normal" is-comment=
"false" letter-spacing="0.00pt" page-break-before=
"auto" text-decoration="none">Sincerely,
</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
</fo:flow>
</dlg:text>
</dlg:object>
</dlg:library-component>
format="106">
<dlg:basic>
<dlg:name>LETTERDATE</dlg:name>
</dlg:basic>
</dlg:variable>
<dlg:variable multi-valued="false" data-type="string"
format="2">
<dlg:basic>
<dlg:name>SUBS_NAME_FIRST</dlg:name>
</dlg:basic>
</dlg:variable>
<dlg:variable multi-valued="false" data-type="string"
format="2">
<dlg:basic>
<dlg:name>SUBS_NAME_MID</dlg:name>
</dlg:basic>
</dlg:variable>
<dlg:variable multi-valued="false" data-type="string"
format="2">
<dlg:basic>
<dlg:name>SUBS_NAME_LAST</dlg:name>
</dlg:basic>
</dlg:variable>
<dlg:variable multi-valued="false" data-type="string"
format="2">
<dlg:basic>
<dlg:name>SUBS_ADD1</dlg:name>
</dlg:basic>
</dlg:variable>
<dlg:variable multi-valued="false" data-type="string"
format="2">
<dlg:basic>
<dlg:name>SUBS_ADD2</dlg:name>
</dlg:basic>
</dlg:variable>
<dlg:variable multi-valued="false" data-type="string"
format="2">
<dlg:basic>
<dlg:name>SUBS_CITY</dlg:name>
</dlg:basic>
</dlg:variable>
<dlg:variable multi-valued="false" data-type="string"
format="2">
<dlg:basic>
<dlg:name>SUBS_STATE</dlg:name>
</dlg:basic>
</dlg:variable>
<dlg:variable multi-valued="false" data-type="string"
format="2">
<dlg:basic>
<dlg:name>SUBS_ZIP</dlg:name>
</dlg:basic>
</dlg:variable>
<dlg:variable multi-valued="false" data-type="string"
format="2">
<dlg:basic>
<dlg:name>SUBS_ID</dlg:name>
</dlg:basic>
</dlg:variable>
<dlg:variable multi-valued="false" data-type="string"
format="2">
<dlg:basic>
<dlg:name>SAL</dlg:name>
</dlg:basic>
</dlg:variable>
<dlg:variable multi-valued="false" data-type="string"
format="2">
<dlg:basic>
<dlg:name>REPNAME</dlg:name>
</dlg:basic>
</dlg:variable>
</dlg:variables>
</fo:declarations>
<dlg:object>
<dlg:text reference-name="LtrHdr">
<dlg:rect bottom="440.00pt" left="0.00pt"
right="462.00pt" top="0.00pt"/>
<fo:flow height="440.00pt" margin-bottom="0.00pt"
margin-left="0.00pt" margin-right="0.00pt" margin-top=
"0.00pt" width="462.00pt">
<fo:block line-height="11.00pt" text-align="left">
<fo:inline font-family="Arial" font-size=
"11.00pt">
<dlg:variable-use varuse-format="106"
varuse-length="0" varuse-number-of-digits="0"
varuse-variable="Variable|0|LETTERDATE"/>
<LETTERDATE> </fo:inline>
</fo:block>
<fo:block line-height="11.00pt" text-align="left"/>
<fo:block line-height="11.00pt" text-align="left">
<fo:inline font-family="Arial" font-size=
"11.00pt">
<dlg:variable-use varuse-format="2"
varuse-length="0" varuse-number-of-digits="0"
varuse-variable="Variable|0|SUBS_NAME_FIRST"/>
<SUBS_NAME_FIRST></fo:inline>
varuse-length="0" varuse-number-of-digits="0"
varuse-variable="Variable|0|SUBS_STATE"/>
<SUBS_STATE></fo:inline>
<fo:inline font-family="Arial" font-size=
"11.00pt"/>
<fo:inline font-family="Arial" font-size=
"11.00pt">
<dlg:variable-use varuse-format="2"
varuse-length="0" varuse-number-of-digits="0"
varuse-variable="Variable|0|SUBS_ZIP"/>
<SUBS_ZIP></fo:inline>
</fo:block>
<fo:block line-height="11.00pt" text-align="left"/>
<fo:block line-height="11.00pt" text-align="left"/>
<fo:block line-height="11.00pt" text-align="left">
<fo:inline font-family="Arial" font-size=
"11.00pt">ID NO.: </fo:inline>
<fo:inline font-family="Arial" font-size=
"11.00pt">
<dlg:variable-use varuse-format="2"
varuse-length="0" varuse-number-of-digits="0"
varuse-variable="Variable|0|SUBS_ID"/>
<SUBS_ID></fo:inline>
</fo:block>
<fo:block line-height="11.00pt" text-align="left">
<fo:inline font-family="Arial" font-size=
"11.00pt">Dear </fo:inline>
<fo:inline font-family="Arial" font-size=
"11.00pt">
<dlg:variable-use varuse-format="2"
varuse-length="0" varuse-number-of-digits="0"
varuse-variable="Variable|0|SAL"/>
<SAL></fo:inline>
<fo:inline font-family="Arial" font-size=
"11.00pt"/>
<fo:inline font-family="Arial" font-size=
"11.00pt">
<dlg:variable-use varuse-format="2"
varuse-length="0" varuse-number-of-digits="0"
varuse-variable="Variable|0|SUBS_NAME_LAST"/>
<SUBS_NAME_LAST></fo:inline>
<fo:inline font-family="Arial" font-size=
"11.00pt">:
</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
</fo:flow>
</dlg:text>
</dlg:object>
</dlg:paragraph> <dlg:paragraph>
<dlg:basic>
<dlg:name>Closing</dlg:name>
</dlg:basic>
<dlg:object>
<dlg:text reference-name="Closing">
<dlg:rect bottom="22.00pt" left="0.00pt" right=
"110.00pt" top="0.00pt"/>
<fo:flow height="22.00pt" margin-bottom="0.00pt"
margin-left="0.00pt" margin-right="0.00pt" margin-top=
"0.00pt" width="110.00pt">
<fo:block line-height="11.00pt" text-align="left">
<fo:inline font-family="Arial" font-size=
"11.00pt">Have a nice day.</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
<fo:block line-height="11.00pt" text-align="left">
<fo:inline font-family="Arial" font-size=
"11.00pt">Sincerely,</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
</fo:flow>
</dlg:text>
</dlg:object>
</dlg:paragraph>
</dlg:section>
It is assumed that the Design Manager Library already contains the following documents:
5.5 Paragraph
The following sample represents a paragraph object.
<fo:declarations>
<dlg:tab-ruler default-tab="247.00lu" id="0" list-type="none"
number-indent="0" number-string="" number-type="num"
user-set-color="false" user-set-type="false"/>
<dlg:tab-ruler default-tab="247.00lu" id="1" list-type="none"
number-indent="0" number-string="" number-type="num"
user-set-color="false" user-set-type="false"/>
<dlg:tab-ruler default-tab="247.00lu" id="2" list-type="none"
number-indent="0" number-string="" number-type="num"
user-set-color="false" user-set-type="false"/>
<dlg:tab-ruler default-tab="247.00lu" id="3" list-type="none"
number-indent="0" number-string="" number-type="num"
user-set-color="false" user-set-type="false"/>
<dlg:tab-ruler default-tab="247.00lu" id="4" list-type="none"
number-indent="0" number-string="" number-type="num"
user-set-color="false" user-set-type="false"/>
<dlg:tab-ruler default-tab="247.00lu" id="5" list-type="none"
number-indent="0" number-string="" number-type="num"
user-set-color="false" user-set-type="false"/>
<dlg:tab-ruler default-tab="247.00lu" id="6" list-type="none"
number-indent="0" number-string="" number-type="num"
user-set-color="false" user-set-type="false"/>
<dlg:tab-ruler default-tab="247.00lu" id="7" list-type="none"
number-indent="0" number-string="" number-type="num"
user-set-color="false" user-set-type="false"/>
<dlg:tab-ruler default-tab="247.00lu" id="8" list-type="none"
number-indent="0" number-string="" number-type="num"
user-set-color="false" user-set-type="false"/>
<dlg:tab-ruler default-tab="247.00lu" id="9" list-type="none"
number-indent="0" number-string="" number-type="num"
user-set-color="false" user-set-type="false"/>
<dlg:tab-ruler default-tab="247.00lu" id="10" list-type="none"
number-indent="0" number-string="" number-type="num"
user-set-color="false" user-set-type="false"/>
</fo:declarations>
<dlg:objects>
<dlg:text balance-cols="false" can-split="false" column-color-pen
="rgb(0,0,0)" column-pen-style="none" column-pen-width="1lu"
columns="1" corner-size="4pt" current-angle="0" delay-comp="none"
design-var-ndx="0" fit-max-point="0" fit-min-point="0" fit-step=
"5" fit-text="none" fixed-height="false" flip-h="false" flip-v=
"false" flow-around="no" flow-break="auto" frame-style="frame"
gutter-size="0lu" h-auto-size="false" hide-empty="false"
hyperlink-new-window="false" ignore-relative="no" kern-amount=
"120" kerning="0" language="Language|0|" link-type="static"
lock-proportions="false" meta-props-language="default"
meta-props-options="read-object-text" meta-props-order="0"
object-prerotated="true" override-margins="false"
pos-rel-to-above="0" ref-id="80000" reference-name="Text Box"
shadow="none" static-hyperlink="" unicode-digits="ascii"
unicode-script="latin" v-auto-size="false" variable-hyperlink=
"Variable|0|" widows="2" wrap-around-other="none" xy-font-scaling
="false">
<dlg:rect bottom="252.00pt" left="63.00pt" right="450.07pt"
top="45.00pt"/>
<fo:flow display-align="auto" height="2875.00lu" margin-bottom
="0.00lu" margin-left="0.00lu" margin-right="0.00lu"
margin-top="0.00lu" width="5376.00lu">
<fo:block end-indent="0lu" is-comment="false"
keep-together="auto" keep-with-next="auto" line-height=
"0lu" line-spacing="single" space-after="0lu"
space-before="0lu" start-indent="0lu" tab-ruler="0"
text-align="left" text-indent="0lu" usage-rule="Rule|0|">
<fo:inline color="" font-family="Times New Roman"
font-size="18.00pt" font-style="normal" is-comment=
"false" letter-spacing="0.00pt" page-break-before=
"auto" text-decoration="none">There is a text box
embedded in this text box</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
<fo:block end-indent="0lu" is-comment="false"
keep-together="auto" keep-with-next="auto" line-height=
"0lu" line-spacing="single" space-after="0lu"
space-before="0lu" start-indent="0lu" tab-ruler="1"
text-align="left" text-indent="0lu" usage-rule="Rule|0|">
<fo:inline color="" font-family="Times New Roman"
font-size="18.00pt" font-style="normal" is-comment=
"false" letter-spacing="0.00pt" page-break-before=
"auto" text-decoration="none"/>
</fo:block>
<fo:block end-indent="0lu" is-comment="false"
keep-together="auto" keep-with-next="auto" line-height=
"0lu" line-spacing="single" space-after="0lu"
space-before="0lu" start-indent="0lu" tab-ruler="2"
text-align="left" text-indent="0lu" usage-rule="Rule|0|">
<fo:inline color="" font-family="Times New Roman"
font-size="18.00pt" font-style="normal" is-comment=
"false" letter-spacing="0.00pt" page-break-before=
"auto" text-decoration="none"/>
<dlg:embedded-object docx-anchor="false" embed-anchor=
"bottom-left" embed-method="inline" height="1000"
line-color="rgb(0,0,0)" line-weight="1" lower-left-X=
"0" lower-left-Y="1587" offset-X="0" offset-Y="0"
width="1000">
<dlg:text balance-cols="false" can-split="false"
column-color-pen="rgb(0,0,0)" column-pen-style=
"none" column-pen-width="1lu" columns="1"
corner-size="4pt" current-angle="0" delay-comp=
"none" design-var-ndx="0" fit-max-point="0"
fit-min-point="0" fit-step="5" fit-text="none"
fixed-height="false" flip-h="false" flip-v="false"
flow-around="no" flow-break="auto" frame-style=
"frame" gutter-size="0lu" h-auto-size="false"
hide-empty="false" hyperlink-new-window="false"
ignore-relative="ignore" kern-amount="120"
kerning="0" language="Language|0|" link-type=
"static" lock-proportions="false"
meta-props-language="default" meta-props-options=
"read-object-text" meta-props-order="0"
object-prerotated="true" override-margins="false"
pen="true" pen-color="rgb(0,0,0)" pen-style=
"solid" pen-width="1lu" pos-rel-to-above="0"
ref-id="122001" reference-name="Text Box 2"
shadow="none" static-hyperlink="" unicode-digits=
"ascii" unicode-script="latin" v-auto-size="false"
variable-hyperlink="Variable|0|" widows="2"
wrap-around-other="none" xy-font-scaling="false">
text-indent="0lu" usage-rule="Rule|0|">
<fo:inline color="" font-family=
"Times New Roman" font-size="10.00pt"
font-style="normal" is-comment="false"
letter-spacing="0.00pt"
page-break-before="auto"
text-decoration="none"/>
</fo:block>
</fo:flow>
</dlg:text>
</dlg:embedded-object>
</fo:block>
</fo:flow>
</dlg:text>
<dlg:text balance-cols="false" can-split="false"
column-color-pen="rgb(0,0,0)" column-pen-style="none"
column-pen-width="1lu" columns="1" corner-size="4pt"
current-angle="0" delay-comp="none" design-var-ndx="0"
fit-max-point="0" fit-min-point="0" fit-step="5" fit-text=
"none" fixed-height="false" flip-h="false" flip-v="false"
flow-around="no" flow-break="auto" frame-style="frame"
gutter-size="0lu" h-auto-size="false" hide-empty="false"
hyperlink-new-window="false" ignore-relative="no" kern-amount=
"120" kerning="0" language="Language|0|" link-type="static"
lock-proportions="false" meta-props-language="default"
meta-props-options="read-object-text" meta-props-order="0"
object-prerotated="true" override-margins="false"
pos-rel-to-above="0" ref-id="80001" reference-name="Text Box 3"
shadow="none" static-hyperlink="" unicode-digits="ascii"
unicode-script="latin" v-auto-size="false" variable-hyperlink=
"Variable|0|" widows="2" wrap-around-other="none"
xy-font-scaling="false">
<dlg:rect bottom="405.00pt" left="54.00pt" right="431.93pt"
top="288.00pt"/>
<fo:flow display-align="auto" height="1625.00lu"
margin-bottom="0.00lu" margin-left="0.00lu" margin-right=
"0.00lu" margin-top="0.00lu" width="5249.00lu">
<fo:block end-indent="0lu" is-comment="false"
keep-together="auto" keep-with-next="auto" line-height=
"0lu" line-spacing="single" space-after="0lu"
space-before="0lu" start-indent="0lu" tab-ruler="4"
text-align="left" text-indent="0lu" usage-rule="Rule|0|">
<fo:inline color="" font-family="Times New Roman"
font-size="18.00pt" font-style="normal" is-comment=
"false" letter-spacing="0.00pt" page-break-before=
"auto" text-decoration="none">There is a Shape
embedded in this text box</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
"latin" v-auto-size="true">
<dlg:live allow-form-insert="true" auto-size=
"true" can-be-moved="false" can-be-resized=
"false" can-be-rotated="false"
can-change-format="true"
can-change-properties="false"
can-change-text-properties="false"
can-do-object-properties="1" can-type="true"
comb-type="box" content-pick-type="none"
content-variable-index="0"
content-variable-oi="Variable|0|"
editable-area-name="" editing-change-type=
"required" enable-variable-oi="Variable|0|"
exclude-from-outline="false" fill-color=
"rgb(196,196,196)" form-field-library=
"Form Field|0|" form-field-source=
"application" form-height="200"
form-mask-name="" form-space="10" form-width=
"100" function-call-button-end="Function|0|"
function-call-button-start="Function|0|"
hidden-type="none" line-color="rgb(0,0,0)"
line-width="1" link-type="none"
list-can-multi-select="false" list-can-sort=
"false" list-display-variable="Variable|0|"
list-return-variable="Variable|0|" list-type=
"dropdown" live-caption-text=""
live-inheritance-type="always"
live-validation="default"
selection-prompt-type="object-name"
selector-value="" show-tab="true"
static-hyperlink="" tab-stop="true"
text-field-minimum-width="100"
text-field-type="text" tooltip="fff"
upload-prompt="" variable-for-selector=
"Variable|0|" variable-hyperlink="Variable|0|"
want-fill="false"/>
<dlg:rect bottom="506.81pt" left="33.05pt"
right="456.05pt" top="490.46pt"/>
<fo:table-column border-after-style="none"
border-after-width="0lu" border-before-style=
"none" border-before-width="0lu"
border-bottom-style="none"
border-bottom-width="0lu" border-end-style=
"none" border-end-width="0lu"
border-left-style="none" border-left-width=
"0lu" border-right-style="none"
border-right-width="0lu" border-start-style=
"none" border-start-width="0lu"
border-top-style="none" border-top-width="0lu"
column-number="1" column-width="1959lu"
usage-rule="Rule|0|"/>
<fo:table-column border-after-style="none"
border-after-width="0lu" border-before-style=
"none" border-before-width="0lu"
border-bottom-style="none"
border-bottom-width="0lu" border-end-style=
"none" border-end-width="0lu"
border-left-style="none" border-left-width=
"0lu" border-right-style="none"
border-right-width="0lu" border-start-style=
"none" border-start-width="0lu"
border-top-style="none" border-top-width="0lu"
column-number="2" column-width="1958lu"
usage-rule="Rule|0|"/>
<fo:table-column border-after-style="none"
border-after-width="0lu" border-before-style=
"none" border-before-width="0lu"
border-bottom-style="none"
border-bottom-width="0lu" border-end-style=
"none" border-end-width="0lu"
border-left-style="none" border-left-width=
"0lu" border-right-style="none"
border-right-width="0lu" border-start-style=
"none" border-start-width="0lu"
border-top-style="none" border-top-width="0lu"
column-number="3" column-width="1958lu"
usage-rule="Rule|0|"/>
<fo:table-row auto-row-column-flow="none"
auto-row-filter="" auto-row-grouped="false"
auto-row-include-higher="none"
auto-row-include-level="1" auto-row-level="0"
auto-row-num-div-repeat-rows="4"
auto-row-num-repeat="1" auto-row-overlap=
"overlap-none" auto-row-page-begin="false"
auto-row-process="specified" auto-row-ref-var=
"Variable|0|" auto-row-repeat-headers="false"
auto-row-repeat-var-count="1"
auto-row-section-begin="false"
auto-row-section-max-rows="0"
auto-row-section-name=""
auto-row-section-orphan="1"
auto-row-section-ref-var="Variable|0|"
auto-row-section-use="always"
auto-row-serpertine-cells="1"
auto-row-special-row-props="none"
border-after-style="none" border-after-width=
"0lu" border-before-style="none"
border-before-width="0lu" border-bottom-style=
"none" border-bottom-width="0lu"
border-end-style="none" border-end-width="0lu"
border-left-style="none" border-left-width=
"0lu" border-right-style="none"
border-right-width="0lu" border-start-style=
"none" border-start-width="0lu"
border-top-style="none" border-top-width="0lu"
fixed-height="false" height="227lu" row-type=
"none" usage-rule="Rule|0|">
<fo:table-cell border-after-style="none"
border-after-width="0lu"
border-before-style="none"
border-before-width="0lu"
border-bottom-style="none"
border-bottom-width="0lu"
border-end-style="none"
border-end-width="0lu"
border-left-style="none"
border-left-width="0lu"
border-right-style="none"
border-right-width="0lu"
border-start-style="none"
border-start-width="0lu"
border-top-style="none"
border-top-width="0lu"
column-number="1" display-align="auto"
height="167lu" margin-bottom="50lu"
margin-left="50lu" margin-right="50lu"
margin-top="50lu" meta-props-language=
"default" meta-props-options=
"read-object-text" meta-props-order="1"
number-columns-spanned="1"
number-rows-spanned="1" width="1859lu">
<fo:block end-indent="0lu" is-comment=
"false" keep-together="auto"
keep-with-next="auto" line-height=
"0lu" line-spacing="single"
space-after="0lu" space-before="0lu"
start-indent="0lu" tab-ruler="8"
text-align="left" text-indent="0lu"
usage-rule="Rule|0|">
<fo:inline color="rgb(0,0,0)"
font-family="Times New Roman"
font-size="10.00pt" font-style=
"normal" is-comment="false"
letter-spacing="0.00pt"
page-break-before="auto"
text-decoration="none"/>
</fo:block>
</fo:table-cell>
<fo:table-cell border-after-style="none"
border-after-width="0lu"
border-before-style="none"
border-before-width="0lu"
border-bottom-style="none"
border-bottom-width="0lu"
border-end-style="none"
border-end-width="0lu"
border-left-style="none"
border-left-width="0lu"
border-right-style="none"
border-right-width="0lu"
border-start-style="none"
border-start-width="0lu"
border-top-style="none"
border-top-width="0lu"
column-number="2" display-align="auto"
height="167lu" margin-bottom="50lu"
margin-left="50lu" margin-right="50lu"
margin-top="50lu" meta-props-language=
"default" meta-props-options=
"read-object-text" meta-props-order="2"
number-columns-spanned="1"
number-rows-spanned="1" width="1858lu">
<fo:block end-indent="0lu" is-comment=
"false" keep-together="auto"
keep-with-next="auto" line-height=
"0lu" line-spacing="single"
space-after="0lu" space-before="0lu"
start-indent="0lu" tab-ruler="9"
text-align="left" text-indent="0lu"
usage-rule="Rule|0|">
<fo:inline color="" font-family=
"Times New Roman" font-size=
"10.00pt" font-style="normal"
is-comment="false" letter-spacing=
"0.00pt" page-break-before="auto"
text-decoration="none"/>
</fo:block>
</fo:table-cell>
<fo:table-cell border-after-style="none"
border-after-width="0lu"
border-before-style="none"
border-before-width="0lu"
border-bottom-style="none"
border-bottom-width="0lu"
border-end-style="none"
border-end-width="0lu"
border-left-style="none"
border-left-width="0lu"
border-right-style="none"
border-right-width="0lu"
border-start-style="none"
border-start-width="0lu"
border-top-style="none"
border-top-width="0lu"
column-number="3" display-align=
"auto" height="167lu" margin-bottom="50lu"
margin-left="50lu" margin-right="50lu"
margin-top="50lu" meta-props-language=
"default" meta-props-options=
"read-object-text" meta-props-order="3"
number-columns-spanned="1"
number-rows-spanned="1" width="1858lu">
<fo:block end-indent="0lu" is-comment=
"false" keep-together="auto"
keep-with-next="auto" line-height=
"0lu" line-spacing="single"
space-after="0lu" space-before="0lu"
start-indent="0lu" tab-ruler="10"
text-align="left" text-indent="0lu"
usage-rule="Rule|0|">
<fo:inline color="rgb(0,0,0)"
font-family="Times New Roman"
font-size="10.00pt" font-style=
"normal" is-comment="false"
letter-spacing="0.00pt"
page-break-before="auto"
text-decoration="none"/>
</fo:block>
</fo:table-cell>
</fo:table-row>
</dlg:table>
</dlg:embedded-object>
</fo:block>
</fo:flow>
</dlg:text>
</dlg:objects>
</dlg:page>
<fo:declarations>
<dlg:tab-ruler default-tab="250.00lu" id="0" list-type="none"
number-indent="0" number-string="" number-type="num"
user-set-color="false" user-set-type="false"/>
<dlg:tab-ruler default-tab="250.00lu" id="1" list-type="none"
number-indent="0" number-string="" number-type="num"
user-set-color="false" user-set-type="false"/>
<dlg:tab-ruler default-tab="250.00lu" id="2" list-type="none"
number-indent="0" number-string="" number-type="num"
user-set-color="false" user-set-type="false"/>
<dlg:tab-ruler default-tab="250.00lu" id="3" list-type="none"
number-indent="0" number-string="" number-type="num"
user-set-color="false" user-set-type="false"/>
<dlg:tab-ruler default-tab="250.00lu" id="4" list-type="none"
number-indent="0" number-string="" number-type="num"
user-set-color="false" user-set-type="false"/>
<dlg:tab-ruler default-tab="250.00lu" id="5" list-type="none"
number-indent="0" number-string="" number-type="num"
user-set-color="false" user-set-type="false"/>
<dlg:tab-ruler default-tab="250.00lu" id="6" list-type="none"
number-indent="0" number-string="" number-type="num"
user-set-color="false" user-set-type="false"/>
</fo:declarations>
<dlg:objects>
<dlg:text anchor="tl" balance-cols="false" can-split="false"
column-color-pen="rgb(0,0,0)" column-pen-style="solid"
column-pen-width="1lu" columns="1" corner-size="4pt"
current-angle="0" delay-comp="none" design-var-ndx="0"
fit-max-point="0" fit-min-point="0" fit-step="5" fit-text="none"
fixed-height="false" flip-h="false" flip-v="false" flow-around=
"no" flow-break="auto" frame-style="frame" gutter-size="0lu"
h-auto-size="true" hide-empty="false" hyperlink-new-window=
"false" ignore-relative="no" kern-amount="120" kerning="0"
language="Language|0|" link-type="static" lock-proportions=
"false" meta-props-language="default" meta-props-options=
"read-object-text" meta-props-order="1" min-height="0"
object-prerotated="true" override-margins="false"
pos-rel-to-above="0" ref-id="6869962" reference-name="Text"
shadow="none" static-hyperlink="" unicode-digits="ascii"
unicode-script="latin" v-auto-size="true" variable-hyperlink=
"Variable|0|" widows="0" wrap-around-other="none" xy-font-scaling
="false">
<dlg:rect bottom="56.74pt" left="36.58pt" right="98.71pt" top=
"44.71pt"/>
<fo:flow display-align="auto" height="167.00lu" margin-bottom=
"0.00lu" margin-left="0.00lu" margin-right="0.00lu" margin-top
="0.00lu" width="863.00lu">
<fo:block end-indent="0lu" is-comment="false" keep-together=
"auto" keep-with-next="auto" line-height="0lu" line-spacing=
"single" space-after="0lu" space-before="0lu" start-indent=
"0lu" tab-ruler="0" text-align="left" text-indent="0lu"
usage-rule="Rule|0|">
<fo:inline color="" font-family="Times New Roman"
font-size="10.00pt" font-style="normal" is-comment=
"false" letter-spacing="0.00pt" page-break-before=
"auto" text-decoration="none">This is cell A1.
</fo:inline>
</fo:block>
</fo:flow>
</dlg:text>
<dlg:text anchor="tl" balance-cols="false" can-split="false"
column-color-pen="rgb(0,0,0)" column-pen-style="solid"
column-pen-width="1lu" columns="1" corner-size="4pt"
current-angle="0" delay-comp="none" design-var-ndx="0"
fit-max-point="0" fit-min-point="0" fit-step="5" fit-text="none"
fixed-height="false" flip-h="false" flip-v="false" flow-around=
"no" flow-break="auto" frame-style="frame" gutter-size="0lu"
h-auto-size="true" hide-empty="false" hyperlink-new-window=
"false" ignore-relative="no" kern-amount="120" kerning="0"
language="Language|0|" link-type="static" lock-proportions=
"false" meta-props-language="default" meta-props-options=
vspan="1"/>
<dlg:logical-cell bottom-padding="500" brush="true"
brush-fill-color="rgb(0,0,0)" cell-alignment="middle-center"
child-ndx="-1" hspan="1" left-padding="500" right-padding=
"500" start-col="2" start-row="1" top-padding="500"
vspan="1"/>
<dlg:logical-cell bottom-padding="500" brush="true"
brush-fill-color="rgb(0,0,0)" cell-alignment="middle-center"
child-ndx="4" hspan="1" left-padding="500" right-padding="500"
start-col="1" start-row="1" top-padding="500" vspan="1"/>
<dlg:logical-cell bottom-padding="500" brush="true"
brush-fill-color="rgb(0,0,0)" cell-alignment="middle-center"
child-ndx="-1" hspan="1" left-padding="500" right-padding=
"500" start-col="0" start-row="1" top-padding="500"
vspan="1"/>
<dlg:logical-cell bottom-padding="0" cell-alignment=
"middle-left" child-ndx="1" hspan="2" left-padding="0"
right-padding="0" start-col="1" start-row="0" top-padding="0"
vspan="1"/>
<dlg:logical-cell bottom-padding="200" cell-alignment=
"middle-center" child-ndx="3" hspan="1" left-padding="200"
right-padding="200" start-col="2" start-row="2" top-padding=
"200" vspan="1"/>
<dlg:logical-cell bottom-padding="200" cell-alignment=
"middle-center" child-ndx="0" hspan="1" left-padding="200"
right-padding="200" start-col="0" start-row="0" top-padding=
"200" vspan="1"/>
</dlg:container>
<dlg:container can-split="false" container-clip="ignore-clipping"
container-type="vertical-span" current-angle="0" delay-comp=
"none" design-var-ndx="0" flip-h="false" flip-v="false"
flow-around="no" flow-break="auto" h-auto-size="false"
has-max-width="false" has-min-width="true" ignore-relative=
"ignore" language="Language|0|" lock-proportions="false"
min-width="1000" num-tiles="0" padding-bottom="0" padding-elem=
"100" padding-left="0" padding-right="0" padding-tile="50"
padding-top="0" pen="true" pen-color="rgb(0,0,0)" pen-style=
"solid" pen-width="1lu" pos-rel-to-above="0" ref-id="9187132"
reference-name="Container" shadow="none" top-container="false"
v-auto-size="false">
<dlg:rect bottom="50.62pt" left="0.00pt" right="171.65pt" top=
"0.00pt"/>
<dlg:contained-ref fixed-height="true" fixed-width="true"
has-z-index="false" oid="8617662" page-oid="-1" x="1" y="1"/>
<dlg:contained-ref fixed-height="true" fixed-width="true"
has-z-index="false" oid="9327634" page-oid="-1" x="1"
y="268"/>
<dlg:contained-ref fixed-height="true" fixed-width="true"
</dlg:page>
l fo:absolute-or-relative-position-props
l fo:accessibility-props
l dlg:and-or
l fo:area-alignment-inline-props
l fo:area-props
l dlg:array-wrapper-coordinate
l fo:aural-props
l fo:base
l fo:block-container
l fo:block-props
l fo:border-padding-background-props
l fo:border-precedence-props
l fo:box-size-props
l fo:character-props
l dlg:charformat2
l fo:color-profile
l dlg:condition
l fo:empty-inline-props
l dlg:encoded-binary
l fo:float
l fo:float-props
l fo:flow-props
l dlg:folder
l dlg:font-face
l fo:hyphenation-block-props
l fo:hyphenation-inline-props
l fo:id-props
l fo:inheritable-props
l fo:initial-property-set
l fo:inline-container
l fo:inline-props
l fo:keep-and-break-atomic-props
l fo:keep-and-break-block-props
l fo:keep-and-break-inline-props
l dlg:kerningpair
l dlg:layer-info
l fo:leader
l fo:leader-props
l fo:line-height-props
l fo:line-props
l fo:list-block
l fo:list-item
l fo:list-item-body
l fo:list-item-label
l fo:list-props
l dlg:logfont
l fo:margin-block-props
l fo:margin-inline-props
l fo:margin-props
l dlg:point
l dlg:priority
l fo:relative-position-props
l dlg:rule-line
l dlg:simplerule
l dlg:size
l dlg:stylesheet
l fo:table
l fo:table-and-caption
l fo:table-body
l fo:table-caption
l fo:table-footer
l fo:table-header
l fo:table-props
l dlg:target-text
l dlg:value
l dlg:value-folder
l fo:visibility-props
l fo:wrapper
alternating-xy legend-font-bold
border legend-font-color
chart-type legend-font-face
custom-legend-box-size legend-font-italic
data-label-align legend-font-size
data-label-border-color legend-format
data-label-border-style legend-frame
data-label-border-weight legend-hanging-wrap
data-label-collision-avoidance legend-height
data-label-display-level legend-labels
data-label-fill-color legend-num-columns
data-label-fill-type legend-original-position
data-label-font-bold legend-position
data-label-font-color legend-rect
data-label-font-face legend-spacing
data-label-font-italic legend-tab1
data-label-font-size legend-tab2
data-label-placement legend-width
data-label-plot-area-method legend-wrap
frame-rect plot-fill-color
frame-x plot-frame-style
frame-y plot-line-color
grid-color plot-line-style
grid-style plot-line-weight
grid-weight plot-range-fill
legend-fill-color plot-range-fill-axis
legend-fill-transparent plot-range-fill-color
plot-range-fill-max xaxis-format
plot-range-fill-max-variable xaxis-grid
plot-range-fill-min xaxis-grid-skip-interval
plot-range-fill-min-variable xaxis-hour-format
title xaxis-interval
title-align xaxis-label-method
title-font-bold xaxis-label-orientation
title-font-color xaxis-month-format
title-font-face xaxis-negative-style
title-font-italic xaxis-position-labels-between-
lines
title-font-pts
xaxis-quarter-format
title-font-size
xaxis-range-maximum
title-rect
xaxis-range-method
title-variable
xaxis-range-minimum
title-x
xaxis-range-variable
title-y
xaxis-scale
units-per-inch
xaxis-thousands
xaxis-alternate-label
xaxis-tick-method
xaxis-always-display-year
xaxis-tick-number
xaxis-complete-time-periods
xaxis-tick-style
xaxis-custom-format
xaxis-title
xaxis-day-format
xaxis-title-align
xaxis-decimal
xaxis-title-font-bold
xaxis-digits
xaxis-title-font-color
xaxis-font-bold
xaxis-title-font-face
xaxis-font-color
xaxis-title-font-italic
xaxis-font-face
xaxis-title-font-pts
xaxis-font-italic
xaxis-title-font-size
xaxis-font-pts
xaxis-title-variable
xaxis-font-size
xaxis-year-format
xseries-variable yaxis-title-font-face
y-zero-line yaxis-title-font-italic
yaxis-alternate-labels yaxis-title-font-size
yaxis-custom-format yaxis-title-variable
yaxis-decimal
yaxis-digits
yaxis-font-bold
yaxis-font-color
yaxis-font-face
yaxis-font-italic
yaxis-font-size
yaxis-format
yaxis-grid
yaxis-negative-style
yaxis-position
yaxis-range-maximum
yaxis-range-method
yaxis-range-minimum
yaxis-range-variable
yaxis-reduce-magnitude
yaxis-scale
yaxis-show-labels
yaxis-thousands
yaxis-tick-method
yaxis-tick-number
yaxis-tick-style
yaxis-title
yaxis-title-align
yaxis-title-font-bold
yaxis-title-font-color
bar-label-orientation label-color
bar-label-placement legend-fill-color
bar-label-type legend-fill-transparent
bar-percent-size legend-font-bold
border legend-font-color
chart-type legend-font-face
custom-legend-box-size legend-font-italic
data-label-align legend-font-size
data-label-border-color legend-format
data-label-border-style legend-frame
data-label-border-weight legend-hanging-wrap
data-label-fill-color legend-height
data-label-fill-type legend-labels
data-label-font-bold legend-num-columns
data-label-font-color legend-original-position
data-label-font-face legend-position
data-label-font-italic legend-rect
data-label-font-size legend-spacing
frame-rect legend-tab1
frame-rect-3d legend-tab2
frame-x legend-width
frame-y legend-wrap
grid-color line-color
grid-style line-width
grid-weight overlay-flags
has-shadow-color plot-3d-edge-fill-color
is-3d plot-fill-color
plot-frame-style xaxis-font-italic
plot-line-color xaxis-font-pts
plot-line-style xaxis-font-size
plot-line-weight xaxis-grid
plot-range-fill xaxis-label-orientation
plot-range-fill-axis xaxis-position-labels-between-
lines
plot-range-fill-color
xaxis-range-maximum
plot-range-fill-max
xaxis-range-method
plot-range-fill-max-variable
xaxis-range-minimum
plot-range-fill-min
xaxis-range-variable
plot-range-fill-min-variable
xaxis-tick-method
thickness
xaxis-tick-number
title
xaxis-tick-style
title-align
xaxis-title
title-font-bold
xaxis-title-align
title-font-color
xaxis-title-font-bold
title-font-face
xaxis-title-font-color
title-font-italic
xaxis-title-font-face
title-font-pts
xaxis-title-font-italic
title-font-size
xaxis-title-font-pts
title-rect
xaxis-title-font-size
title-variable
xaxis-title-variable
title-x
xseries-variable
title-y
y-zero-line
units-per-inch
yaxis-alternate-labels
use-array
yaxis-custom-format
xaxis-alternate-label
yaxis-font-bold
xaxis-font-bold
yaxis-font-color
xaxis-font-color
yaxis-font-face
xaxis-font-face
yaxis-font-italic
yaxis-font-size
yaxis-grid
yaxis-negative-scale-factor
yaxis-position
yaxis-range-maximum
yaxis-range-method
yaxis-range-minimum
yaxis-range-variable
yaxis-reduce-magnitude
yaxis-show-labels
yaxis-tick-method
yaxis-tick-number
yaxis-tick-style
yaxis-title
yaxis-title-align
yaxis-title-font-bold
yaxis-title-font-color
yaxis-title-font-face
yaxis-title-font-italic
yaxis-title-font-size
yaxis-title-variable
border
chart-type
frame-rect
frame-x
frame-y
has-shadow-color
line-color
line-width
units-per-inch
bar-label-orientation label-color
bar-label-placement legend-fill-color
bar-label-type legend-fill-transparent
bar-percent-size legend-font-bold
border legend-font-color
chart-type legend-font-face
custom-legend-box-size legend-font-italic
data-label-align legend-font-size
data-label-border-color legend-format
data-label-border-style legend-frame
data-label-border-weight legend-hanging-wrap
data-label-fill-color legend-height
data-label-fill-type legend-labels
data-label-font-bold legend-num-columns
data-label-font-color legend-original-position
data-label-font-face legend-position
data-label-font-italic legend-rect
data-label-font-size legend-reverse-order
frame-rect legend-spacing
frame-rect-3d legend-tab1
frame-x legend-tab2
frame-y legend-width
grid-color legend-wrap
grid-style line-color
grid-weight line-width
has-shadow-color plot-3d-edge-fill-color
is-3d plot-fill-color
plot-frame-style xaxis-font-italic
plot-line-color xaxis-font-pts
plot-line-style xaxis-font-size
plot-line-weight xaxis-grid
plot-range-fill xaxis-grid-skip-interval
plot-range-fill-axis xaxis-label-orientation
plot-range-fill-color xaxis-position-labels-between-
lines
plot-range-fill-max
xaxis-quarter-format
plot-range-fill-max-variable
xaxis-range-maximum
plot-range-fill-min
xaxis-range-method
plot-range-fill-min-variable
xaxis-range-minimum
thickness
xaxis-range-variable
title
xaxis-tick-method
title-align
xaxis-tick-number
title-font-bold
xaxis-tick-style
title-font-color
xaxis-title
title-font-face
xaxis-title-align
title-font-italic
xaxis-title-font-bold
title-font-pts
xaxis-title-font-color
title-font-size
xaxis-title-font-face
title-rect
xaxis-title-font-italic
title-variable
xaxis-title-font-pts
title-x
xaxis-title-font-size
title-y
xaxis-title-variable
units-per-inch
y-zero-line
use-array
yaxis-alternate-labels
xaxis-alternate-label
yaxis-custom-format
xaxis-font-bold
yaxis-font-bold
xaxis-font-color
yaxis-font-color
xaxis-font-face
yaxis-font-face
yaxis-font-italic
yaxis-font-size
yaxis-grid
yaxis-position
yaxis-range-maximum
yaxis-range-method
yaxis-range-minimum
yaxis-range-variable
yaxis-reduce-magnitude
yaxis-show-labels
yaxis-tick-method
yaxis-tick-number
yaxis-tick-style
yaxis-title
yaxis-title-align
yaxis-title-font-bold
yaxis-title-font-color
yaxis-title-font-face
yaxis-title-font-italic
yaxis-title-font-size
yaxis-title-variable
alternating-xy legend-fill-transparent
border legend-font-bold
chart-type legend-font-color
custom-legend-box-size legend-font-face
data-label-align legend-font-italic
data-label-border-color legend-font-size
data-label-border-style legend-format
data-label-border-weight legend-frame
data-label-collision-avoidance legend-hanging-wrap
data-label-display-level legend-height
data-label-fill-color legend-label-order
data-label-fill-type legend-labels
data-label-font-bold legend-num-columns
data-label-font-color legend-original-position
data-label-font-face legend-position
data-label-font-italic legend-rect
data-label-font-size legend-spacing
data-label-placement legend-tab1
data-label-plot-area-method legend-tab2
data-label-series legend-width
frame-rect legend-wrap
frame-x plot-fill-color
frame-y plot-frame-style
grid-color plot-line-color
grid-style plot-line-style
grid-weight plot-line-weight
legend-fill-color plot-range-fill
plot-range-fill-axis xaxis-font-pts
plot-range-fill-color xaxis-font-size
plot-range-fill-max xaxis-format
plot-range-fill-max-variable xaxis-grid
plot-range-fill-min xaxis-grid-skip-interval
plot-range-fill-min-variable xaxis-hour-format
title xaxis-interval
title-align xaxis-label-method
title-font-bold xaxis-label-orientation
title-font-color xaxis-month-format
title-font-face xaxis-negative-style
title-font-italic xaxis-position-labels-between-
lines
title-font-pts
xaxis-range-maximum
title-font-size
xaxis-range-method
title-rect
xaxis-range-minimum
title-variable
xaxis-range-variable
title-x
xaxis-scale
title-y
xaxis-thousands
units-per-inch
xaxis-tick-method
xaxis-alternate-label
xaxis-tick-number
xaxis-always-display-year
xaxis-tick-style
xaxis-complete-time-periods
xaxis-title
xaxis-custom-format
xaxis-title-align
xaxis-day-format
xaxis-title-font-bold
xaxis-decimal
xaxis-title-font-color
xaxis-digits
xaxis-title-font-face
xaxis-font-bold
xaxis-title-font-italic
xaxis-font-color
xaxis-title-font-pts
xaxis-font-face
xaxis-title-font-size
xaxis-font-italic
xaxis-title-variable
xaxis-year-format yaxis-title-font-color
xseries-variable yaxis-title-font-face
y-zero-line yaxis-title-font-italic
yaxis-alternate-labels yaxis-title-font-size
yaxis-custom-format yaxis-title-variable
yaxis-decimal
yaxis-digits
yaxis-font-bold
yaxis-font-color
yaxis-font-face
yaxis-font-italic
yaxis-font-size
yaxis-format
yaxis-grid
yaxis-negative-style
yaxis-position
yaxis-range-maximum
yaxis-range-method
yaxis-range-minimum
yaxis-range-variable
yaxis-reduce-magnitude
yaxis-scale
yaxis-show-labels
yaxis-thousands
yaxis-tick-method
yaxis-tick-number
yaxis-tick-style
yaxis-title
yaxis-title-align
yaxis-title-font-bold
data-label-font-face
Type
data-label-font-italic
Note: In Exstream versions 9.5.201 data-label-font-size
and later, the functionality of the
floating bar chart has been merged frame-rect
with that of the stacked bar chart. The
frame-x
floating bar chart type is still supported
for the import of legacy DXF files, and frame-y
for exporting to DXF from a legacy
grid-color
design containing floating bar charts.
If you edit and save an existing grid-style
floating bar chart in Designer, it will be
automatically converted to a stacked grid-weight
bar chart with overlay, and any new has-shadow-color
export to DXF from that point forward
will contain the stacked bar chart type. label-color
legend-fill-color
bar-label-orientation
legend-fill-transparent
bar-label-placement
legend-font-bold
bar-label-type
legend-font-color
bar-percent-size
legend-font-face
baseline
legend-font-italic
border
legend-font-size
chart-type
legend-format
custom-legend-box-size
legend-frame
data-label-align
legend-hanging-wrap
data-label-border-color
legend-height
data-label-border-style
legend-labels
data-label-border-weight
legend-num-columns
data-label-fill-color
legend-original-position
data-label-fill-type
legend-position
data-label-font-bold
legend-rect
data-label-font-color
legend-spacing title-variable
legend-tab1 title-x
legend-tab2 title-y
legend-width units-per-inch
legend-wrap use-array
line-color xaxis-alternate-label
line-width xaxis-font-bold
overlay-flags xaxis-font-color
plot-fill-color xaxis-font-face
plot-frame-style xaxis-font-italic
plot-line-color xaxis-font-pts
plot-line-style xaxis-font-size
plot-line-weight xaxis-grid
plot-range-fill xaxis-label-orientation
plot-range-fill-axis xaxis-position-labels-between-
lines
plot-range-fill-color
xaxis-range-maximum
plot-range-fill-max
xaxis-range-method
plot-range-fill-max-variable
xaxis-range-minimum
plot-range-fill-min
xaxis-range-variable
plot-range-fill-min-variable
xaxis-tick-method
thickness
xaxis-tick-number
title
xaxis-tick-style
title-align
xaxis-title
title-font-bold
xaxis-title-align
title-font-color
xaxis-title-font-bold
title-font-face
xaxis-title-font-color
title-font-italic
xaxis-title-font-face
title-font-pts
xaxis-title-font-italic
title-font-size
xaxis-title-font-pts
title-rect
xaxis-title-font-size
xaxis-title-variable
y-zero-line
yaxis-alternate-labels
yaxis-custom-format
yaxis-font-bold
yaxis-font-color
yaxis-font-face
yaxis-font-italic
yaxis-font-size
yaxis-grid
yaxis-position
yaxis-range-maximum
yaxis-range-method
yaxis-range-minimum
yaxis-range-variable
yaxis-reduce-magnitude
yaxis-show-labels
yaxis-tick-method
yaxis-tick-number
yaxis-tick-style
yaxis-title
yaxis-title-align
yaxis-title-font-bold
yaxis-title-font-color
yaxis-title-font-face
yaxis-title-font-italic
yaxis-title-font-size
yaxis-title-variable
alternating-xy is-3d
bar-label-orientation label-color
bar-label-placement legend-fill-color
bar-label-type legend-fill-transparent
bar-percent-size legend-font-bold
border legend-font-color
chart-type legend-font-face
custom-legend-box-size legend-font-italic
data-label-align legend-font-size
data-label-border-color legend-format
data-label-border-style legend-frame
data-label-border-weight legend-hanging-wrap
data-label-fill-color legend-height
data-label-fill-type legend-labels
data-label-font-bold legend-num-columns
data-label-font-color legend-original-position
data-label-font-face legend-position
data-label-font-italic legend-rect
data-label-font-size legend-spacing
frame-rect legend-tab1
frame-rect-3d legend-tab2
frame-x legend-width
frame-y legend-wrap
grid-color line-color
grid-style line-width
grid-weight plot-3d-edge-fill-color
has-shadow-color plot-fill-color
plot-frame-style xaxis-font-italic
plot-line-color xaxis-font-pts
plot-line-style xaxis-font-size
plot-line-weight xaxis-grid
plot-range-fill xaxis-label-orientation
plot-range-fill-axis xaxis-position-labels-between-
lines
plot-range-fill-color
xaxis-range-maximum
plot-range-fill-max
xaxis-range-method
plot-range-fill-max-variable
xaxis-range-minimum
plot-range-fill-min
xaxis-range-variable
plot-range-fill-min-variable
xaxis-tick-method
thickness
xaxis-tick-number
title
xaxis-tick-style
title-align
xaxis-title
title-font-bold
xaxis-title-align
title-font-color
xaxis-title-font-bold
title-font-face
xaxis-title-font-color
title-font-italic
xaxis-title-font-face
title-font-pts
xaxis-title-font-italic
title-font-size
xaxis-title-font-pts
title-rect
xaxis-title-font-size
title-variable
xaxis-title-variable
title-x
xseries-variable
title-y
y-zero-line
units-per-inch
yaxis-alternate-labels
use-array
yaxis-custom-format
xaxis-alternate-label
yaxis-font-bold
xaxis-font-bold
yaxis-font-color
xaxis-font-color
yaxis-font-face
xaxis-font-face
yaxis-font-italic
yaxis-font-size
yaxis-grid
yaxis-negative-scale-factor
yaxis-position
yaxis-range-maximum
yaxis-range-method
yaxis-range-minimum
yaxis-range-variable
yaxis-reduce-magnitude
yaxis-show-labels
yaxis-tick-method
yaxis-tick-number
yaxis-tick-style
yaxis-title
yaxis-title-align
yaxis-title-font-bold
yaxis-title-font-color
yaxis-title-font-face
yaxis-title-font-italic
yaxis-title-font-size
yaxis-title-variable
has-shadow-color
Type
is-3d
bar-label-orientation
label-color
bar-label-placement
legend-fill-color
bar-label-type
legend-fill-transparent
bar-percent-size
legend-font-bold
baseline
legend-font-color
border
legend-font-face
chart-type
legend-font-italic
custom-legend-box-size
legend-font-size
data-label-align
legend-format
data-label-border-color
legend-frame
data-label-border-style
legend-hanging-wrap
data-label-border-weight
legend-height
data-label-fill-color
legend-labels
data-label-fill-type
legend-num-columns
data-label-font-bold
legend-original-position
data-label-font-color
legend-position
data-label-font-face
legend-rect
data-label-font-italic
legend-spacing
data-label-font-size
legend-tab1
frame-rect
legend-tab2
frame-rect-3d
legend-width
frame-x
legend-wrap
frame-y
line-color
grid-color
line-width
grid-style
plot-3d-edge-fill-color
grid-weight
plot-fill-color xaxis-font-face
plot-frame-style xaxis-font-italic
plot-line-color xaxis-font-pts
plot-line-style xaxis-font-size
plot-line-weight xaxis-grid
plot-range-fill xaxis-label-orientation
plot-range-fill-axis xaxis-position-labels-between-
lines
plot-range-fill-color
xaxis-range-maximum
plot-range-fill-max
xaxis-range-method
plot-range-fill-max-variable
xaxis-range-minimum
plot-range-fill-min
xaxis-range-variable
plot-range-fill-min-variable
xaxis-tick-method
thickness
xaxis-tick-number
title
xaxis-tick-style
title-align
xaxis-title
title-font-bold
xaxis-title-align
title-font-color
xaxis-title-font-bold
title-font-face
xaxis-title-font-color
title-font-italic
xaxis-title-font-face
title-font-pts
xaxis-title-font-italic
title-font-size
xaxis-title-font-pts
title-rect
xaxis-title-font-size
title-variable
xaxis-title-variable
title-x
xseries-variable
title-y
y-zero-line
units-per-inch
yaxis-alternate-labels
use-array
yaxis-custom-format
xaxis-alternate-label
yaxis-font-bold
xaxis-font-bold
yaxis-font-color
xaxis-font-color
yaxis-font-face
yaxis-font-italic
yaxis-font-size
yaxis-grid
yaxis-position
yaxis-range-maximum
yaxis-range-method
yaxis-range-minimum
yaxis-range-variable
yaxis-reduce-magnitude
yaxis-show-labels
yaxis-tick-method
yaxis-tick-number
yaxis-tick-style
yaxis-title
yaxis-title-align
yaxis-title-font-bold
yaxis-title-font-color
yaxis-title-font-face
yaxis-title-font-italic
yaxis-title-font-size
yaxis-title-variable
alternating-xy is-3d
border legend-fill-color
chart-type legend-fill-transparent
custom-legend-box-size legend-font-bold
data-label-align legend-font-color
data-label-border-color legend-font-face
data-label-border-style legend-font-italic
data-label-border-weight legend-font-size
data-label-collision-avoidance legend-format
data-label-display-level legend-frame
data-label-fill-color legend-hanging-wrap
data-label-fill-type legend-height
data-label-font-bold legend-label-order
data-label-font-color legend-labels
data-label-font-face legend-num-columns
data-label-font-italic legend-original-position
data-label-font-size legend-position
data-label-placement legend-rect
data-label-plot-area-method legend-spacing
frame-rect legend-tab1
frame-rect-3d legend-tab2
frame-x legend-width
frame-y legend-wrap
grid-color plot-3d-edge-fill-color
grid-style plot-fill-color
grid-weight plot-frame-style
has-shadow-color plot-line-color
plot-line-style xaxis-font-bold
plot-line-weight xaxis-font-color
plot-range-fill xaxis-font-face
plot-range-fill-axis xaxis-font-italic
plot-range-fill-color xaxis-font-pts
plot-range-fill-max xaxis-font-size
plot-range-fill-max-variable xaxis-format
plot-range-fill-min xaxis-grid
plot-range-fill-min-variable xaxis-grid-skip-interval
thickness xaxis-hour-format
title xaxis-interval
title-align xaxis-label-method
title-font-bold xaxis-label-orientation
title-font-color xaxis-month-format
title-font-face xaxis-negative-style
title-font-italic xaxis-position-labels-between-
lines
title-font-pts
xaxis-quarter-format
title-font-size
xaxis-range-maximum
title-rect
xaxis-range-method
title-variable
xaxis-range-minimum
title-x
xaxis-range-variable
title-y
xaxis-scale
units-per-inch
xaxis-thousands
xaxis-alternate-label
xaxis-tick-method
xaxis-always-display-year
xaxis-tick-number
xaxis-complete-time-periods
xaxis-tick-style
xaxis-custom-format
xaxis-title
xaxis-day-format
xaxis-title-align
xaxis-decimal
xaxis-title-font-bold
xaxis-digits
xaxis-title-font-color
xaxis-title-font-face yaxis-tick-number
xaxis-title-font-italic yaxis-tick-style
xaxis-title-font-pts yaxis-title
xaxis-title-font-size yaxis-title-align
xaxis-title-variable yaxis-title-font-bold
xaxis-year-format yaxis-title-font-color
xseries-variable yaxis-title-font-face
y-zero-line yaxis-title-font-italic
yaxis-alternate-labels yaxis-title-font-size
yaxis-custom-format yaxis-title-variable
yaxis-decimal
yaxis-digits
yaxis-font-bold
yaxis-font-color
yaxis-font-face
yaxis-font-italic
yaxis-font-size
yaxis-format
yaxis-grid
yaxis-negative-style
yaxis-position
yaxis-range-maximum
yaxis-range-method
yaxis-range-minimum
yaxis-range-variable
yaxis-reduce-magnitude
yaxis-scale
yaxis-show-labels
yaxis-thousands
yaxis-tick-method
angle label-fit
border label-format
chart-type label-line-color
custom-legend-box-size label-line-method
data-label-align label-line-width
data-label-border-color legend-fill-color
data-label-border-style legend-fill-transparent
data-label-border-weight legend-font-bold
data-label-fill-color legend-font-color
data-label-fill-type legend-font-face
data-label-font-bold legend-font-italic
data-label-font-color legend-font-size
data-label-font-face legend-format
data-label-font-italic legend-frame
data-label-font-size legend-hanging-wrap
explode-level legend-height
filter-action legend-labels
filter-amount legend-num-columns
filter-label legend-original-position
filter-method legend-percentage-digits
filter-total legend-position
frame-rect legend-rect
frame-rect-3d legend-spacing
frame-x legend-tab1
frame-y legend-tab2
has-shadow-color legend-width
is-3d legend-wrap
line-color
line-width
pie-edge-color
pie-fill-color
pie-fill-color-effect
pie-size-ratio
sort-type
thickness
title
title-align
title-font-bold
title-font-color
title-font-face
title-font-italic
title-font-pts
title-font-size
title-rect
title-variable
title-x
title-y
units-per-inch
use-array
border
chart-type
frame-rect
frame-rect-3d
frame-x
frame-y
has-shadow-color
is-3d
plot-3d-edge-fill-color
show-percentage
show-values
thickness
title
title-align
title-font-bold
title-font-color
title-font-face
title-font-italic
title-font-pts
title-font-size
title-rect
title-variable
title-x
title-y
units-per-inch
axes-display-level legend-height
blend-areas legend-labels
border legend-num-columns
chart-type legend-original-position
custom-legend-box-size legend-position
frame-rect legend-rect
frame-x legend-spacing
frame-y legend-tab1
grid-color legend-tab2
grid-display-level legend-width
grid-style legend-wrap
grid-weight plot-fill-color
label-fit plot-frame-style
label-format plot-line-color
label-line-color plot-line-style
label-line-method plot-line-weight
label-line-width plot-range-fill
legend-fill-color plot-range-fill-axis
legend-fill-transparent plot-range-fill-color
legend-font-bold plot-range-fill-max
legend-font-color plot-range-fill-max-variable
legend-font-face plot-range-fill-min
legend-font-italic plot-range-fill-min-variable
legend-font-size polygon-radar
legend-format title
legend-frame title-align
legend-hanging-wrap title-font-bold
title-font-color xaxis-title-font-bold
title-font-face xaxis-title-font-color
title-font-italic xaxis-title-font-face
title-font-pts xaxis-title-font-italic
title-font-size xaxis-title-font-pts
title-rect xaxis-title-font-size
title-variable xaxis-title-variable
title-x y-zero-line
title-y yaxis-alternate-labels
units-per-inch yaxis-custom-format
use-array yaxis-font-bold
xaxis-alternate-label yaxis-font-color
xaxis-font-bold yaxis-font-face
xaxis-font-color yaxis-font-italic
xaxis-font-face yaxis-font-size
xaxis-font-italic yaxis-grid
xaxis-font-pts yaxis-position
xaxis-font-size yaxis-range-maximum
xaxis-grid yaxis-range-method
xaxis-label-orientation yaxis-range-minimum
xaxis-position-labels-between- yaxis-range-variable
lines
yaxis-reduce-magnitude
xaxis-range-maximum
yaxis-show-labels
xaxis-range-method
yaxis-thousands
xaxis-range-minimum
yaxis-tick-method
xaxis-range-variable
yaxis-tick-number
xaxis-tick-method
yaxis-tick-style
xaxis-tick-number
yaxis-title
xaxis-tick-style
yaxis-title-align
xaxis-title
yaxis-title-font-bold
xaxis-title-align
yaxis-title-font-color
yaxis-title-font-face
yaxis-title-font-italic
yaxis-title-font-size
yaxis-title-variable
bar-label-orientation label-color
bar-label-placement legend-fill-color
bar-label-type legend-fill-transparent
bar-percent-size legend-font-bold
border legend-font-color
chart-type legend-font-face
custom-legend-box-size legend-font-italic
data-label-align legend-font-size
data-label-border-color legend-format
data-label-border-style legend-frame
data-label-border-weight legend-hanging-wrap
data-label-fill-color legend-height
data-label-fill-type legend-labels
data-label-font-bold legend-num-columns
data-label-font-color legend-original-position
data-label-font-face legend-position
data-label-font-italic legend-rect
data-label-font-size legend-spacing
frame-rect legend-tab1
frame-rect-3d legend-tab2
frame-x legend-width
frame-y legend-wrap
grid-color line-color
grid-style line-width
grid-weight plot-3d-edge-fill-color
has-shadow-color plot-fill-color
is-3d plot-frame-style
plot-line-color xaxis-font-italic
plot-line-style xaxis-font-pts
plot-line-weight xaxis-font-size
plot-range-fill xaxis-grid
plot-range-fill-axis xaxis-label-orientation
plot-range-fill-color xaxis-position-labels-between-
lines
plot-range-fill-max
xaxis-range-maximum
plot-range-fill-max-variable
xaxis-range-method
plot-range-fill-min
xaxis-range-minimum
plot-range-fill-min-variable
xaxis-range-variable
thickness
xaxis-tick-method
title
xaxis-tick-number
title-align
xaxis-tick-style
title-font-bold
xaxis-title
xaxis-title-align
title-font-color
xaxis-title-font-bold
title-font-face
xaxis-title-font-color
title-font-italic
xaxis-title-font-face
title-font-pts
xaxis-title-font-italic
title-font-size
xaxis-title-font-pts
title-rect
xaxis-title-font-size
title-variable
xaxis-title-variable
title-x
xseries-variable
title-y
y-zero-line
units-per-inch
yaxis-alternate-labels
use-array
yaxis-custom-format
xaxis-alternate-label
yaxis-font-bold
xaxis-font-bold
yaxis-font-color
xaxis-font-color
yaxis-font-face
xaxis-font-face
yaxis-font-italic
yaxis-font-size
yaxis-grid
yaxis-position
yaxis-range-maximum
yaxis-range-method
yaxis-range-minimum
yaxis-range-variable
yaxis-reduce-magnitude
yaxis-show-labels
yaxis-tick-method
yaxis-tick-number
yaxis-tick-style
yaxis-title
yaxis-title-align
yaxis-title-font-bold
yaxis-title-font-color
yaxis-title-font-face
yaxis-title-font-italic
yaxis-title-font-size
yaxis-title-variable
border plot-range-fill
caption-orientation plot-range-fill-axis
chart-type plot-range-fill-color
data-label-align plot-range-fill-max
data-label-border-color plot-range-fill-max-variable
data-label-border-style plot-range-fill-min
data-label-border-weight plot-range-fill-min-variable
data-label-collision-avoidance title
data-label-fill-color title-align
data-label-fill-type title-font-bold
data-label-font-bold title-font-color
data-label-font-color title-font-face
data-label-font-face title-font-italic
data-label-font-italic title-font-pts
data-label-font-size title-font-size
frame-rect title-rect
frame-x title-variable
frame-y title-x
grid-color title-y
grid-style units-per-inch
grid-weight xaxis-alternate-label
has-shadow-color xaxis-always-display-year
plot-fill-color xaxis-complete-time-periods
plot-frame-style xaxis-custom-format
plot-line-color xaxis-day-format
plot-line-style xaxis-decimal
plot-line-weight xaxis-digits
xaxis-font-bold xaxis-title-font-italic
xaxis-font-color xaxis-title-font-pts
xaxis-font-face xaxis-title-font-size
xaxis-font-italic xaxis-title-variable
xaxis-font-pts xaxis-year-format
xaxis-font-size xseries-variable
xaxis-format y-zero-line
xaxis-grid yaxis-alternate-labels
xaxis-hour-format yaxis-custom-format
xaxis-interval yaxis-decimal
xaxis-label-method yaxis-digits
xaxis-label-orientation yaxis-font-bold
xaxis-month-format yaxis-font-color
xaxis-negative-style yaxis-font-face
xaxis-position-labels-between- yaxis-font-italic
lines
yaxis-font-size
xaxis-quarter-format
yaxis-format
xaxis-range-maximum
yaxis-grid
xaxis-range-method
yaxis-negative-style
xaxis-range-minimum
yaxis-position
xaxis-range-variable
yaxis-range-maximum
xaxis-scale
yaxis-range-method
xaxis-thousands
yaxis-range-minimum
xaxis-tick-method
yaxis-range-variable
xaxis-tick-number
yaxis-reduce-magnitude
xaxis-tick-style
yaxis-scale
xaxis-title
yaxis-show-labels
xaxis-title-align
yaxis-thousands
xaxis-title-font-bold
yaxis-tick-method
xaxis-title-font-color
yaxis-tick-number
xaxis-title-font-face
yaxis-tick-style
yaxis-title
yaxis-title-align
yaxis-title-font-bold
yaxis-title-font-color
yaxis-title-font-face
yaxis-title-font-italic
yaxis-title-font-size
yaxis-title-variable
alternating-xy frame-rect
border frame-x
chart-type frame-y
crosshair-line-color grid-color
crosshair-line-style grid-style
crosshair-line-weight grid-weight
crosshair-type has-shadow-color
crosshair-x legend-fill-color
crosshair-x-variable legend-fill-transparent
crosshair-y legend-font-bold
crosshair-y-variable legend-font-color
custom-legend-box-size legend-font-face
data-label-align legend-font-italic
data-label-border-color legend-font-size
data-label-border-style legend-format
data-label-border-weight legend-frame
data-label-collision-avoidance legend-hanging-wrap
data-label-display-level legend-height
data-label-fill-color legend-label-order
data-label-fill-type legend-labels
data-label-font-bold legend-num-columns
data-label-font-color legend-original-position
data-label-font-face legend-position
data-label-font-italic legend-rect
data-label-font-size legend-spacing
data-label-placement legend-tab1
data-label-plot-area-method legend-tab2
legend-width xaxis-complete-time-periods
legend-wrap xaxis-custom-format
overlay-flags xaxis-day-format
plot-fill-color xaxis-decimal
plot-frame-style xaxis-digits
plot-line-color xaxis-font-bold
plot-line-style xaxis-font-color
plot-line-weight xaxis-font-face
plot-range-fill xaxis-font-italic
plot-range-fill-axis xaxis-font-size
plot-range-fill-color xaxis-format
plot-range-fill-max xaxis-grid
plot-range-fill-max-variable xaxis-grid-skip-interval
plot-range-fill-min xaxis-hour-format
plot-range-fill-min-variable xaxis-interval
title xaxis-label-method
title-align xaxis-label-orientation
title-font-bold xaxis-month-format
title-font-color xaxis-negative-style
title-font-face xaxis-position-labels-between-
lines
title-font-italic
xaxis-quarter-format
title-font-pts
xaxis-range-maximum
title-font-size
xaxis-range-method
title-rect
xaxis-range-minimum
title-variable
xaxis-range-variable
title-x
xaxis-scale
title-y
xaxis-thousands
units-per-inch
xaxis-tick-method
xaxis-alternate-label
xaxis-tick-number
xaxis-always-display-year
xaxis-tick-style
xaxis-title yaxis-scale
xaxis-title-align yaxis-show-labels
xaxis-title-font-bold yaxis-thousands
xaxis-title-font-color yaxis-tick-method
xaxis-title-font-face yaxis-tick-number
xaxis-title-font-italic yaxis-tick-style
xaxis-title-font-pts yaxis-title
xaxis-title-font-size yaxis-title-align
xaxis-title-variable yaxis-title-font-bold
xaxis-year-format yaxis-title-font-color
xseries-variable yaxis-title-font-face
y-zero-line yaxis-title-font-italic
yaxis-alternate-labels yaxis-title-font-size
yaxis-custom-format yaxis-title-variable
yaxis-decimal
yaxis-digits
yaxis-font-bold
yaxis-font-color
yaxis-font-face
yaxis-font-italic
yaxis-font-size
yaxis-format
yaxis-grid
yaxis-negative-style
yaxis-position
yaxis-range-maximum
yaxis-range-method
yaxis-range-minimum
yaxis-range-variable
yaxis-reduce-magnitude
bar-label-orientation is-3d
bar-label-placement label-color
bar-label-type legend-fill-color
bar-percent-size legend-fill-transparent
baseline legend-font-bold
border legend-font-color
chart-type legend-font-face
custom-legend-box-size legend-font-italic
data-label-align legend-font-size
data-label-border-color legend-format
data-label-border-style legend-frame
data-label-border-weight legend-hanging-wrap
data-label-fill-color legend-height
data-label-fill-type legend-labels
data-label-font-bold legend-num-columns
data-label-font-color legend-original-position
data-label-font-face legend-position
data-label-font-italic legend-rect
data-label-font-size legend-spacing
frame-rect legend-tab1
frame-rect-3d legend-tab2
frame-x legend-width
frame-y legend-wrap
grid-color line-color
grid-style line-width
grid-weight overlay-flags
has-shadow-color plot-3d-edge-fill-color
plot-fill-color xaxis-font-face
plot-frame-style xaxis-font-italic
plot-line-color xaxis-font-pts
plot-line-style xaxis-font-size
plot-line-weight xaxis-grid
plot-range-fill xaxis-label-orientation
plot-range-fill-axis xaxis-position-labels-between-
lines
plot-range-fill-color
xaxis-range-maximum
plot-range-fill-max
xaxis-range-method
plot-range-fill-max-variable
xaxis-range-minimum
plot-range-fill-min
xaxis-range-variable
plot-range-fill-min-variable
xaxis-tick-method
thickness
xaxis-tick-number
title
xaxis-tick-style
title-align
xaxis-title
title-font-bold
xaxis-title-align
title-font-color
xaxis-title-font-bold
title-font-face
xaxis-title-font-color
title-font-italic
xaxis-title-font-face
title-font-pts
xaxis-title-font-italic
title-font-size
xaxis-title-font-pts
title-rect
xaxis-title-font-size
title-variable
xaxis-title-variable
title-x
xseries-variable
title-y
y-zero-line
units-per-inch
yaxis-alternate-labels
use-array
yaxis-custom-format
xaxis-alternate-label
yaxis-font-bold
xaxis-font-bold
yaxis-font-color
xaxis-font-color
yaxis-font-face
yaxis-font-italic
yaxis-font-size
yaxis-grid
yaxis-position
yaxis-range-maximum
yaxis-range-method
yaxis-range-minimum
yaxis-range-variable
yaxis-reduce-magnitude
yaxis-show-labels
yaxis-tick-method
yaxis-tick-number
yaxis-tick-style
yaxis-title
yaxis-title-align
yaxis-title-font-bold
yaxis-title-font-color
yaxis-title-font-face
yaxis-title-font-italic
yaxis-title-font-size
yaxis-title-variable